HE OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING BULLETIN

5SUE FOR 1958-1959 SESSIONS PUBLISHED BY THE UNIVERSITY AT COLUMBUS Entered as second-class mail, privilege authorized at Columbus, Ohio. Acceptance for mailing at special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October 3, 1917. Authorized July 10, 1918.

V o l u m e LXII J u n e 5, 1958 N u m b e r 19

The Ohio State University Bulletin is issued twenty-five times during the year; once each month in August, September, October, November, and December; twice each month in January, February, and March; three times in April; four times each month in May and June, and three times in July. 0 ·eu Cl) ..r:. u .!:: Radio Telescope, Electrical Engineering Experimental Studies Confirm Theory in Mechanical Engineering ! 0 :;) ""O E ...O> G) ""O c: ::::> .!: COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

IS S U E FOR 1958-1959 SESSIONS

THE OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY COLUMBUS

CONTENTS PAGE Administration ...... vii Admission ...... 3 Automobiles, S tu dent...... 9 Bachelor Degrees ...... 31 Bulletins Issued by the University...... 167 Callendars ...... vfvi College of Engineering...... 31-35 Cost of a Year’s W ork...... • • 11 Curricula ...... 36 Combination C urricula...... 31 Five-Year Curricula ...... 31 Curriculum in Agricultural Engineering...... 38 Departments of Instruction...... 71 Dismissal ...... 18 Engineering Experiment Station...... 34 Engineering Experiment Station Council Staff...... xvi Faculty of the College of Engineering...... ix Fees and Expenses...... 6,10 Fellowships ...... 29 General Inform ation...... 31 General Scholastic Requirements ...... 18 Graduate Courses ...... 32 Living Arrangements ...... 21 Marking System and Point System...... 16 Medals and Prizes...... • • 29 Officers of the College...... ix Non-Residence ...... 12 Ohio State University, The...... 1 Orientation P rogram s...... 6 Penalties— Special Fees ...... 10 Professional Engineering Degrees...... 31 Registration ...... 6 Return of Fees on Withdrawal...... 10 Scholarships ...... 26 School of Mineral Industries...... 34 Student Financial Aids...... 23 Student Personal Expense Funds...... 12 Student Personnel Services...... 20 University Counseling and Testing Center...... 23 University Health Service ...... 24 Warning and Probation...... 18 Withdrawal Procedure ...... 9 iii CALENDAR F O R 1 9 5 8 JANUARYFEBRUARY MARCH APRIL S M T W T r s S M T W T r s S M T W T r s 8 M T W T r S 1 2 3 4 1 1 1 2 3 4 5 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 2 3 4 S 6 7 8 2 3 4 8 6 7 8 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 26 27 28 29 30 31 23 24 25 26 27 28 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 27 28 29 30 30 31

M AY JUNE JULY AUGUST S M T W T r s S M T W T F S S M T W T r s S M T W T r s 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 6 7 8 9 1011 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 !8 19 20 21 22 23 24 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 29 30 27 28 29 30 31 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

SEPTEMBEROCTOBER NOVEMBER DECEMBER S M T W T r s S M T W T r s S M T W T r s S M T W T r s 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 7 8 9 1011 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 14 151617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 26 27 28 29 30 31 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 28 29 30 31 30

CALENDAR F O R 1 9 5 9 JANUARYFEBRUARY MARCHAPRIL S M T W T r s S M T W T r s S M T W T r s S M T W T F S 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 15 16 17 18 19 20 21' 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 26 27 28 29 30

MAY JUNE JULY AUGUST S M T W T r s S M T W T r s S M T W T F S S M T W T F S 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 T9 20 21 22 23 24 25 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 28 29 30 26 27 28 29 30 31 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 31 30 31

SEPTEMBER OCTOBER NOVEMBER DECEMBER S M T W T r s S M T W T r s S M T W T F S S M T W T r s 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 29 30 27 28 29 30 31 UNIVERSITY CALENDAR

SUMMER QUARTER 1958 Jane 18 Orientation Program for all new students begins. (Wed.) June 18 Last day for registration and paying fees before classes begin. (Wed.) June 19 Classes begin Thursday, 8:00 A.M. June 28 Final deadline for late payment of fees with penalties. (Sat.) July 4, 5 N o classes*. Offices closed. (Fri. and Sat.) July 23 Last day for withdrawal from the University with any refund of fees. (W ed.) July 22, 23 Final Examination, first term (at last regular class hour). (Tues. and W ed.) July 23 First term ends, 12 Midnight. (Wed.) July 23 Schedule cards for the Autumn Quarter may be obtained in the Regis­ trar’s office. (W ed.) July 24 Second term begins, 8:00 A.M. (Thurs.) July 24 Schedule cards for the Autumn Quarter may be filed in the College Office. ( Thurs.) August 28, 29 Final Examinations (at regular class hours). (Thurs. and Fri.) August 29 Summer Convocation (Commencement) Friday, 9:00 A.M. St. John Arena. August 29 Summer Quarter ends, 12 Midnight. (Fri.) August 30 Latest day for filing Autumn Quarter schedule cards without penalty. (Sat.) September 1 Labor Day. Offices closed. (M on.)

AUTUMN QUARTER September 24 President’s Convocation for new Freshmen, Wednesday, 8:00 P.M. September 25, 26 Orientation Program for new Freshmen ending Friday, 5:00 P.M. September 26 Orientation Program for new Transfer students in undergraduate col­ leges ending Friday, 5:00 P.M. September 27 Last date for registration and paying fees before classes begin. SAT­ URDAY, OFFICES CLOSE AT 12:00 NOON. September 29 Classes begin Monday, 8:00 A.M. October 11 Final date for late payment of fees with penalty. (Sat. Noon) October 30, 31 Schedule cards for Winter Quarter may be obtained in College Office. A-K on Thursday and L-Z on Friday. October 31 Last day for withdrawal from the University with any refund of fees. (F ri.) November 3, 4, 5 Schedule cards for Winter Quarter may be filed in College Office. (Mon., Tues. and Wed.) November 8 Latest day for filing Winter Quarter schedule cards without penalty. (Sat.) November 11 Veterans’ Day. N o classes. Offices closed. (Tues.) Nov-ember 27, 28, 29 Thanksgiving Vacation. No classes. (Thurs., Fri. and Sat.) Offices closed November 27th only. (Thurs.) December 15-19 Final Examinations (Mon., Tues., Wed., Thurs., and Fri.) December 19 Autumn Convocation (Commencement) Friday, 2:00 P.M. St. John Arena December 19 Autumn Quarter ends. 12 Midnight. (Fri.) December 25, 26, 27 Christmas Holidays. Offices closed. (Thurs., Fri. and Sat.)

WINTER QUARTER 1959 January 1 New Year’s Day. Office closed. (Thurs.) January 3 Last date for registration and paying fees before classes begin. SAT­ URDAY, OFFICES CLOSE AT 12:00 NOON. January 5 Classes begin Monday, 8:00 A.M. January 5 Orientation Program for all new students begins Monday evening. January 17 Final date for late payment of fees with penalty. (Sat. Noon) January 29, 30 Schedule cards for the Spring Quarter may be obtained in College Of­ fice. A-K on Thursday and L-Z on Friday. February 6 Last day for withdrawal from the University with any refund of fees. (F ri.) February 2, 3, 4 Schedule cards for Spring Quarter may be filed in College Office. (Mon., Tues. and W ed.) February 7 Latest day for filing Spring Quarter schedule cards without penalty. (Sat.) February 22 Washington’s Birthday. (Sun.) February 23 Classes as usual. March 16-20 Final Examinations. (Mon., Tues., Wed., Thurs. and Fri.) March 19 Wrinter Convocation (Commencement), Thursday, 2:00 P.M. St. John Arena March 20 Winter Quarter ends, 12 Midnight. (Fri.) v SPRING QUARTER March 28 Last date for registration and paying fees before classes begin. SAT­ URDAY, OFFICES CLOSE AT 12:00 NOON. March 30 Classes begin Monday, 8:00 A.M. March 30 Orientation Program for all new students begins Monday evening. April 11 Final day for late payment of fees with penalty. (Sat.) May 1 Last day for withdrawal from the University with any refund of fees. (Fri.) May 1 Schedule cards for Summer Quarter may be obtained in the Registrar’s Office. (F ri.) May 4 Schedule cards for Summer Quarter may be filed in the College Office. (M on.) May 7 May Day. Free day 10:00 A.M. to 5:00 P.M. for undergraduate colleges. Offices will remain open. (Thurs.) May 9 Latest day for filing Summer Quarter schedule cards without penalty. (Sat. Noon) May 30 Memorial Day. No classes. Offices closed. (Sat.) June 8-12 Final Examinations (Mon., Tues., Wed., Thurs., and Fri.) June 12 Spring Convocation (Commencement). Friday, 5:00 P.M. Stadium. June 12 Spring Quarter ends. 12 Midnight. (Fri.)

SUMMER QUARTER June 20 Last date for registration and paying fees before classes begin. SAT­ URDAY, OFFICES CLOSE AT 12:00 NOON. June 22 Summer Quarter classes begin, Monday, 8:00 A.M. June 22 Orientation Program for all new students begins Monday evening. July 4 No classes. Offices closed. (Sat.) July 24 First Term ends, 12 Midnight. (Fri.) July 24 Schedule cards for Autumn Quarter may be obtained in the Registrar’s Office. (F ri.) July 25 Schedule cards for Autumn Quarter may be filed in College Office. SATURDAY, OFFICES CLOSE AT 12:00 NOON. July 27 Second term begins Monday, 8:00 A.M. August 27, 28 Final Examinations (at regular class hours). (Thurs. and Fri.) August 28 Summer Convocation (Commencement), Friday, 9:00 A.M. St. John Arena August 28 Summer Quarter ends, 12 Midnight. (Fri). September 1 Latest day for filing Autumn Quarter schedule cards without penalty. (Tues.) September 7 Labor Day. (M on.) Offices closed.

AUTUMN QUARTER September 23, 24, 25 Orientation Program for all new students begins. (Wed., Thurs. and Fri.) September 26 Last date for registration and paying fees before classes begin. SAT­ URDAY, OFFICES CLOSE AT 12:00 NOON. September 28 Classes begin Monday, 8:00 A.M. November 11 Veterans’ Day. No classes. Offices closed. (W ed.) November 26, 27, 28 Thanksgiving Vacation. No classes. (Thurs., Fri. and Sat.) Offices closed November S6th only. December 14-18 Final Examinations. (Mon., Tues., Wed., Thurs. and Fri.) December 18 Autumn Convocation (Commencement) Friday, 2:00 P.M. St. John Arena December 18 Autumn Quarter ends, 12 Midnight. (Fri.) December 24, 25, 26 Christmas Holidays. Offices closed. (Thurs., Fri. and Sat.)

vi ADMINISTRATION

BOARD OF TRUSTEES

Chairman...... ROBERT F. BLACK Office: White Motor Company, Cleveland 1, Ohio Residence: 13901 Shaker Blvd., Cleveland 20, Ohio Vice Chairman...... CARLTON S. DARGUSCH Office: 33 N. High St., Columbus, Ohio Residence: 271 N. Columbia Ave., Columbus 9, Ohio Trustee...... ROBERT N. GORMAN Office: 805 Tri-State Building, Cincinnati, Ohio Residence: 1010 Brayton Ave., Wyoming, Cincinnati, Ohio Trustee...... CHARLES F. KETTERING Office: Winters National Bank, Dayton, Ohio Residence: Dayton, Ohio Trustee...... JOHN W. BRICKER Office: 50 W. Broad St., Columbus, Ohio Residence: 2407 Tremont Rd., Columbus 12, Ohio Trustee...... FORREST G. KETNER Office: Producers’ Livestock Cooperative Association Residence: 20 Stanbery Ave., Columbus 9, Ohio Trustee...... THOMAS F. PATTON Office: Republic Steel Corporation, Republic Building, Cleveland 15, Ohio Residence: 2711 Landon Rd., S.E., Shaker Heights, Cleveland 22, Ohio Secretary to the Board of Trustees...... *CARL E. STEEB Office: Administration Building—AX-9-3148, Ext. 332 Residence: 198 W . 11th Ave.— AX-9-4732

ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS

PRESIDENT’S CABINET

President...... NOVICE G. FAW CETT Office: Administration Building—AX-9-3148, Ext. 100 Residence: Ohio State University Campus—AX-9-3148, Ext. 115 Vice President, Business and Finance; Treasurer of the University...... GORDON B. CARSON Office: Administration Building—AX-9-3148, Ext. 300 Residence: 2125 Elgin R d — HU-8-8368 Vice President, Instruction and Research...... FREDERIC W . HEIMBERGER Office: 308 Administration Building—AX-9-3148, Ext. 101 Residence: 2376 Abington Rd.— HU-8-0590 Executive Dean, Special Services...... RONALD B. THOMPSON Office: 103 Administration Building—AX-9-3148, Ext. 8366 Residence: 39 Chatham Rd.—AM-2-9096 Executive Dean, Student Relations...... W ILLIAM S. GUTHRIE Office: 105 Administration Building—AX-9-3148, Ext. 8306 Residence: 2005 Berkshire Rd.—HU-8-2142 Director, University Plant Studies...... JOHN H. HERRICK Office: 309 Administration Building— AX-9-3148, Ext. 8480, 8489 Residence: 260 Wetmore Rd.—AM-8-9974 Director, University Relations...... FREDERICK STECKER Office: 107 Administration Building—AX-9-3148, Ext. 544 Residence: 146 W . 11th Ave.— AX-1-0346 Administrative Assistant to the President and Secretary to the Cabinet...... JOHN T. MOUNT Office: Administration Building—AX-9-3148, Ext. 469 Residence: 567 Chatham Rd.—AM-3-0742 • Died, May 3, 1958. vii OTHER ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS

President Emeritus...... HOWARD L. BEVIS Residence: 1976 Northwest Blvd.—HU-6-5557 Comptroller...... CHARLEY F. MILLER Office: Administration Building— AX-9-3148, Ext. 332 Residence: 200 E. Cooke Rd.— AM-3-3477 Budget Director...... SAMUEL R. BEITLER Office: 311 Administration Building—AX-9-3148, Ext. 377 Residence: 71 W. Beaumont Rd.—AM-2-3183 Secretary of the University Faculty and Faculty Council...... LAW RENCE D. JONES Office: 120 McPherson Chemical Laboratory—AX-9-3148, Ext. 301 306 Administration Building—AX-9-3148, Ext. 107 Residence: 3860 Lyon Dr.—AM-2-4625 Executive Secretary, Office of the President...... ETHEL L. DEMOREST Office: Administration Building—AX-9-3148, Ext. 100 Residence: 2086 Neil Ave.—AX-1-7044 Bursar...... PA U L W . DeLONG Office: Administration Building—AX-9-3148, Ext. 372 Residence: 1310 W. 7th Ave.— HU-6-1162 Registrar...... KENNETH R. VARNER Office: Administration Building—AX-9-3148, Ext. 318 Residence: 3200 Kioka Ave.— HU-6-6558 University Examiner...... W. LLOYD SPROUSE Office: 102 Administration Building—AX-9-3148, Ext. 728 Residence: 361 E. Main St., Circleville— 219-W Special Assistant in Charge of Off-Campus Centers...... KENNETH J. ARISMAN Office: 306 Administration Building—AX-9-3148, Ext. 293 Residence: 79 W. Cooke Rd.—AM-8-3178 Dean of Men...... MYLIN H. ROSS Office: 309 Pomerene Hall—AX-9-3148, Ext. 8201 Residence: 1876 Coventry Rd.—HU-8-7437 Dean of Women...... CHRISTINE Y. CONAWAY Office: 216 Pomerene Hall—AX-9-3148, Ext. 731 Residence: 1230 Glenn Ave.—HU-8-1770 COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING OFFICERS Acting Dean...... H arold A . B olz Office: 120 McPherson Chemical Laboratory—AX-9-8148, Ext. 801 Residence: 2416 Southway Dr.— HU-8-9553

Associate Dean and Secretary...... L a w r e n c e D. J ones Office: 120 McPherson Chemical Laboratory—AX-9-8148, Ext. 801 Residence: 3860 Lyon Drive— AM-2-4625 Assistant Dean...... G e o rg e M. L a w r e n c e Office: 120 McPherson Chemical Laboratory—AX-9-8148, Ext. 801 Residence: 124 Westwood Rd.—AM-2-3841 Placement Director...... L il y a n B. Br a d sh a w Office: 120 McPherson Chemical Laboratory—AX-9-3148, Ext. 801 Residence: 2676 Summit St.— AM-8-0160 Assistant to the Dean...... E liza be t h S m it h E dwards Office: 120 McPherson Chemical Laboratory—AX-9-3148, Ext. 301 Residence: 1625 Cardiff Rd.— HU-8-4289

FACULTY 1957-1958 N ovice G. F a w c e tt , B.S., M.A., LL.D. President of the University Harold A. B olz, B.S.M.E., M.S.M.E., P.E. Acting Dean, College of Engineering, Professor of Mechanical Engineering La w ren ce D. J on es, B .C .E ., P.E. Associate Dean and Secretary of the College of Engineering, Professor of Engineering Drawing E dm u n d D. A yres, A .B ., S.M., P.E. Professor of Electrical Engineering R oderick D. B arden , B .S c. in Agr., M .Sc. Professor and Chairman of Agricultural Engineering H erbert B a u m e r, A.D.G.F., R .A . Professor Emeritus of Architecture Sam u e l R. Beitler, B .M .E ., M.E. Professor of Mechanical Engineering H e n r y H. B l a u , B.S., S.M., Ch.E., Ph.D., P.E. Professor of Glass Technology George A . B ole, A.M., D.Sc. Research Professor Emeritus of Ceramic Engineering E. M. B oone, B .A ., M.S. (Phys.), M.S. (E .E .), P.E. Professor of Electrical Engineering A ubrey I. B r o w n , M.E., P.E. Professor of Mechanical Engineering P au l B u ch er. B.M.E., M.E., P.E. Professor of Mechanical Engineering J o h n L. Carru th ers, B.Cer.E., C er.E ., P.E. Professor of Ceramic Engineering Gordon B. Car so n , B.S. in M.E., M.S. in M.E., D.Eng., P.E. Vice President, Business and Finance, Treasurer of the University, Professor of Industrial Engineering Ch arles St. J. C h u bb , J r ., C.E. (A rch.), R.A. Professor Emeritus of Architecture Charles D. Cooper, B.M.E., P .E . Professor of Engineering Drawing K e n n e t h A. C u n in , B.S., Colonel, Artillery Professor of Military Science F ran cis W . D a v is, B.E.E., M .A . Professor and Chairman of Photography D a n a J. D em orest, B.Sc.(Chem-) Professor Emeritus of Metallurgical Engineering E r w in E. D reese, B.S. (E .E .), M .S., E.E., P .E . Prof essor and Chairman of Electrical Engineering Ja y N. E dm ondson, B.S. (Gen. Engr.), M.E., P.E. Professor of Industrial Engineering R udolph E dse, Dipl.Chem., Dr.Rer.Nat. Professor of Aeronautical Engineering J. O. E v erh art, B.Cer.E., Cer.E., M.Sc., Ph.D., P.E. Professor and Acting Chairman of Ceramic Engineering ix W ooster B. F ield, C.E. in Arch., P.E. Professor Emeritus of Engineering Drawing Sam u el B. F o lk , B.C.E., M.S. in C.E., P.E. Professor of Engineering Mechanics M ars G. F o n t a n a , Ph.D., P.E. Prof essor and Chairman of Metallurgical Engineering W ilfrid R. F oster, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. Professor and Chairman of Mineralogy HAMILTON Gr a y , B .A ., M.S., Sc.D., P.E . Professor and Chairman of Civil Engineering R obert S. Green , B.S.C.E., M.S.E., P.E. Professor of Welding Engineering and Executive Director of the Engineering Experiment Station J oseph F. H a s k in s , B.S., M.S., Ph.D. Professor of Chemistry R obert G. H elsel, B.S., M.A., Ph.D. Professor of Mathematics L. K ekmit H erndon, B.Ch.E., M.Sc., Ch.E., Ph.D. Professor of Chemical Engineering C h arles P. H o llstein, B.S., Colonel, U.S.A.F. Professor of Air Science E m m ett H. K arrer, B.C.E., C.E., P.E. Professor of Civil Engineering W ebster B. Ka y , Ph.D., P.E. Professor of Chemical Engineering E merson E. K im berly, B.E.E., M.Sc., P.E. Professor of Electrical Engineering R obert M. K in g , B.A., M.Sc., P.E. Professor of Ceramic Engineering W illia m A . K n ig h t , M .E. Professor Emeritus of Mechanical Practice Charles J. K oenig, B.Cer.E., M.S., Cer.E., Ph.D., P.E. Professor of Ceramic Engineering J oseph H. K offolt, B.Ch.E., M.Sc., Ph.D., P.E. Professor and Chairman of Chemical Engineering J o h n D. K ra u s, B.S., Ph.D. Professor of Electrical Engineering P eter 0 . K r u m in , B.Ch.E., Ch.E., D.Tech.Sc., D.Engr., P.E. Professor of Chemical Engineering Ca rl A . LAMEY, B.S., E.M ., M .S., Ph.D. Professor and Chairman of Geology George E. L arge, B.S. in C.E., C.E., P.E. Professor of Structural Engineering Pa u l N . L e h o c zk y, B.S. in M.E., M.Se., Ph.D., P.E. Professor and Chairman of Industrial Engineering Ja m e s O. L ord, B.C.E., P.E. Professor of Metallurgical Engineering WILLIAM M. M acN eviN, Ph.D. Professor of Chemistry PAUL E . M a c h o v in a, B .E .M ., P .E . Professor of Engineering Drawing Salvatore M. Marco, B.M.E., M.S., P.E. Professor and Chairman of Mechanical Engineering FRANKLIN W . MARQUIS, B .S c. in M.E., M.E. Professor Emeritus of Me­ chanical Engineering W illia m J. M c Ca u g h ey, Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Mineralogy C harles E. M cCom bs, B.S., M.Sc. (Pub.Admin.), Captain, U.S.N. Professor of Naval Science Gle n W. M c Cu e n , B.Sc. Professor Emeritus of Agricultural Engineering R obert C. M cM aster, B.S.E.E., M.S.E.E., Ph.D., P.E. Professor of Welding Engineering R obert M e ik le jOHN, M .E. Professor Emeritus of Engineering Drawing L oring G. M it t e n , B.S. in Ch.E., M.S. (Bus. and E n gr. Adm.), Ph.D., P.E. Professor of Industrial Engineering George N. Mo ffat, B.Sc., M.E., P.E. Professor of Mechanical Engineering H arry D. M oore, B.M.E., M.Sc., P.E. Professor of Industrial Engineering Clyde T. M orris, C.E., P.E. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering W ill ia m A. M ueller, E.M., P.E. Professor Emeritus of Metallurgical Engineering H arald H. N ielsen , B.S., A.M., Ph.D. Professor and Chairman of Physics and Astronomy H arry E. N old, E.M., P.E . Professor Emeritus of Mining Engineering Carl A. Norman, M.E. Professor Emeritus of Machine Design E dward V . O’ R ourke, B.E.M., P .E . Professor of Petroleum Engineering Percy W . Ot t , B.S c., M .S c. Professor Emeritus of Engineering Mechanics R alph S. P affenbarger, B.E.E., B.I.E., M.Sc., P.E . Professor and Chairman of Engineering Drawing Harry E. P h il l ia n , B.Arch., R.A. Professor of Architecture R a lph W . P ow ell, B.S., C.E., Ph.B., P.E. Professor Emeritus of Engineering Mechanics John C. Prior, B.S., C.E., P .E . Professor Emeritus of Sanitary Engineering Charles P. R oberts, B.M.E., M.E., P .E . Professor of Mechanical Engineering W ilbert C. R o n a n , C.E.Arch., B.Sc. (A rch.), R .A . Professor Emeritus of Architecture R alston R u ssell, J r ., B.Cer.E., M.Sc., Ph.D., Cer.E., P.E. Professor of Ceramic Engineering W ave H. S h a ffer , A.B., M.A., Ph.D. Professor of Physics Jacob R. S h a n k , B.S., C.E., P.E. Professor Emeritus of Structural Engineering H ollie W. S h u pe, B.Arch., P.E., R.A. Professor of Engineering Drawing A lph eus W . S m it h , Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Physics *H. D w ig h t S m it h , C.E. (in Arch.), B. o f Arch., R.A. Professor Emeritus of Architecture R udolph S peiser, B.A., M .A ., Ph.D. Professor of Metallurgical Engineering J oseph W . Sp r e t n a k , B.S., M.S., Ph.D. Professor of Metallurgical Engineering Karl W . St in s o n , B.M.E., M.E., P.E. Professor of Mechanical Engineering Charles R. Sutto n, B.S. (Arch. Eng.), B.S. (Land. Arch.), F.A.A.R. Pro­ fessor of Landscape Architecture A ldrich Syverson, B.Ch.E., Ph.D., P.E. Professor of Chemical Engineering K w a n Y au T a n g , B.S., M.S., Ph.D., P.E. Professor of Electrical Engineering Louis E. V an degrift, B.C.E., M.Sc., C.E., P.E. Professor o f Civil Engineering F r a n k H. V erh oek, S.B., M.S., Ph.D., D.Phil. Professor of Chemistry C harles J. V ier c k , B.S. in M.E., P.E. Professor of Engineering Drawing G arvin L. V on E s c h e n , B.Aero.E., M .Sc., P.E. Professor and Chairman of Aeronautical Engineering R obert W . W a gn er, B.Sc., M.A., Ph.D. Professor of Photography Claude E. W ar r e n , M.S. in E.E., P.E. Professor of Electrical Engineering A rthur S. W a t ts, Cer.E., D .Sc., P.E. Professor Emeritus of Ceramic Engineering C harles T. W est, B.C.E., M.Sc., Ph.D., P.E. Professor and Chairman of Engineering Mechanics Elliot L. W h it a k e r , B.Arch., M.Arch. Prof essor and Director of School of Architecture Ow en E. W il l ia m s , B.S. Professor Emeritus of Engineering Drawing Fr a n k E. W ilso n , B. A ppl. Sc. in C.E., M.Sc., P.E. Professor of Architecture R ich ard H. Z im m e r m a n , B.M.E., M.Sc., P.E. Professor of Mechanical Engineering R obert F. B a k e r , B.C.E., M.S.C.E., P.E. Associate Professor of Civil Engineering F r a n k l in H. B e ck , B.S., M.S., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Metallurgical Engineering Perry E. B orchers, B.Arch., M.Sc. in Arch., R.A. Associate Professor of Architecture A rth u r M. Br a n t , B.Ch.E., M.Sc., Ph.D. A ssociate Professor Emeritus of Mineralogy E dgar C. Cl a r k , B.S. in C.E., M.S. in T. and A.M., C .E ., P.E. Associate Professor of Engineering Mechanics * Deceased April 27, 1958 xi George M. Cl a r k , B.S. (Arch.Eng.), M.S., R.A. Associate Professor of Architecture K enneth W. Cosen s, B.S. in C.E., M.S. in C.E., C.E., P.E. Associate Professor of Civil Engineering W illiam C. Davis, B.E.E., M.Sc., P.E. Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering F rederick J. Doyle, B.C.E. Associate Professor, Institute of Geodety, Photogrammetry and Cartography Charles E. Dryden, B.S.Ch.E., M.S.Ch.E., Ph.D., P.E. Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering E rnest G. E hlers, M.Sc., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Mineralogy Ch ristie J. G ean k o plis, B.Ch.E., M.S., Ph.D., P.E. Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering Pa u l F. Gr a h a m , B.C.E., M.Sc., P.E. Associate Professor of Engineering Mechanics R obert C. H iggy, B.E.E., E.E., P.E. Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering D an iel H ow land, Sc.B., M .A., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Industrial Engineering J ohn D. L ee, M.Sc., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Aeronautical Engineering F r a n k M. M allett, A.B., M.Sc., P.E. Associate Prof essor of Aeronautical Engineering R oy B. M cCa u le y, J r., A .B ., M .S., P.E. Associate Professor and Chairman of Welding Engineering Jo h n M. M o n tz, B.S. (C.E.) Associate Professor Emeritus of Civil Engineering W illiam T. M orris, S.B., M.Sc., Ph.D., P.E. Associate Professor of Industrial Engineering F ran cis W . N ied en fu h r, B.S.E., M.S.E., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Engineering Mechanics R ichard W . P a r k in so n , B.Ch.E., M.Sc., P.E. Associate Professor of Engineering Drawing P a u l M. P epper, A.B., A.M., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Industrial Engineering A lfred J. P h il b y . B.S c. in Edu. Associate Professor of Engineering Drawing Hartzel C. Slider, B.E.M., M.Sc., P.E. Associate Professor of Petroleum Engineering C harles B. S m it h , B.C.E., C.E., P.E. Associate Professor of Civil Engineering E dw in E. Sm it h , B.Ch.E., M .Sc., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering M arion L. S m it h , B.S. (M .E.), M .Sc., P.E. Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering W alter L. St a r k e y , B.M.E., M .Sc., Ph.D., P.E. Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering I srael Sto l lm a n , B.S.S., M.C.P. Associate Professor of Architecture M a r lin 0 . T h u rsto n , B.A., M .Sc., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering T h o m as E. T ice, B.E.E., M.S., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering A r th u r N. T ifford, B.E.E. Associate Prof essor of Aeronautical Engineering George T ille y, B.Arch., R.A. Associate Prof essor of Architecture F riedrich J. T isch er, B.S., M.Sc., Ph.D. Associate Prof essor of Electrical Engineering Leroy Tucker, A.B., B.S. in Ry. C.E., C.E., M.S., P.E., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Engineering Mechanics xii *Claude H. W all, B.C.E., P.E. Associate Professor of Civil Engineering F a ir fa x E. W a t k in s , B.S. in M.E., M.S. in M.E., P.E . Associate Professor of Engineering Drawing Herman R. Weed, B.S., M .S. Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering F. Ca r lin W e im e r, B.S. in E .E ., M.Sc., Ph.D., P.E. Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering D ouglaas C. W il l ia m s , B.S., M.S., Ph.D . Associate Professor of Metallurgical Engineering P ierre Zo elly, M .A rch. Associate Professor of Architecture David F. Ba k e r , B .I.E ., M.Sc., Ph.D . Assistant Professor of Industrial Engineering Harry G. B in a u , B.A. Assistant Professor of Photography A lbert B. B ish o p , III, B.E.E., M.Sc., Ph.D., P.E. Assistant Professor of Industrial Engineering Margaret Blickle, A.B. Assistant Professor of English Robert S. B rodkey, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Chemical Engineering Sheng T o C h u , B.S., M.Sc., Ph.D . Assistant Professor of Aeronautical Engineering Leslie C. Co l e m a n , B.A., M.A., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Mineralogy A rn all T. C o n n e ll, B.S.Arch., M.C.P. Assistant Professor of Architecture R obert L. C osgriff, B.E.E., M.Sc., Ph.D., P.E. Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering Jo h n D. C o w a n , J r., B.M.E., M.Sc. Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering Joy J. E a to n , B.M., M.Sc., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering E r w in E ic h e n , B.Met.E., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Metallurgical Engineering C harles F . F e ll, B.S., M.Sc. Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering R obert C. F ish e r , B.A., M.A., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Mathematics R obert L. F r a n t z , B.S.Min. Engr., M.S.Min. Engr., P.E. Assistant Professor of Mining Engineering R obert G oodstein, B.S.M.E., M.S., Ph.D., P.E. Assistant Professor of Engineering Mechanics T. Gordon Hame, Dipl. E.E. Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering Lit-Sien Han, B.S. in Mech.E., M.Sc., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering R ich ard I. H a n g , B.Ch.E., M.Sc. Assistant Professor of Engineering Drawing fGEORGE D. H udelson, B.S.M.E., M.Sc., P.E. Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering C h a r le s D. J o n e s , B.S. in M.E., M.S. in M.E., Ph.D., P.E. Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering JAMES A. JORDAN, B.S., M.Sc. Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering Hsien-Ching Ko, B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering Robhit K o u y o u m jia n , B.Sc., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering B en son J. L a m p , B.Sc. in Agr., B.Agr.E., M.Sc. Assistant Professor of Agricultural Engineering Curt A. L evis, B.S.E.E., A.M., Ph.D., P.E. Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering J. R ich ard L u cas, B.S., B.S.M.E., M.Sc., P.E. Assistant Professor of Mining Engineering • Died March 4, 1968 t On leave 1957-1968 Edward Q. M oulton, B.S. in C.E., M.S. in C.E., Ph.D., P.E. Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering CaKL F. Purtz, B.S., M.Sc., P.E. Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering Eldis 0. Reed, B.Met.E., M.A., P.E. Assistant Professor of Engineering Drawing Ja c k H. R ich m o n d , B.S.E.E., M.Sc., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering T h o m as H. R ockw ell, B.S., B.Sc., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Industrial Engineering W aldron D. S heets, B.Ch.E., M.Sc., Ch.E., P.E. Assistant Professor of Chemical Engineering T h o m as S. S h e v l in , B.Cer.E., M.S.Cer.E., Ph.D., P.E. Assistant Professor of Ceramio Engineering Neal A. Smith, B.E.E., M.Sc., P.E. Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering G eorge R. St. P ie rre , S.B., Sc.D. Assistant Professor of Metallurgical Engineering G eorge B. Tobey, Jr., B.Sc. in For., M.L.A. Assistant Professor of Landscape Architecture Carlton H. W alter, B.E.E., M.Sc., Ph.D., P.E. Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering R oy C. W ard, B.Sc. in Phys. Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering H e n r y E. W en d e n , B.Sc., M.A. Assistant Professor of Mineralogy Pa u l T. Y arrin gton , B.Sc. in Agr., B.Agr.E., M.Sc., P.E. Assistant Professor of Engineering Drawing R a l ph C. A ’H a r r a h , B.S.Aero.E. Instructor in Engineering Drawing R a m P. A n a n d , B.Sc., M.Sc. Instructor in Electrical Engineering Sta n l e y W. A n grist, B .Sc. in M.E. Instructor in Mechanical Engineering H en ry W. B abel, B.S.M.E., M.Sc. Instructor in Industrial Engineering J o h n B acon, B.E.E., M.Sc. Instructor in Electrical Engineering C hester E. B a l l , A .B ., M .A . Instructor in Photography R obert A. B a r n e s, B.S.M.E. Instructor in Engineering Mechanics W ill ia m L. B ell, B.S., M.S. Instructor in Engineering Drawing R onald B iddle, B.Arch., R.A. Instructor in Architecture J o h n M. B oyd, B.M.E., M.Sc. Instructor in Mechanical Engineering K en t H. B randt, B.Arch., R.A. Instructor in Architecture J o h n F . B ridge, B.S.M.E. Instructor in Mechanical Engineering R obert A. B r o w n , B.S., M.Sc. Instructor in Industrial Engineering W ill ia m E. B ro w n , B.S., M.S. Instructor in Engineering Drawing Ow e n E. B u xto n , B.S.M.E., M.S. Instructor in Mechanical Engineering R ichard M. Ca m pb e ll, B.E.E., M.Sc. Instructor in Electrical Engineering Pa u l B. C h in , B.S.E.M.E., M.Sc. Instructor in Engineering Mechanics W endell H. Cornetet, B.S.E.E., M.S.E.E. Instructor in Electrical Engineering T revor Craig, B.C.E., M.S., P.E. Instructor in Civil Engineering E dward K. D a m o n , B.S., M.Sc. Instructor in Electrical Engineering D ean T. D a v is, B.E.E., M.Sc. Instructor in Electrical Engineering F r a n k G. D a v is , B.Sc. Instructor in Engineering Drawing A lfred B. D evereaux, B.S. Instructor in Engineering Drawing Wayne Elroy Dipner, B.Arch., B.Sc. in Ed., R.A. Instructor in Architecture E r n e s t 0. D o e b e lin , B.S., M.Sc. Instructor in Mechanical Engineering D avid L. D ouglass, B.S. Met. E ., M.Sc. Instructor in Metallurgical Engineering A rth u r C. E r d m a n , B.E.E. Instructor in Electrical Engineering T r u m a n G. F oster, B.M.E., M.Sc. Instructor in Mechanical Engineering xiv Jacob A . F oust Instructor Emeritus in Forging Joseph F. Garibo tti, B.S.C.E. Instructor in Engineering Mechanics R obert R. Ga t t s , B.M.E., M.Sc. Instructor in Mechanical Engineering Jam es C. G ilfert, B.S., M.Sc., Ph. D. Instructor in Electrical Engineering Pa u l L. G irbert, B.M.E. Instructor in Engineering Drawing W ill ia m L. Gr een , B.Weld.E., M.Sc. Instructor in Welding Engineering R udolph G u yer, Dipl. Inst, of Tech. Instructor in Architecture Jo h n R. H ag ely, B.Arch Instructor in Architecture Donald F. H a sk e l l , B.M.E. Instructor in Engineering Drawing W alter E. H oovler, B.A., M.Sc. Instructor in Electrical Engineering K e n n e th E. H o r n u n g , B.M.E., M.Sc. Instructor in Mechanical Engineering R ussell B. J o n es, Ph.B. Instructor in Flight Training Clyde H. K e a r n s, J r ., B.Ch.E., M.Sc. Instructor in Chemical Engineering E dward A . K e r n , B.S.E.E., B.S.M.E., M.S. Instructor in Mechanical Engineering Donald R. K ibbey, B.M.E., M.Sc., Ph.D . Instructor in Industrial Engineering T h o m a s J. K o z ik , B.Aero.E. Instructor in Engineering Mechanics W arren G. L a m be r t, B.S.M.E., M.S. Instructor in Engineering Mechanics W ill ia m H. L a n e , B.S. in Aero. Engr., M.S. Instructor in Aeronautical Engineering A r th u r W. L e issa , B.M.E., M.Sc. Instructor in Engineering Mechanics Donald E. L e w is , E.E., M.S. Instructor in Electrical Engineering Ja m es E. M a ise l, B.E.E. Instructor in Electrical Engineering Ha ssa n A . M a r a n d i, B.S., M.S. Instructor in Mechanical Engineering R ich ard H . M c F a r la n d , B.S., M.Sc. Instructor in Electrical Engineering Ch arles W. M c L a r n a n , B.A., B.M.E., M.Sc. Instructor in Mechanical Engineering Robert F. M iller, B.I.E., M.Sc. Instructor in Industrial Engineering Sa m u e l T. M iller, B.Ch.E. Instructor in Engineering Drawing M ilton D. M obley, B.S.E.E. Instructor in Engineering Mechanics C h arles D. N a s h , J r ., B.E., M.Sc. Instructor in Mechanical Engineering R obert T. N a s h , B.S., M.Sc. Instructor in Electrical Engineering C h arles A. N it s c h k e , B.Arch. Instructor in Architecture R obert E. O tsto t, B.E.E., P.E. Instructor in Engineering Drawing M ic h a e l P a sse , B.E.E. Instructor in Architecture E dward M. P e t r u sh k a , B.S.M.E. Instructor in Engineering Drawing A lbert R omeo, B.I.E., P.E. Instructor in Engineering Drawing David S c h a c k n e , B.Arch., R.A. Instructor in Architecture Pa u l 0 . Sc h u m a n n , B.M.E. Instructor in Engineering Drawing J o h n P. Scotford, B.A., B.S. Instructor in Flight Training and Director of the School of Aviation C h arles F. Se p sy , B.S., M.Sc. Instructor in Mechanical Engineering Douglas A . Sto n e, B.I.E. Instructor in Engineering Drawing M a t t h e w A. S u tto n , B.A.E., M.S., P.E. Instructor in Aeronautical Engineering R obert J. T a it , B.I.E. Instructor in Industrial Engineering R ich ard E. T h o m a s, B.Aero.E., B.A., M.S. Instructor in Aeronautical Engineering P au l E. T orgersen, B.S.I.E., M.Sc. Instructor in Industrial Engineering Y erriah P. V ad d iparty, B.S., M.S. Instructor in Electrical Engineering J o h n W . W il l ia m s o n , B.S. Instructor in Mechanical Engineering Carl H. W o lg em u th , B.Sc. in M.E. Instructor in Mechanical Engineering A debaldo A . Y a n n u z z i, Ind. Engr., M.Sc. Instructor in Electrical Engineering M arion V . P ackard , B.Land.Arch Lecturer in Landscape Architecture ENGINEERING EXPERIMENT STATION

Gordon B. Carson, B.S. in M.E., M.S. in M.E., M.E., D. Eng., PE Director R obert S. Green, B.S.C.E., MS.E, P.E. Executive Director and Prof essor of Welding Engineering a d v is o r y co u n cil

Sam uel R. B eitler, B.M.E., M.E., P.E. Prof essor of Mechanical Engineering H a m ilto n Gray, B.A., Sc.D., P.E. Professor of Civil Engineering W illiam T. M orris, S.B., M.Sc., Ph.D., P.E. Associate Professor of Industrial Engineering J oseph W. Sp r e t n a k , B.Met.E., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Metallurgical Engineering A ldrich Syverson, B.Ch.E., Ph.D., P.E. Professor of Chemical Engineering

m e m b e r s o f t h e s t a f f

R obert F. Ba k e r , B.C.E., M.S.C.E., P.E. Associate Professor of Civil Engineering CHESTER B a l l , A.B., M.A. Instructor in Photography F r a n k l in H. B e c k , B.S., M.S., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Metallurgical Engineering George A. B ole, B.S., A.M., D.Sc. Professor Emeritus of Ceramic Engineering J. 0 . E verh art, B.Cer.E., M.S., Cer.E., Ph.D., P.E. Professor of Ceramic Engineering D a n ie l H o w lan d, Sc.B., M.A., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Industrial Engineering T h o m a s H. K err, B.S.M.E., P.E. Associate Professor Emeritus C harles J. K oenig, B.Cer.E., M.S., Cer.E., Ph.D., P.E. Professor of Ceramic Engineering P eter 0 . K r u m in , B.Ch.E., Ch.E., D.Tech.Sc., Dr.Engr., P.E. Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering W aldron D. S h eets, B.Ch.E., M.Sc., Ch.E., P.E. Assistant Professor of Chemical Engineering T h o m a s S. S h e v l in , B.Cer.E., M.S.Cer.E., Ph.D., P.E. Assistant Professor of Ceramic Engineering E d w in E . S m it h , B.Ch.E., M.S., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering R obert J. T a it , B .I.E . Instructor in Industrial Engineering I. THE UNIVERSITY AND ITS SERVICES

LOCATION The Ohio State University is situated some two and one-half miles north of the center of the city of Columbus, the capital of Ohio, and a city of 461,900 persons. The main campus of the University lies west of High Street between Eleventh and Woodruff Avenues. From the Union Station or the center of Columbus (Broad Street and High Street) the campus may be reached by either the North High Street or the Neil Avenue busses. The University is supported primarily by appropriations from the State government, with Federal assistance. The University has some 2,549 total acres of land, with 573 acres in the campus, 383 in the University airport, 295 in the golf courses, and 1,298 acres in farms. The total value of the land, buildings, and equipment of the University is currently some $95,427,212.19. The University has its own radio-television station (WOSU-TV) and a daily student-operated newspaper. HISTORY The Ohio State University was founded in 1870 as a land-grant institution and designated as the Ohio Agricultural and Mechanical College. This new school admitted its first students in 1873. The University’s present name was received in 1878, which was also the year the first class was graduated. The original organization of the University consisted of ten departments. By 1883, the University was organized into four schools: Agriculture, Arts and Philoso­ phy, Engineering, and Science. In 1896, six independent colleges were organ­ ized: Agriculture, Arts, Philosophy and Science, Engineering, Law, Pharmacy, and Veterinary Medicine. The Graduate School was created in 1902 as a divi­ sion of the College of Arts, Philosophy and Science, and became a separate school in 1911. Currently, slightly more than three-quarters of a century later, there are some eighty departments of instruction and a faculty numbering 1400 persons. More than 250 different programs of study ranging from a broad liberal education to many specialized fields and professions are offered by the University.

THE PRESENT ORGANIZATION OF THE UNIVERSITY The present organization of the University represents both administrative convenience and educational design. The departments of instruction of the University are grouped into divisions termed “ Colleges.” The Ohio State Uni­ versity now comprises ten Colleges and a Graduate School, each under the administration of a Dean and College Faculty, as follows: Graduate School, College of Agriculture (including the School of Home Economics), College of Arts and Sciences (including the School of Journalism and the School of Optometry), College of Commerce and Administration (including the School of Social Administration), College of Dentistry, College of Education (includ­ ing the School of Fine and Applied Arts and the School of Music), College of Engineering (including the School of Architecture and Landscape Archi­ tecture, the School of Aviation, and the School of Mineral Industries), College of Law, College of Medicine (including the School of Nursing), College of Pharmacy, College of Veterinary Medicine. Each of the various schools and colleges has its own bulletin which may be obtained by writing to the University Examiner, The Ohio State University, Columbus 10, Ohio. l 2 C o llege of E n g in e e r in g Graduate study may be undertaken in most of the departments of the University. Such work is under the direction of the Graduate Council and the chairman of the department concerned. Students desiring to do graduate work should register in the Graduate School. The University also conducts a Twilight School for the benefit of per­ sons occupied during the day but desirous of continuing their education after five o’clock or on Saturday forenoon. Full college credit courses are regularly offered, and it is possible to combine day classes and Twilight school work. Many of the courses listed in this bulletin are likewise offered in the Twilight School and a few departments have developed courses for Twilight School students. For complete information, consult the office of Twilight School, 102 Administration Building. THE QUARTER SYSTEM The University school year is divided into four Quarters— Summer, Au­ tumn, Winter, and Spring. Each of these Quarters comprises approximately eleven weeks. The work of the Autumn Quarter is completed before the Christmas recess which forms a natural break in academic activity before the start of the Winter Quarter. The Spring vacation constitutes a full week between the Winter and Spring Quarters. By attending the Summer Quarter regularly in addition to the other three Quarters, it may be possible, with careful planning, for the student to complete the usual four years of work toward a degree in some programs in three calendar years. The Summer Quarter (announcements for which are presented in a sep­ arate Summer Quarter Bulletin) is divided into two equal terms of approxi­ mately six weeks each for the convenience of teachers and others who cannot attend the full Quarter. A number of courses in various departments are offered which may be completed in a single term. New students may enroll in the University at the beginning of any of the four Quarters. LIBRARY FACILITIES The University Libraries consist of all books owned by the University, and include over 1,150,000 volumes. The Main Library contains the major part of the book collections in the general field of the Humanistic studies. Other important divisions of the book collection, primarily in the field of the sciences, are housed in Departmental Libraries in the other University build­ ings. A catalog of the entire collection is maintained in the Main Library. Any person may use the University collections for reference use within the Library rooms. Only faculty, staff, and registered students of the Uni­ versity may withdraw books for home use. II. UNIVERSITY ADMISSION AND REGISTRATION

APPLICATIONS FOR ADMISSION The admission of all students to the University is in charge of the En­ trance Board. This Board determines the credits that shall be issued on all entrance examinations and certificates, and furnishes information to applicants. All applications for admission to the University for the Winter Quarter 1959, or thereafter, must be accompanied by a $5 application fee. Applications for admission to the University will be accepted as early as the beginning of the applicant’s final semester in high school. Early applica­ tion is encouraged. Any application made later than ten days before the commencement of classes will be charged a late application fee of $5. No appli­ cations will be received later than the day before classes begin. However, appli­ cations for admission to the Twilight School may be submitted as late as the day of commencement of classes. Correspondence relating to admission should be addressed to the Univer­ sity Examiner, The Ohio State University, Columbus 10, Ohio.

ADMISSION AS AN UNDERGRADUATE STUDENT For admission as a regular undergraduate student, a candidate must be a graduate of a first grade High School (or equivalent preparatory School), or he must have passed equivalent entrance examinations. He must present a minimum of fifteen units, and he must meet the special requirements of the college he desires to enter subject to such deficiencies (conditions) as that college may permit. Experience has shown that the student who graduates in the lowest third of his high school class has a much poorer chance of success in college than one whose attainments are higher. Any applicant in this category is given a special warning of this fact when his application is received and processed. He and his parents or guardian are so informed before final registration and payment of fees are completed. The fact that special warning has been given is made known to the Dean of the College to which he seeks admission. A candidate who does not meet the above requirements may be admitted as a special undergraduate student only if he is of mature years and can satisfy the University Examiner and the Dean of the College that he is qual­ ified to undertake the special program he desires (see page 5— Admission of Special Students of Mature Years). It is essential that entering students possess a reasonable proficiency in English grammar and composition and in Mathematics including algebra. If the entering student lacks such proficiency as demonstrated by placement tests, the student must correct this weakness by registering and passing designated courses. (An additional fee is required for each review course.) The number of credit hours required in these review courses will be added to the total hours for graduation. English— The student needing to schedule a review course must pass the course before registering for any English course. (See English 400 on page 115.) Mathematics— The student needing to schedule a review course must pass the course before registering for Physics or Chemistry or any other course in Mathematics or within three Quarters after entering. (See Mathematics 401 on page 129.) 4 C olleg e of E n g in e e r in g All of the course work offered by the College is based upon the assumption that the student has a background and proficiency acquired before admission to the College which will permit him to begin the courses required by his cur­ riculum. The student whose preparation is inadequate may be required to take courses in College which will not count toward the fulfillment of graduation requirements. On the other hand, the student whose pre-college preparation is superior may find himself eligible to receive “ Em” (proficiency examination) credit counting toward graduation and may thus receive his degree in less than the normal time required for his curriculum or have more time for electives. Additional requirements for certain college curricula and recommendations for high school preparation are found on succeeding pages.

GENERAL SCHOLASTIC REQUIREMENTS For scholastic requirements on Admission to any Quarter beyond the first see page 18.

ADMISSION WITH ADVANCED STANDING—TRANSFER STUDENTS An applicant who comes from an approved college and submits through his college registrar an official and explicit transcript describing his entrance credits, his courses of study and scholarship, and giving evidence of good standing, will be admitted to the University, provided he has maintained at least an average scholastic record. If the applicant is deficient in high school units the deficit will be made up from his college credits. If no high school units are presented, one full year of college credits (forty-five Quarter or thirty Semester hours) will be used to satisfy the en­ trance requirements. A special application blank for students who desire to enter with advanced standing will be forwarded upon request addressed to the University Exam­ iner’s office. ADMISSION AS AN AUDITOR An undergraduate or professional student may audit a course, without additional fee, upon approval of the professor in charge, the Head of the Department or School, and the Dean of the College. A graduate student may audit a course without additional fees, upon ap­ proval of an adviser, provided the instructor in charge of the course assents. One not a student in the University may be admitted as an auditor by the University Examiner after satisfying all entrance requirements and pay­ ing the fees required.

ADMISSION AS A TRANSIENT STUDENT A student in good standing in any recognized college or university who wishes to take work on this campus for one Quarter only and expects to re­ turn to his former college may be admitted as a transient student. His veyis- tration will terminate at the end of one Quarter. He will not be required to submit a full transcript of credits, but should request the Entrance Board to send him a Transient Student Statement. This form must be filled out by the applicant and sent to his Dean or Registrar to be signed and mailed to the Entrance Board office. The form includes a statement that he is in good standing and that he has the prerequisites to take the courses listed. If at the end of the Quarter the transient student wishes to remain in this University, he must secure a complete transcript of credits from the registrar of his former college and apply to the University Examiner for readmission. A d m is s io n a s a P rofessional S t u d e n t 5

ADMISSION AS A PROFESSIONAL STUDENT A candidate for admission as a regular or special student in a professional program must meet the particular preprofessional requirements of the college he desires to enter, subject to such deficiencies (conditions) as that college may permit.

ADMISSION OF SPECIAL STUDENTS OF MATURE YEARS A person of mature years who is unable to meet the entrance requirements in all respects, under certain circumstances, may be permitted to matriculate for specified courses for which he can demonstrate adequate qualifications. The University Examiner is authorized to interpret the phrase “ of mature years’ to apply to students not less than 21 years of age and to modify this interpretation, or apply it to other students, within the spirit of these recom­ mendations. Inquiry concerning such admission should be addressed to the Entrance Board, and to receive consideration must reach the Board not less than ten days in advance of the opening of the Quarter. A personal interview with an applicant for admission as a special student is required.

CREDIT FOR RESCHEDULED COURSES If, within the first four weeks of a Quarter, a student’s previous prepara­ tion is demonstrably inadequate for a course in which he originally enrolled, the department concerned is empowered to instruct the college in which that student is registered to remove the course from the student’s schedule and replace it with a more suitable one. Credit for all rescheduled courses resulting from action under this rule shall count toward the fulfillment of graduation requirements unless: (a) the student has earned credit previously for the same course as this, in some other institution of higher learning, or (b) the substituted course is one which the department, with the approval of the Council on Instruction, has established for students with inadequate preparation for college-level courses of that department.

INTER-COLLEGE TRANSFERS Students in good standing in other colleges of the University who wish to transfer to this college should consult a counselor in the College Oflice before completing the transfer, and before submitting a schedule card for approval. The official transfer from one college to another is made by appli­ cation to the Entrance Board. Students who have been denied further registration in one college of the University may not be admitted to another college on this campus except by petition approved by the Executive Committee of the college they wish to enter. A transfer to an undergraduate college of the University must be com­ pleted not later than 10 days before the first day of classes of the Quarter the transfer becomes effective.

LIMITATION OF ENROLLMENT The Ohio State University Board of Trustees has adopted a policy of giving preference in admission to Ohio residents. However, nonresident high school graduates who rank in the upper one-third of their classes and ad­ vanced students with records averaging above “ C” will be considered for admission. These well-qualified nonresident students will be accepted in num­ bers consistent with the facilities of the University. 6 C olleg e o f E n g in e e r in g

REGISTRATION PROCEDURE For the student who is in residence schedule cards for registration are distributed from the Office of the College in which he is registered except for the Autumn and Summer Quarters when they are distributed by the Regis­ trar. All new student schedule cards are distributed by the Registrar. Under the Quarter plan the student formally schedules his program of studies for only one Quarter at a time, although he may informally plan several years ahead with his adviser. Students who are in residence in any undergraduate college of the Uni­ versity during the Spring or Summer Quarter must present their study pro­ grams for the Autumn Quarter before September 1. Such students who are in residence during the Autumn or Winter Quarter are required to present their study programs for the following Quarter at dates announced during these Quarters. Failure to comply with this rule will result in the assessment of a fee of $1 for each day of delay, the maximum being $5 (Rule 164). Students not in residence may register by mail or in person. Changes in approved schedules in undergraduate colleges will be made only upon approval of the College Office; provided that a student may add a course to his schedule after the first Saturday noon after classes begin only with the permission of the instructor, the chairman of the department, and the dean of the student’s college. Changes in time of class meetings on Schedule Cards approved by the Registrar may be made only with the consent of the department in which the course is offered. The Registrar does not make changes in time after the schedule is approved. PAYMENT OF FEES Fees may be paid as soon as fee cards have been received by the student from the Registrar. Early payment is encouraged for the convenience of both the student and the University. Students are required to pay their fees each Quarter before the day designated in the University Calendar for classes to begin. Any student who fails to meet this requirement will be assessed a pen­ alty of $1 for each succeeding day or fraction thereof, unless excused by the Office of the Registrar. The maximum penalty for late registration and pay­ ment of fees shall be: in the Twilight School, $5; elsewhere, $10. Students must report promptly to their classes on the first day that classes are scheduled. Students who have registered sufficiently early usually receive fee cards ap­ proximately three weeks prior to the opening of the Quarter. It is to the ad­ vantage of all students to register as early as possible. The second Saturday noon of each Quarter shall be the final deadline for fee payments. Extension of this deadline shall be given only in extreme emergency and then only upon the approval of the Executive Dean, Special Services. All Quarterly bills, fees, and laboratory deposits required from students must be paid at the Bursar’s Office previous to and as a condition of registra­ tion for that Quarter. (Rule 160.) On the first day of classes each Quarter each student will be required to demonstrate his right to enrollment in his scheduled classes by presentation of a schedule card and paid fee card, unless the instructor has in his possession at the time a roll card for that student. (Rule 160.)

ORIENTATION PROGRAMS New students are expected to attend the projects of both the Pre-College Orientation Program and the Welcome Program, scheduled for each of the four Quarters of the school year. (Exceptions are listed below.) Information rela­ tive to Orientation Programs will be sent out with each notice of official ad­ mission to this University. O r i e n t a t i o n P r o g r a m s 7

PRE-COLLEGE ORIENTATION PROGRAMS All projects necessary for registration and scheduling of courses, includ­ ing required placement tests, are provided in the two-day Pre-College Orien­ tation Programs, which are held each Quarter prior to the start of the regular academic schedule. These two-day programs are scheduled during August and September. Students attending these programs must undergo a Chest X-ray while on campus. WELCOME PROGRAMS At the beginning of his initial Quarter, each new student is expected to participate in a further program of orientation to the University, to acquaint him with the campus, his own undergraduate college, and with other new­ comers. Welcome Programs are scheduled for each Quarter of the academic year, with a special two-day program at the beginning of the Autumn Quarter.

EXCEPTIONS New students in the Graduate School and the Professional Schools, those in undergraduate colleges who have already earned four-year degrees else­ where, and new transient students may be excused from all projects except the campus Chest X-ray and the furnishing of the Health History form and Physician’s Certificate. Undergraduate transfer students with advanced stand­ ing, as well as Twilight School students, will be notified as to orientation proj­ ects required of them. Inquiries about any of the above Orientation Programs should be ad­ dressed to Director, Orientation Programs, Room 10, Student Services Build­ ing, The Ohio State University, Columbus 10, Ohio.

PLACEMENT TESTS Placement tests to test the adequacy of high school preparation and to place the student in the highest college course which he is able to carry with a fair chance of success are administered quarterly in several departments. All entering freshmen and those transfer students who do not present English and Mathematics credits from their previous schools must take the English and Mathematics placement tests before their first Quarter schedules can be pre­ pared. Placement tests are given also in Foreign Language, Hygiene and Typing and Shorthand at the beginning of each Quarter, for students enrolling in these subjects for the first time, to determine the level at which study of these courses shall be undertaken. Other departments in the University are authorized to administer placement tests, the results of which may be used to change a student’s enrollment to either a more elementary or a more advanced course. In some instances, superior performance on a placement test will result in the student receiving Examination (Em) credit for the course involved.

PROFICIENCY TESTS Proficiency tests to measure exceptionally good preparation in high school or independent study outside of class may be arranged by the qualified student with the chairman of the department concerned. The department chairman has full authority for permitting a proficiency test and for establishing the A or B level of performance to be attained. If the student is successful in attaining this established level, the department chairman may recommend Examination (Em) credit for the course covered by the proficiency test. The University grants up to a total of thirty credit hours upon the basis of such examinations.

MEDICAL EXAMINATION FOR NEW STUDENTS All students entering The Ohio State University are required to present evidence of a medical examination. The required form to record the results 8 C olleg e of E n g in e e r in g of such an examination will be furnished by the University. Upon receipt of this form it must be presented to a licensed physician of the student’s choice with the request that he make the necessary examinations as indicated on the examination form. A self-addressed envelope is also furnished to insure prompt and proper mailing of the medical report. Registration is not consid­ ered complete unless the above procedure is followed. Vaccinations and immunizations against small pox, tetanus, polio, influ­ enza and diphtheria, before arrival at the University, are strongly urged.

REQUIRED COURSES Each college has certain requirements which must be met by every student seeking to earn a degree in that college. The specific course requirements will be found, for each of the curricula administered by this College in succeeding pages of this Bulletin. In addition to these, the University has established certain requirements outlined below.

REQUIRED COURSES FOR MEN STUDENTS All men students, entering any of the undergraduate colleges of the University are required to schedule: 1) two hours of Military or Air Science, or three hours of Naval Science, every Quarter they are in residence until a total of twelve (Naval Science, eighteen) credit hours has been earned. 2) one hour of Physical Education every Quarter until a total of three credit hours has been earned. 3) one hour of Hygiene during one of the first three Quarters of residence, and if necessary each Quarter thereafter until one credit hour has been earned. REQUIRED COURSES FOR WOMEN STUDENTS All women students entering any of the undergraduate colleges are re­ quired to schedule: 1) one hour of Physical Education every Quarter they are in residence until a total of six credit hours has been earned. 2) one hour of Hygiene during one of the first three Quarters of residence, and, if necessary each Quarter thereafter until one credit hour has been earned.

EXCUSES FROM REQUIRED COURSES The College in which a student is enrolled may excuse a student from course requirements imposed by that College. The requirements of Physical Education, Hygiene, and Military Science, are University requirements. The President and the departments of instruc­ tion directly concerned may grant by Faculty Regulation excuses from these courses. Excuse from Military or Air Science is granted generally to men who are: 1) over twenty-three years of age; 2) not physically fit for ROTC; 3) veterans with equivalent military training; 4) aliens; 5) transfer students who enter the University with 90, or more, hours of credit.

GRADUATE CREDIT FOR UNDERGRADUATES An undergraduate student who has completed three years of course work and whose full time is not required for the completion of course work for his baccalaureate degree, may select certain courses for graduate credit provided his cumulative point-hour ratio is 2.7 or above. He must obtain permission from the instructor in charge of the course, from the Secretary of his Col­ lege, and from the Office of the Graduate School before registering for the courses and he must achieve a grade of “ B” or better in such courses in order to obtain graduate credit. A student who meets these requirements and peti­ tions for graduate credit cannot use these courses for graduate credit until he is admitted to the Graduate School, and until the department in which he wishes to specialize accepts the work as graduate credit. Not more than fifteen Quarter hours of such work may be counted toward an advanced degree. R egistration of S t u d e n t A u t o m o b il e s 9

REGISTRATION OF STUDENT AUTOMOBILES In the interest of safety and orderly traffic on the Ohio State University campus, certain regulations have been enacted by the Board of Trustees effectrre January 1, 1958. Students must register any motor vehicles they expect to operate and/or park on University grounds. A fee is charged and a fee card is provided for the registration. Upon payment of the fees, windshield stickers are issued, which will permit the drivers to park in certain designated areas marked Zone “ C.” Penalty for failure to register is subject to a $15 fine. A code of motor vehicle regulations is available at the Traffic Department in the Service Building. Subsequent Quarter Registrations (schedules) and graduations will be withheld at the end of each Quarter for unpaid fines or unanswered notifi­ cations. Students are prohibited from parking on campus between 7.00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. Monday through Friday except in places designated for student parking (Zone “ C” ).

WITHDRAWAL FROM COURSE PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 1. During the first four weeks of each Quarter (interpreted as 28 days start­ ing with the first day of classes, a student has the privilege within educa­ tionally sound limits of withdrawal from a course. The withdrawal procedure must be completed within the 28-day period. This requires the student to obtain a drop ticket in his College Office, and to submit it to the Registrar’s Office for schedule change. The instructor’s permission is never required, nor is a report of class standing required. Exception for College of Engi­ neering students: During the first four weeks requests for withdrawal are judged by the Dean and his authorized assistants on the same criteria as in (2) below but without written petition. 2. After expiration of the 28-day period withdrawals are permitted only by petition. The Dean’s Office or Petitions Committee will consider requests for withdrawal from courses only in emergency circumstances beyond the student’s control, such as the student’s hospitalization, although the Com­ mittee will not act until it has considered the instructor’s report upon the student’s standing in the course and other relevant information. The “per­ mission" of the instructor is neither required nor requested.

c o m p u l s o r y co u r se w it h d r a w a l An enrollee of any undergraduate college who fails to attend a scheduled course before Saturday noon of the first week of classes, may, at the option of the department, be disenrolled immediately from such course. In the event a department chooses to take such action, it will be the responsibility of the department chairman to notify the student’s college office. A change ticket removing the course from the student’s schedule shall be prepared in the college office and a copy shall be forwarded to the Office of the Registrar. (Rule 168.) w it h d r a w a l fr o m th e u n iv e r s it y A student who desires to withdraw from the University must apply to the Dean of his College for permission to withdraw. If the student leaves the University at any time during the Quarter without communicating with the Dean of his College, he will be marked as having failed in all his courses for the Quarter. No student may withdraw from the University within two weeks of the beginning of final examinations unless the reports of his instructors show that his record to date is satisfactory. When a student withdraws from the University during a Quarter his parent or guardian shall be notified of the fact by the Secretary of the College. (Rule 175.) III. FEES AND EXPENSES Registration is not complete until all fees have been paid. No student will have any privileges in the classes or laboratories until all fees and deposits are paid, except under special procedure authorized by the President. Since all fees are due and payable as a part of the student’s registration, before the day designated in the University Calendar for classes to begin, no person should come to the University for registration without money sufficient to cover all of his fees and deposits. A penalty of $1 for each succeeding day or fraction thereof (with a maximum of $10) will be assessed for failure to comply with this rule unless excused by the Registrar. 1. Matriculation fee (nonreturnable) Required of every student on first admission to the University ...... $ 15.00 2. University fee Quarter fee for a resident of Ohio...... 90.00 Quarter fee, including nonresident fee, for a nonresident of O h io...... 215.00 3. Special University fees (a) Laboratory deposit All laboratory supplies are sold to students at the Laboratory Supply Store, McPherson Chemical Lab­ oratory period only, and charged against the depos­ its. Instructors shall not permit a student to engage in laboratory work unless the student has shown a receipt from the Bursar for the deposit required in the course. (b) Deposit for military uniform for Freshmen...... 28.00 Note: When checks given for payment of fees are not paid on presenta­ tion at bank, registration will be automatically cancelled and receipts given considered null and void.

SPECIAL FEES—PENALTIES

FEE FOR LATE FILING OF SCHEDULE CARDS A student who fails to file his schedule card within the required time must pay a penalty of $1 for each day of delay, the maximum fine being $5.

FEE FOR CHANGES IN APPROVED SCHEDULE CARDS Changes in subjects on approved schedule cards will be made only upon the approval of the student’s College office and the payment of $1 for each change involved unless such payment is waived by the College office approving the change.

RETURN OF FEES ON WITHDRAWAL Regular fees are in part returnable in case a student withdraws on ac­ count of sickness or for other causes beyond his control, if such withdrawal is made within a period of 29 days in which classes are scheduled after the 10 R e t u r n o f P e e s o n W it h d r a w a l 11 beginning of the Quarter. Students withdrawing at the request of the Uni­ versity are not entitled to any refund of fees. The application fee and the matriculation fee are not considered parts of the regular fees and, therefore, are not returnable. Fees will normally be refunded according to the following schedule: Prior to the beginning of classes and for the First 5 days during which classes are scheduled— Full fees less $10 Next 12 days during which classes are scheduled— 75% of fees paid Next 12 days during which classes arescheduled— 50% of fees paid After 29 days during which classes are scheduled— No refund Permission to withdraw given in writing by the Dean of the College must be presented to the Bursar within the period listed to be eligible for the listed refund. If exceptionable conditions prevent presentation of withdrawals at the Bursar’s Office at the proper time and the student has not been able to attend classes during this time, the case should be referred to the President for his judgment. No fees will be returned in case of withdrawal of students until 30 days have elapsed from the date of withdrawal. If fees are paid under mistake of law or fact, they are returnable in full. Fees are not returnable except as provided in this rule. Transcript Fee. Every student is entitled to one copy of his University record free of charge. There will be a charge of one dollar for each additional copy. The fee should accompany the transcript request.

COST OF A YEAR’S WORK The total cost of a year’s work—three Quarters, will depend upon the course pursued. In some courses considerable material is used by the student and this must be paid for by him. The cost of books is an item which varies with the course. In order to furnish information, there is listed below an estimate of the average payments required by the University for the Freshman year and the estimated cost for room and board at a safe price. Living costs are sometimes reduced slightly where two students occupy the same room and where boarding clubs are economically managed. Fees to the University are paid at the beginning of each Quarter.

ESTIMATE OF EXPENSES FOR THE FRESHMAN YEAR Matriculation Fee (nonreturnable)...... $ 15.00 University Fee ...... 270.00 Deposits to cover laboratory materials and breakage...... 50.00 Deposit to cover military uniform...... 28.00 Books and instrument...... 100.00 Room Rent and Board in Private Homes— Men...... 875.00 Room and Board in Dormitories— Men...... 795.00 Room and Board— Women...... 795.00

Total (Men in Private Hom es)...... $1338.00 (Men in Dormitories)...... $1258.00 (W om en )...... $1230.00 In order to meet the necessary expenses of registration, books, required deposits, and one Quarter’s payment for room and board, the beginning out-of- town student should come prepared to spend $250 to $300 during the first ten days of a Quarter, $125 more if he is not a resident of Ohio. 12 C olleg e o f E n g in e e r in g

STUDENT PERSONAL EXPENSE FUNDS The incoming student will save himself much time and trouble by taking a few simple precautions in regard to his personal expense money. The student should bring enough cash to cover expenses for several days. If he does not wish to carry cash, he should use travelers checks, as they are readily cashed. If he does bring a check, it should be in the form of a bank draft or cashier’s check. Be sure that any checks that are for the payment of fees are drawn for the exact amount of the fees. The following facts concerning the cashing of checks should be borne in mind by parents and prospective students. (a) The Ohio State University does not cash checks. (b) Checks for fees will be accepted by the University, but only when the check is drawn for the exact amount of the fees. (c) Banks do not cash checks for strangers unless the check is endorsed by a customer of the bank or some person of known responsibility. This rule applies to cashier’s checks, bank drafts, and certified checks. The student who intends to use a checking account will find that an ac­ count in Columbus will be of more value than an account at home or in some other city. An account with a Columbus bank will provide a safe place for depositing funds, will help create a local credit standing, will furnish a means of depositing and cashing checks, and will help the student to understand banking practices.

RULES GOVERNING NONRESIDENT STATUS 1. Rule as to nonresident fees. Every student who is not a legal resident, as defined below, of the State of Ohio, is required to pay a nonresident fee in addition to other University fees. 2. Registration. The burden of registering under proper residence is placed upon the student. If there is any possible question as to legal residence, the matter should be brought to the attention of the Registrar, and passed upon prior to original enrollment.

POLICIES IN AID OF RESIDENCE DETERMINATION

IN GENERAL The status of a student as a resident or a nonresident of the State of Ohio will be determined as of his original enrollment at The Ohio State University. In general, that status will remain the same throughout his attendance at the University. In those cases where there has been a break in a student’s at­ tendance at the University, the beginning of the last enrollment may be con­ sidered by the Registrar as the student’s “ original enrollment” for the purposes of residence determination. If it is so considered and if the student gained or lost an Ohio residence during the period that he was absent from the Uni­ versity, his classification will be changed accordingly. The policies followed in determining the legal residence of students reg­ istering at The Ohio State University are the same policies which determine legal domicile. Two conditions must be present: first, it is necessary that the adult student or the parents of a minor student have been in the state a min­ imum period of one year prior to the original enrollment; and second, that there is an evident present intent to remain in the state indefinitely. Both the physical presence and the intent to remain indefinitely must exist during the entire one-year period in order to be exempt from the nonresident fee. P o l ic ie s i n A id o f R e s id e n c e 13 The serious problem in residence determination necessarily turns on the existence of the intention of the adult student or of the parents of a minor student. In general, it is assumed that the intent to remain indefinitely in the state of Ohio is evidenced not only by what the person states but what the person has actually done. Normally, persons who wish to establish dom­ icile shall do all those things a person does in making a place a permanent residence, such as obtaining full-time employment, transferring or establishing church membership, affiliation with local organizations, voting, the filing of federal, state or other tax returns, the execution of a will or other legal docu­ ments as a resident, establishing a home, buying property, and the various other things which give evidence of intent to remain indefinitely within the state.

s p e c if ic applications With these general policies as background, the following situations are discussed as specific applications of the general policies to aid the student in a self-determination of his status: 1. Minors. The domicile of a minor student shall be considered the same as that of his natural or legal guardian (if any) at the time of his original enrollment, regardless of emancipation. However, students who are under the age of 21 but who have been married or who served in the armed forces on active duty will have their domicile determined under the section below dealing with Adult Students. An application for resident status will be considered in the event that: a. the natural guardian of an unmarried minor student gains an Ohio domicile after the student’s original enrollment; or b. an Ohio resident is appointed legal guardian of a nonresident minor student upon the decease or disqualification of the natural guardian and after the student’s original enrollment. In no event will it be granted prior to one year after the change of dom­ icile or appointment, whichever is applicable. In any case where it is determined that the parents of a minor have ac­ quired an Ohio residence or that an Ohio guardian was appointed in order to claim residence status for the student, the student’s classification as a non­ resident will be continued. In case a minor child, whose legal domicile is in some state other than Ohio, has been living with relatives or another person in Ohio who is supporting the minor child, such support must have been given for a minimum of one year prior to the original enrollment in order that the domicile of the minor child shall be considered Ohio. Furthermore, this rela­ tionship shall be maintained in a bonafide home, the support having been full support and such as to qualify the child as a dependent for federal income tax purposes. In case a young man or young woman enters service before reaching 21 years of age and while the family is domiciled in Ohio, and the family moves from Ohio before the young man or young woman is discharged from service, the young man or young woman may return to Ohio as a resident unless he follows the family to the new home. The effect of employment while in attendance at the University is dis­ cussed below. 2. Adult Students. An adult student will be considered as legally domiciled in Ohio if he has been in the state a minimum of one year prior to his original enrollment with the requisite intention to remain indefinitely. If the student claims he has obtained a domicile in Ohio after his orig­ inal enrollment in the University, the following policies are applicable: Persons do not normally establish domicile when it seems evident by what they have done that their main purpose in coming to Ohio was to go to school. If it can be clearly established that the person came to 14 C olleg e o f E n g in e e r in g Ohio for purposes other than attending school, and that the person has been in Ohio twelve consecutive months doing all those things which one normally does in making a place a permanent residence and that attendance in school is incidental to other activities, that person may establish domicile in Ohio. There is a strong presumption that one who comes into the state to attend college has a temporary residence and not a domicile. Therefore, the student bears the burden of proving that the attendance at school is incidental to his other activities. The exercise of the privilege of voting does not conclusively estab­ lish the fact of domicile, but is to be considered along with other facts bearing upon domicile. a. MARRIED MEN The fact that a young man is married, may have established a home and bought real property in the State of Ohio may give support to the claim that there is an intent to remain in Ohio. This in itself, however, is not conclusive proof of domicile, because these activities are also necessary to support his family. Unless the student can show that his main purpose is to make this his permanent residence in Ohio at the time of his marriage and that going to school is incidental to that main purpose, he will be classified as a non­ resident. b. MARRIED WOMEN The legal domicile of wives normally follows that of their husbands. For the purpose of the payment of fees a married women will be classified as a resident or a nonresident depending on how her husband would be classified if he were applying for admission. A married woman living apart from her husband can establish a domicile under the same conditions as she could if she were single. In the event that a young woman, a resident of Ohio, marries a nonresident person and wishes to continue in the University, her resident status may be continued provided her enrollment is continuous.

c. EMPLOYED STUDENTS Employment while attending school on a full-time basis will not indicate an intent to remain in Ohio indefinitely and thus change a nonresident’s domicile to Ohio. Such activity is equivocal; without further evidence, it shows only that the student must work in order to effectuate his main purpose in coming to Ohio— that of attending school. An employed student attending school on a part-time basis should consult the Registrar for a determination of his status. Nonresident persons who obtain full-time employment and attend Twilight School only for twelve consecutive months may establish domicile if the other factors of domicile are present. 3. Service Men or Women and Veterans. Normally, one does not establish domicile while in service, nor by being in a state under compulsion. Therefore, a service man or woman normally remains domiciled in the state where he or she was domiciled when he or she entered service, unless he or she has taken affirmative action to acquire new domicile. If a nonresident veteran enters school within the twelve-month period immediately following discharge, it shall be considered that that person has not yet established domicile within the state. Subsequently this persons does not establish domicile by going to school nor while going to school even though he has married and may be establishing a home. See policies outlined above. 4. Aliens. Aliens who come to the United States are subject to the appli­ cable rules set out above, with this exception: Aliens who come into P o l ic ie s i n A id o f R e s id e n c e 15 the United States on non-immigrant visas, especially student visas, for the obvious purpose of attending school, shall be subject to the non­ resident fee. Alien parents of a minor child may establish legal dom­ icile in Ohio before citizenship is granted. In order to establish such domicile, the family must have been in Ohio at least the minimum pe­ riod of twelve consecutive months prior to the original enrollment and must have done those things which a family normally does in making a place a permanent residence, including the intention of remaining in Ohio indefinitely. Such minor students may also claim residence status as in paragraph 1 above. It is assumed that if the family has been in Ohio long enough to take out citizenship papers, this shall have been done. IV. SCHOLARSHIP STANDARDS

STUDENT RESPONSIBILITY The student is responsible for knowing his own standing scholastically in reference to the published regulations and standards of the University and of his college. Copies of the “ Official Student Handbook of Rules and Regulations” are available at the Registrar’s Office. Each student should be familiar with the contents of this booklet.

THE MARKING SYSTEM AND POINT SYSTEM The grade marks given in all Colleges of the University are as follows: A— Excellent; for each credit hour, 4 credit points shall be allowed. B— Good; for each credit hours, 3 credit points shall be allowed. C— Average; for each credit hour, 2 credit points shall be allowed. D— Poor; for each credit hour, 1 credit point shall be allowed. E—■ Failed; for each credit hour, 0 credit points shall be allowed. Credit for a course in which “ E” has been received can be obtained only by repeating and passing the work in class. F— Failed, absent, same conditions as E, above. This mark indicates that the student was absent from the final examination without excuse, and that his work during the Quarter does not justify the expectation that he will secure a passing grade. I— (Incomplete)— indicates (1) that the work of the student in the course is qualitatively satisfactory, but that for legitimate reasons a small fraction of work remains to be completed; or (2) that the record of the student in the course justifies the expectation that he will obtain a passing grade, but he has been unavoidably absent from the final examination. (Athletic eligibility is governed by Intercollegiate Con­ ference Rules which do not permit participants in intercollegiate con­ tests to have any incomplete marks against them.) The student is charged with the responsibility of completing the work at the earliest possible time, and not later than the end of the Quarter in residence fol­ lowing receipt of the Incomplete; except in laboratory courses offered but once a year, he shall have one calendar year in which to complete the work. If, at the close of the Quarter, the student has not completed the work remaining to be done, he will be given a final Quarter grade for the work which shall take into consideration the unfinished part of his requirement. In no case shall a student who has received the mark “ Incomplete” be permitted to repeat the course in which such mark was received until such time as the Incomplete has been removed in the manner hereinbe­ fore provided, and then only in such cases as fall within Faculty Rule 133. P— (Progress)— indicates satisfactory progress in courses that are indi­ vidual in character or extend over more than one Quarter. R— Final mark will be reported at end of sequence. S— Satisfactory. (For graduate students only.) T— Temporarily excused. (This applies only to Military or Air Science, Physical Education or Hygiene.) 16 M a r k in g a n d P o in t S y s t e m 17 U— Audit. X— Permanently excused. (This applies only to Military or Air Science, Physical Education or Hygiene.) Em— Credit allowed for work of “A” or “B” quality as tested by examina­ tion, but not done in class (or in residence); no credit points given but hours toward graduation counted; hours not counted in computing point-hour ratio; a maximum of 30 hours of “Em” credit allowed. K—■ Credit allowed by the University Examiner for work of “C” grade or better done at another institution; no credit points given, but hours toward graduation counted; hours not counted in computing point-hour ratio. REPETITION OF COURSES An undergraduate or professional student who has received a grade “D” or “ E” in a course, either at this University or elsewhere, may repeat the course for credit upon the recommendation of the Executive Committee and with the approval of the Dean of his college. A graduate student may, when approval is given by an adviser, repeat for credit any course in which he has received a grade “ D” or “ E.” The credit hours for a repeated course shall in no case be counted more than once in meeting graduation requirements. A student who has received a grade of “ A,” “ B,” or “ C” in a course taken at this University or elsewhere may repeat the course only as an auditor, upon receipt of permission by the Dean of his college. A student who has audited a course may subsequently repeat the course for credit with the permission of the Executive Committee of his college.

REMOVAL OF FAILURE IN REQUIRED COURSE The student is responsible for repeating in class, at his first opportunity, a required course in which he has failed, unless the Executive Committee of the College authorizes a substitute course.

NOTIFICATION OF GRADES At the close of each Quarter the Registrar notifies each student by mail of the grades earned during the Quarter. These grades become a part of the offi­ cial record of the student and are not subject to change except upon official authorization of the chairman of the department or director of the school and the Dean of the college. A grade filed in the Office of the Registrar is a part of the official records of the University. It is not subject to change except upon written authorization of the Department Chairman or Director of the School and the Dean of the College, and then only when a clerical error has been discovered. (Rule 127.) THE POINT HOUR RATIO A student’s academic standing for a Quarter is expressed by his “point- hour ratio.” This ratio is determined by dividing the total number of points earned by the total number of credit hours scheduled or undertaken. Courses graded “ I” or “ P” are not included in the computations. The following as an example: A = 4, B = 3, C = 2, D = 1, E = 0, F absent = 0. Hours Grade Points Course No. 1 ...... 5 A 20 Course No. 2 ...... 3 C 6 Course No. 3 ...... (3) I Course No. 4 ...... 3 E 0 Course No. 5 ...... 3 B 9

14 14 Point hour ratio 2.50 18 C ollege o f E n g in e e r in g When the final grade on Course No. 3 is recorded the points and hours will be included in figuring the student’s point-hour ratio. When a student has a record for two or more Quarters he will have a cumulative point-hour ratio determined by dividing the total points earned by the total hours undertaken.

GENERAL SCHOLASTIC REQUIREMENTS Any College or School of this University admitting students directly from secondary schools shall be subject to this rule. The faculties of the other Colleges and of the Graduate School of this University are empowered to establish by rule the academic standards controlling warning, probation, and dismissal of their students for deficiency in quality points. The promulgation of these rules, and the amendment or repeal, shall be subject to the approval of the Board of Trustees. A transfer student from another university who is admitted to advanced standing in this University shall be treated as though his entire residence had been at this University, but his point-hour ratios will be computed only upon work done at this University. Admission to Quarters beyond the first Quarter shall be conditioned as follows: 1. To the second Quarter, attainment of a minimum point-hour ratio of 0.75 for the immediately preceding Quarter; 2. To the fourth, fifth, or sixth Quarter, attainment of a minimum cumu­ lative point-hour ratio of 1.70 at the end of the immediately preceding Quarter, or of a point-hour ratio of 2.00 or better, on a minimum of twelve Quarter hours, for the Quarter next preceding; 3. To the seventh Quarter, attainment of a cumulative point-hour ratio of 1.90 at the end of the sixth Quarter; 4. To the eighth or any subsequent Quarter, a minimum cumulative point- hour ratio of 2.00 at the end of one of the two consecutive and imme­ diately preceding Quarters.

WARNING AND PROBATION Any student subject to the provisions of the general scholastic require­ ments rule who fails to achieve a point-hour ratio of 2.00 on the work of any Quarter shall be warned and his parents or guardian notified by the Uni­ versity Registrar on behalf of the Dean of his college. Any student subject to the provisions of the general scholastic require­ ments rule whose cumulative point-hour ratio is below 1.70 at the end of the third, fourth, or fifth Quarter, or below 2.00 at the end of the sixth or any subsequent Quarter shall be placed on probation unless dismissed pursuant with the provisions of the rule. Such probation shall continue until the required cumulative point-hour ratio has been achieved or the student has been dis­ missed pursuant to the rules regarding dismissal. Other conditions of proba­ tion may be established by the Administrative Council. The student and his parents shall be notified of probationary status by the College in which he is registered. Such notifications shall include a clear statement of what shall be required of the student academically if he is to avoid dismissal.

DISMISSAL A. Failure to meet the general scholastic requirements shall result in dis­ missal from the University as of the end of the Quarter in which such failure occurs; provided that where it is mathematically impossible for a student to regain a 2.00 cumulative point-hour ratio in the Quarter following, dismissal shall be effective immediately. D is m is s a l 19 B. If at any time the preparation, progress or success of a student in his assigned work is determined to be unsatisfactory, the Executive Committee of the College in which he is registered shall be empowered to dismiss him from the University. C. Notice of dismissal from the University shall be sent by the Dean of the College in which the dismissed student is registered, both to the student and to his parents or guardian. D. A dismissal for failure to meet the general scholastic requirements may be waived for educationally sound reasons through special action of the Executive Committee of the College in which the student is registered. E. Any student who may be reinstated by the Executive Committee of his College following dismissal shall be subject to such special requirements as may be determined appropriate by the Executive Committee. If the performance records of any reinstated student do not meet the conditions specified at the time of reinstatement, then the Executive Committee shall consider all the facts in the student’s case and determine whether dismissal by special action is in order or a waiver for another Quarter is indicated. NOTE: The rules governing admission to and dismissal from the University as stated in this Bulletin shall become effective with those students whose first enrollment in this University occurs in or after the Summer Quarter 1957. The rules as stated in previous Bulletins shall remain effective for all students originally entering or trans­ ferring to this University in any Quarter preceding the Summer Quarter of 1957; provided, that after the Spring Quarter 1959, all students shall be subject to the present rules. V. STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES The University and the community together provide a wide range of oppor­ tunities for learning experiences outside the classrooms. Extracurricular activ­ ities of all kinds, social affairs, student churches, student government, dormi­ tory and fraternity life, and varsity and intramural athletic programs are potential laboratories for the development of many kinds of important living skills and appreciations. There is an annual lecture series plus a number of concerts and plays in which students may participate. There are special advantages in the Univer­ sity’s location in a metropolitan community in that many cultural opportuni­ ties are offered in the downtown theatre, concert, and lecture halls. In student government agencies, Student Senate, Student Court, and elec­ tive offices and in the Colleges’ Student Councils, some aspects of “ training in citizenship” find expression. Student activities which are centered in the Ohio Union Building, along with those sponsored by the University administrative and personnel officers are ample evidence of the University’s expectations that learning experience shall extend throughout the campus. The University maintains offices and agencies to assist in all aspects of student personnel work, with orientation and admission of new students, coun­ seling centers, remedial aids and how-to-study service, clinics and health serv­ ices, personnel deans, financial aids offices, placement offices, and others, some of which are described below.

THE OFFICE OF STUDENT RELATIONS The principal student personnel services are coordinated through the office of the Executive Dean, Student Relations: The Office of the Dean o f Men (including housing), the Office of the Dean of Women (including housing), Athletic Department, International Students Office, Ohio Union Program Of­ fice, Orientation Programs Office, Religious Affairs Center, Student Auditing Office, Student Financial Aids Office, University Counseling and Testing Cen­ ter, University Health Service, University Scholarships Office, and Veterans’ Center.

THE OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF MEN AND THE DEAN OF WOMEN The Deans and their assistants act as the principal personnel officers for students in the University. Their primary concerns are the welfare of the individual student and the organizations of students. They offer counsel and assistance on personal, social, financial, and educational problems, using all the resources of the University by referrals appropriate in individual situations. Social organizations exist on the campus in large numbers, including not only fraternities and sororities but also religious groups, various clubs, and honor societies. Counseling on fraternity and sorority affairs is conducted mainly by assistant deans in the offices of the Dean of Men and Dean of Women. Advisory relations are maintained with the University Social Board, Council of Fraternity Presidents, Council of Sorority House Presidents, Pan- hellenic, and other governing bodies. The Women’s Self-Government Associa­ tion, dealing with extra-curricular activities of women, is provided advisory services through the Dean of Women’s Office. The Deans of Men and Women act as advisers to the Student Senate, the all-campus student government body. 20 L iv in g A rrangements 21

LIVING ARRANGEMENTS The President of the University has the authority to supervise living arrangements of students not residents of the city of Columbus and to order the immediate withdrawal of any student from any boarding or lodging house in which the surroundings are undesirable. The immediate responsibility for housing has been delegated to the offices of the Dean of Men and Dean of Women.

MEN’S HOUSING Baker Hall, a residence for men, houses approximately 750 men on a board and room basis in single, double, and triple rooms. The Stadium Dormitories offer to 680 men low-cost board and room. The River Road Dormitories provide housing facilities (double and single rooms) for an additional 400 men. One building of these dormitories has been designated as a graduate building for graduate students only. Cafeteria service is available at reasonable rates. Contracts for board and room are for the academic year at Baker Hall and the Stadium Dormitories. Some of the above mentioned facilities offer housing during the Summer Quarter as well as the academic year. Applications for either of the above accommodations may be made through the business offices of either dormitory or the Director of Men’s Housing, Room 309 Pomerene Hall. Furnished rooms in private homes in the city of Columbus provide hous­ ing for a greater part of the men students. The rates vary from $30 to $35 a month for single rooms; $25 to $30 for double rooms (per student). One should visit Columbus three to four weeks prior to entering the University to choose a suitable room. A listing of available rooms will be found in Room 309 Pomerene Hall.

THE GEORGE WELLS KNIGHT INTERNATIONAL HOUSE The George Wells Knight International House, 104 East Fifteenth Avenue, offers desirable living quarters to a limited number of foreign and American students. Applications should be made to the Director of Men’s Housing, Room 309 Pomerene Hall. MEN’S FRATERNITIES A large number of men enjoy the advantages of living together in frater­ nity houses. These Greek letter organizations have for many years maintained establishments which provide excellent rooming and boarding arrangements. They meet the same standards of inspection that are required of the approved houses and are considered as an integral part of the University’s housing arrangements. Prospective students who are interested in possible membership should write to the Dean of Men.

WOMEN’S HOUSING Every woman student, whether undergraduate or graduate, must register with the Dean of Women at her office in Pomerene Hall during the first week of each Quarter. All living arrangements for women are under the supervision of the Dean of Women. Women students should apply to the Dean of Women for housing accommodations when making application for admission to the University. Under the rules of the faculty, freshman women who are residents of Ohio so far as possible will be placed by the Dean of Women in the University Resi­ dence Halls. Freshmen who are admitted after the University Residence Halls are filled are then placed in University Houses or other smaller units of housing. 22 C olleg e of E n g in e e e in g Freshmen and other students who desire to work for room and board in private homes may make such arrangements, and those who desire to live with relatives in Columbus will be given permission to do so. After September 10, 1958 housing cannot be arranged for the Autumn Quarter by correspondence. Students or their parents must consult the Dean of Women or her assistant in person for housing accommodations.

FOR FURTHER DETAILED INFORMATION Booklets and other sources of information about the various kinds of living quarters will be gladly and promptly sent to any one who inquires. Such information will include detailed description of the halls of residence and houses as well as prices for the various types of accommodation. Address requests for booklets to the Dean of Women, Pomerene Hall, The Ohio State University, Columbus 10, Ohio.

MARRIED STUDENTS Housing for married students constitutes one of the University’s most difficult problems. While 350 married veterans will be housed in the family units in the River Road Project, the greater number of married couples must find living quarters in the city of Columbus. Listings of houses and apart­ ments available for rent are posted in the Director of Men’s Housing, Room 309, Pomerene Hall.

INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS OFFICE The International Students Office, Administration Building, Room 112, is one of the first offices that serves students from abroad and continues as their center throughout their enrollment in the University. The staff of the office assists the foreign student in becoming oriented to the campus, directs him to the appropriate offices to complete registration, to make housing arrangements, to consult his adviser, or to make adjustments in any area of campus life. It serves as the liaison office with the Immigration and Naturalization Service, the Institute of International Education, U.S. Government departments, UNESCO, foreign governments, and other sponsors of foreign students. Un­ der the Faculty Committee on International Students and with the cooperation of the Student Senate, this office assists in planning and coordinating special events of campus and community organizations for foreign students. Speak­ ing engagements and hospitality programs are arranged.

OHIO UNION PROGRAM OFFICE The Ohio Union is the student social, cultural, and extra-curricular activ­ ity center of the campus. The Union Activities office sponsors programs including dances and dancing lessons, bridge lessons, art exhibits, social forums and others. More than 30 student organizations maintain offices in this spacious, modern build­ ing, which also houses a large cafeteria, a dining room, snack bars, a browsing library, a music listening room, a billiard room, bowling alleys, photographic darkrooms, game rooms, a crafts center, a theatre, meeting rooms, and color­ ful, comfortable lounges. Governed by an independent Board of Overseers made up of representatives of the student body, the faculty, trustees and alumni, the Union is supported by profits from commercial departments. Its construction costs are still being paid by allocations from special student fees assessed for this purpose.

ORIENTATION PROGRAMS OFFICE All new students are expected to take part in a series of projects designed to familiarize them with the University and to insure their fulfillment of the various requirements preliminary to enrollment in courses. Orientation pro- O r ie n ta tio n P rograms O ffice 23 grams are planned for each of the four Quarters of the school year. These two-day, pre-college orientation programs are offered throughout a period of several weeks each Summer, to provide advance placement testing and oppor­ tunities for receiving assistance in scheduling courses. Faculty, staff, and student leaders participate in the program. In late September, a two-day Welcome Program is held for all new students and attendance is required.

RELIGIOUS AFFAIRS CENTER The University maintains a Religious Affairs Center in the Student Services Building, Rooms 208-212. Offices of the Coordinator of Religious Affairs, the Young Men’s Christian Association, the Young Women’s Christian Association, the Student Council for Religious Affairs, and the University Advisory Board for Religious Affairs are located in this Center. Copies of the special bulletin which lists the Chaplains and Ministers serving students and describes programs of the twenty recognized student religious organizations may be obtained by writing to the Religious Affairs Center. STUDENT AUDITING OFFICE The University requires that all recognized student organizations keep a proper set of accounting records and that these records be audited regularly. It is the responsibility of the Student Auditing Office to audit all transactions, instruct treasurers of organizations, and provide records. Members of its staff are available at all times for advice and assistance on organizational financial matters. STUDENT FINANCIAL AIDS OFFICE Administration of student employment and loans is centered in offices in the Student Services Building. Services are available to students attending daytime classes. For students who need to defray educational expenses through part-time work, the Financial Aids Office assists not only in finding jobs but in planning time schedules, making financial budgets, evaluating employ­ ment skills, arranging interviews, and maintaining morale under discourage­ ment. Counseling is available by appointment. Some students prefer to borrow money for their education. The Financial Aids Office provides information on the propriety of a loan, its amount, method of payment, rate of interest and other details. Counseling is conducted with regard for individual student need as well as sound business principles.

UNIVERSITY COUNSELING AND TESTING CENTER The University Counseling and Testing Center is a University facility established to meet the need for professional guidance to students and to pro­ vide technical service to college offices who also counsel students. It works in close cooperation with the college in advising students in relation to their long-term educational and vocational plans. This service is available free to all students in the University at any time vocational counseling is appropriate. Tests are also administered as requested by the college offices as part of their counseling program. A continuous research program is maintained for the improvement of counseling techniques and occupational information. Students are encouraged to use the occupational library in the University Counseling and Testing Center which contains a large collection of books and pamphlets dealing with a wide range of occupations. Suggestions are also made as to seeking information from many other sources such as college Deans, college faculty or other persons who may provide additional vocational orientation to assist the individual in making the best adjustment in life. 24 C o llege of E n g in e e r in g All students are welcome to the facilities of the University Counseling and Testing Center, located in the Student Services Building. Counseling may be requested by any student directly or a referral may be made by a college office or by any University faculty member.

UNIVERSITY HEALTH SERVICE The University Health Service is located in the Student Services Build­ ing. It is maintained on the campus to serve the health needs of the student body under the leadership of a Director, and a medical staff of attending physicians, specialists, nurses and technicians. The objectives of the University Health Service are: (1) To protect, maintain, and improve the health of students; coopera­ tion in and follow up of entrance examinations; early diagnosis and control of all communicable diseases, in cooperation with other health agencies; indi­ vidual health guidance, through personal conference; first aid and casual treatment of students on the campus; health examination for certain groups and cases; consultant specialist services for certain cases; full cooperation with family physician, other physicians, and health agencies; centralized correlation of health agencies on the campus to best educational personnel ends; maintained emphasis on individual and group preventive medicine, and individual student health education in connection with other services rendered. (2) To serve as the primary coordinating agency through centralized health records with University Personnel officials in individual student health appraisal and health problems which involve the initiation, maintenance, discontinuance, or improvement of students’ university relationships. (3) To participate in student hospitalization in the sense of cooperating in the administration of The Ohio State Student Hospital and Surgical In­ surance Plan, or other student subsidized hospital or health insurance plans. (4) To conduct research as related to student health problems and needs.

UNIVERSITY SCHOLARSHIPS OFFICE Scholarships, primarily for residents of Ohio, are available to both enter­ ing and enrolled students who meet scholastic and financial need requirements of the University Scholarships Committee. The General Scholarships are valued at $225 a year, $75 each Quarter. Honor Scholarships are valued at $400 to $600 a year. Special Scholarships, variable in amounts, are designated for students in certain classes, geographic areas, curricula or colleges accord­ ing to the wishes of various donors. For consideration, entering freshmen should rank relatively high in their graduating class, at least upper-third standing. Enrolled students are re­ quired to have upper-third standing or better in their college classes to qualify for new or renewal awards. Scholarship Applications for high school seniors are available on November 1 each year. Freshmen awards are made in May prior to each Autumn Quarter. To receive information about freshmen schol­ arships or an Application blank, visit or write to the University Scholarships Office, Room 112, Student Services Building.

VETERANS’ CENTER The Veterans’ Center, 111 Administration Building, serves as liaison with the Veterans Administration for students enrolled in the University under the Veterans’ Vocational Rehabilitation Act, the Servicemen’s Readjustment Act of 1944, the Veterans’ Readjustment Assistance Act of 1952, and the War Orphans’ Educational Assistance Act of 1956. A student eligible for educa­ V e t e r a n s ’ C e n t e r 25 tional benefits under any of these laws or desiring information concerning such educational benefits should write or visit the Regional Office of the Veterans Administration in Cincinnati, Ohio, or the Columbus Office, 48 Star­ ling Street. At the same time, he should proceed with his registration in the University in the same manner as any regular student. Veterans approved for training under the Vocational Rehabilitation Act or the Servicemen’s Readjustment Act of 1944 should inquire at the Veterans’ Center for instruction before paying fees. Each veteran who has applied for educational benefits under the Veterans’ Readjustment Assistance Act of 1952 should pay fees and then present at the Veterans’ Center his PAID fee card, schedule card, and Veterans Administration Certificate for Education and Training. A similar procedure should be followed by each student who has applied for training under the War Orphans’ Educational Assistance Act of 1956. Further instructions are available at the Veterans’ Center. Particular attention is called to the following statements from the Veterans Administration Regional Office: “ The Veterans’ Readjustment Assistance Act of 1952, Public Law 550, 82nd Congress provides that a veteran must actually commence an active pursuit of an approved program of training prior to August 20, 1954, or within three years of his discharge date, whichever is the later date. He must be in actual pursuit of his program on this delimiting date, except where his attendance is interrupted for normal summer vacations or for other reasons deemed by the Veterans Administration to be beyond his control; and except that he may suspend pursuit of his program for a period or periods of not more than 12 consecutive months in length. This law also provides that no education or training shall be afforded a veteran beyond a date eight years following the end of his basic service period. “An eligible veteran may make only one change of program during his entire period of entitlement to benefits. Prior to this delimiting date, he may make this change without restriction, provided his conduct and progress were satisfactory in his previous program and provided he first submits a VA Form 7-1995. After his delimiting date, the change may be made only if it is a normal progression from the course previously pursued or if the veteran is not making satisfactory progress in his program. VA Form 7-1995 must be submitted prior to changing a program to establish a date of claim for benefits in connection with the new program. If a veteran showed a Ph.D. goal on his application and described the program he planned to take to attain that goal as a Bachelor’s degree, Master’s degree and a Ph.D., the advancement from one degree to the other does not constitute of change of program.” VI. HONORS, SCHOLARSHIPS, AND AWARDS The University and the several colleges have established a number of ways to grant recognition to worthy students. In many instances persons or organizations outside the University have established scholarships or awards which are available to students enrolled at The Ohio State University. For complete information and applications write the University Scholarships Office, 112 Student Services Building. The application should be received before March 15 for consideration the following school year. The scholarships listed below are available to all students regardless of their school or college. Scholarships that are restricted to specific colleges are listed in the last part of this section.

GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS Several hundred scholarships carrying stipends of approximately $225 for the freshman year (renewable for four years) are awarded annually to fresh­ men irrespective of school or college. These awards are made on the basis of written applications, high school principal recommendations, and interviews, whenever possible. For consideration, students are required to rank relatively high in their high school graduating classes. Financial need, academic poten­ tial of the student, field of study, leadership, and citizenship are additional criteria used in determining eligibility for scholarships. General Scholarships are renewable for four years provided that (1) the student maintains a grade average in the upper one-third of his class, (2) the scholarship has been continuously held since the Freshman year, (3) a new ap­ plication is filed each year between November 1 and March 15 for the subsequent year beginning Autumn Quarter. Renewals are conditioned by the availability of adequate funds. HONOR SCHOLARSHIPS A number of scholarships carrying larger stipends, in the amount of $400 or $600 for the freshman year (renewable for four years under the usual renewal conditions) are awarded annually to outstanding freshmen. These awards are made on the basis of written applications, high school principal recommendations and interviews. For consideration, students are required to rank exceptionally high in their high school graduating classes and to demon­ strate unusual scholastic ability.

GENERAL SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL TEST AWARDS Thirty or more scholarships (one, two, three, or four years amounting to approximately $225 for the academic year) are awarded annually to entering freshmen. Selection is made on the basis of the Ohio General Scholarship Test for High School Seniors, conducted by the State Department of Educa­ tion. An application is required.

DEVELOPMENT FUND PRIZE AWARDS These are scholarships granted each year by The Ohio State University Development Fund to the Alumni Clubs. Approximately ten, covering tuition and non-returnable fees, are awarded annually. For information and schol­ arship applications, consult with the local Alumni Club president or University Scholarships Office. 26 A w a r d s 27

OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY MOTHERS’ ASSOCIATION CLUB SCHOLARSHIPS These scholarships are provided by annual gifts from the various clubs of the Ohio State University Mothers’ Association and are matched with Uni­ versity funds. These awards are approximately $200 each year. Students living in the geographic area where Mothers’ Clubs have provided scholar­ ships are eligible to apply. For information and applications, consult the local Mothers’ Club president or the Dean of Women of The Ohio State University, Executive Secretary of The Ohio State University Mothers’ Asso­ ciation or the University Scholarships Office.

GEOGRAPHIC AREA AWARDS The following are a few awards which are restricted to residents of geo­ graphic areas and are open to entering freshmen: (1) Belva Jones Scholar­ ship (Franklin County); (2) Rollin and Jessie Cockley Scholarships (Bell- ville, O hio); (3) Grimes Scholarships (Urbana, O hio); (4) The Charles F. High Foundation Scholarships (young men— Bucyrus, O hio); (5) The Grace High Washburn Trust Scholarships (young women— Bucyrus, O hio); (6) The Mortar Board Scholarship (Franklin County). For information, consult with the University Scholarships Office.

SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS AND OTHER AWARDS In addition to the scholarships outlined in the preceding pages, others have been made possible by the U. S. Navy, industrial corporations, govern­ mental agencies, foundations, and other organizations. Most of these are on a year-to-year basis. Some are competitive. The amounts vary from $100 to $2,000. Included in this group are the NROTC scholarships, Ohio Academy of Science Awards, Science Talent Search Scholarships, and General Motors Scholarships. Written applications, high school principal recommendations, and interviews, when possible, are required. For information and application forms, consult the University Scholarships Office.

UNDERGRADUATE SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO ENGINEERING STUDENTS The following chart indicates the scholarships which have been available in the College of Engineering. While commitments have not been made by all donors to continue these offerings, most of those listed are expected to be continued. Application forms may be secured from the University Scholarships Office or the office indicated on the chart.

Donor Annual Award Stipulations Department Administered, Goodyear Foundation, Inc. $750 plus 3rd, 4th, & 5th yr. All College Office 376 grant students to University (Recipient assumes moral obligation to repay at least 25%) Simon Lazarus Memorial $150 to $300 3rd, 4th & 5th yr. All College Office students Alfred P. Sloan $200 to $1500 3rd, 4th & 5th yr. All College Office Foundation, Inc. students United States Rubber $300 3rd, 4th & 5th yr. All College Office Company Foundation students (Recipient assumes moral obligation to repay at least 25%) 28 C olleg e o f E n g in e e r in g

Donor Annual Award Stipulations Department Administered Western Electric Company Tuition, books 3rd, 4th & 5th yr. All College Office and fees students $400 to $800 Westinghouse Air Arm $500 3rd yr. students, re­ E.E. College Office Division newable subsequent M.E. two years Eng. Phys. Bendix Aviation Corp. Tuition to $600 4th & 5th yr. students Aero.E. College Office Cer.E. E.E. M.E. Cincinnati Milling $600 Entering freshmen, Cer. E. College Office Machine Company renewable Chem.E. I.E. E.E., M.E. Met. E. Owens-Corning Fiberglas $750 plus 4th yr. students, Chem.E. College Office Corporation 750 grant renewable E.E. to University M.E. Square D Company $550 4th yr. students, E.E. College Office renewable I.E. M.E. Douglas Aircraft Company $750 5th yr. students Aero.E. Dept. Chmn. Agriculture Competitive Tuition & fees Incoming freshmen, Agr.E. Dept. Chmn. Scholarships renewable Dept, of Agricultural $300 Freshman winner of Agr.E. Dept. Chmn. Engineering contest for high school seniors Kroger Company $200 Freshmen Agr.E. Dept. Chmn. Sears-Roebuck $200 Freshmen Agr.E. Dept. Chmn. Foundation Glen W . McCuen Variable Upper classmen Agr.E. Dept. Chmn. Harbison-Walker Refining $500 Cer.E. Dept. Chmn. Company Ohio Ceramic Industries $250 2nd yr. students, Cer.E. Dept. Chmn. Association renewable for 1 yr. Pennsylvania Glass Sand $225 5th yr. students Cer.E. Dept. Chmn. Corporation U.S. Ceramic Tile Co. $400 Recipient selected Cer.E. Dept. Chmn. by donor with approval of Univ. Chemstrand Corporation $500 5th yr. students Chem.E. Dept. Chmn. Dow Chemical Company $500 5th yr. students Chem.E. Dept. Chmn. Lubrizol Corporation $500 4th yr. students Chem.E. Dept. Chmn. National Carbon Company Tuition, fees 1st, 2nd & 3rd yr. Chem.E. Dept. Chmn. & books, plus students, renewable & M.E. $100 to adviser Standard Oil Company of $400 Freshmen & upper Chem.E. Dept. Chmn. Ohio classmen Union Carbide Chemicals Tuition, fees 1st, 2nd & 3rd yr. Chem.E. Dept. Chmn. Company & books, plus students, renewable & M.E. $100 to adviser C. Newton Brown Approx. $300 5th yr. students C.E. Dept. Chmn. Ohio Contractors $300 4th yr. students C.E. Dept. Chmn. Association Frank C. Caldwell $500 Upper classmen E.E. Dept. Chmn. Memorial Benjamin G. Lamme $450 5th yr. students E.E. & Dept. Chmn. & M.E. Faculty Comm. Alumni War Memorial $300 Essay required I.E. Dept. Chmn. with application American Society of Tool Approx. $700 5th yr. students I.E. Dept. Chmn. Engineers interested in tool engineering John Younger Memorial $300 Upper classmen I.E. Dept. Chmn. A w ards 29 Donor Annual Award Stipulations Department Administered William Arthur Evans $60 5th yr. students M.E. Dept. Chmn. American Society for Metals $400 2nd yr. students Met.E. Dept. Chmn. Foundation for Education and Research Dana J. Demorest $300 (Variable) Met.E. Dept. Chmn. Foundry Educational Variable Students interested Met.E. Dept. Chmn. Foundation in foundry Dow Chemical Company $500 5th yr. students Met.E. Dept. Chmn. International Nickel Co. Tuition, fees 2nd yr. students, Met.E. Dept. Chmn. plus $300 & $500 renewable for 4 yrs. grant to Univ. Kenecott Copper Co. Up to $500 Met.E. Dept. Chmn. Pfaudler Permutit, Inc. $500 2nd yr. students, Met.E. Dept. Chmn. renewable North American Coal $900 Grant-in-aid awards Met.E. Dept. Chmn. Corporation to students in mining engineering Howard Patterson Zeller $150 3rd yr. students in Met.E. Dept. Chmn. mining engineering Arc Welding $250 4th & 5th yr. students Weld.E. Dept. Chmn. (Anonymous donor)

GRADUATE SCHOLARSHIPS AND FELLOWSHIPS Many sources of financial aid are open to students doing graduate work in the various Engineering Departments. Some of these are set forth under the description of the work of the Engineering Experiment Station on page 34. In addition, about fifty industry sponsored fellowships and numerous Univer­ sity scholarships, assistantships, and fellowships are available. Additional information may be found in the Bulletin of the Graduate School or obtained by consulting the chairman of the department of the student’s major.

MEDALS AND PRIZES

THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERS AWARD The national organization of the American Institute of Chemical Engineers annually awards a Student Branch Pin and a Certificate of Merit to the sopho­ more Chemical Engineering student who has attained the highest scholastic rating in his freshman year.

THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS PRIZE Initiation fee and dues for one year as junior member of the Society are awarded annually by the Central Ohio Section of the American Society of Civil Engineers to the graduating member of the Ohio State University Student Section of the Society who has ranked highest in his class during the junior and senior years. THE ROBERT H. SIMPSON MEMORIAL FUND Through the generosity of Mrs. R. H. Simpson, $60 will be paid each year to a graduating senior in civil engineering who, in the judgment of the Depart­ ment of Civil Engineering, presents the most creditable thesis. The late Mr. Simpson, an engineering graduate of Cornell University, was for many years City Engineer for the city of Columbus.

PHI LAMBDA UPSILON AWARD Eta Chapter of Phi Lambda Upsilon presents annually an award to the Senior majoring in chemistry, and related fields such as chemical engineering, physiological chemistry, agricultural chemistry, etc., who has in his four years 30 C olleg e of E n g in e e r in g of undergraduate work compiled an outstanding record in chemistry, and who has, in the opinions of the faculty in chemistry and active members of Phi Lambda Upsilon, shown outstanding ability in his field, and has demonstrated by his record, personality and activities greatest promise for future success in his chosen field. The award consists of the addition to the recipient’s name to the Phi Lambda Upsilon Plaque, which hangs in the Main Hall of the McPher­ son Chemical Laboratory, and of not more than fifteen dollars worth of books chosen by the recipient.

THE BENJAMIN G. LAMME MERITORIOUS ACHIEVEMENT MEDAL In accordance with the Last Will and Testament of Benjamin G. Lamme, M.E. 1888, there was placed in trust for The Ohio State University, the sum of $6000, the income from which provides for a “ Gold Medal (together with a bronze replica thereof) to be given annually to a graduate of one of the tech­ nical departments for meritorious achievement in engineering of the technical arts.” The person eligible for this honor is selected by a committee of the Faculty of the College of Engineering approved by the Board of Trustees. This honor is conferred at the annual commencement time. Recipients for the last five years are: 1953 Ralph E. Hall Class of 1911 1954 Frank H. Riddle Class of 1907 1955 Ralph M. Hardgrove Class of 1914 1956 Robert M. Critchfield Class of 1916 1957 Mathew M. Braidech Class of 1925

ACADEMIC HONORS

DEGREES CUM LAUDE Graduating students are granted their degrees cum laude if their cumula­ tive point-hour ratio is 3.40. The Bachelor’s degree summa cum laude is granted if the cumulative point-hour ratio is 3.70. Only students presenting at least 90 Quarter-hours of work done while enrolled in the College are eli­ gible for this distinction. The following honorary societies, for which engineering students may be­ come eligible, are represented on the campus: The Society of Sigma Xi, gradu­ ate scientific; Tau Beta Pi, engineering; Alpha Pi Mu, industrial engineer­ ing; Chi Epsilon, civil engineering; Eta Kappa Nu, electrical engineering; Phi Lambda Upsilon, chemistry; Pi Mu Epsilon, mathematics; Pi Tau Sigma, mechanical engineering; Sigma Gamma Epsilon, earth sciences; Sigma Gamma Tau, aeronautical engineering, and Sigma Pi Sigma, physics. VII. COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

GENERAL INFORMATION The offices of the President of the University, the University Examiner, the Registrar, and the Bursar are located in the Administration Building. The office of the College of Engineering is located in Room 120, McPherson Chemical Laboratory, on the north side of the University Campus. The office is open from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. except Saturday. On Saturday, the office hours are from 8 a.m. to 12 m. SCOPE OF WORK OFFERED The purpose of the College of Engineering is to instruct students in the fundamental sciences and arts upon which all engineering rests, and to impart such special and technical knowledge of the various branches of engineering as will enable its graduates to enter them and maintain themselves while gaining their professional experience. To accomplish this purpose, the work of the College is classified under fifteen curricula leading to the degrees: Bachelor of Aeronautical Engineering—B.Aero.E. Bachelor of Agricultural Engineering—B.Agr.E. Bachelor of Architecture—B.Arch. Bachelor of Ceramic Engineering—B.Cer.E. Bachelor of Chemical Engineering—B.Ch.E. Bachelor of Civil Engineering— B.C.E. Bachelor of Electrical Engineering—B.E.E. Bachelor of Industrial Engineering— B.I.E. Bachelor of Landscape Architecture—B.Land.Arch. Bachelor of Mechanical Engineering—B.M.E. Bachelor of Metallurgical Engineering—B.Met.E. Bachelor of Engineering in Mining—B.E.M. Bachelor of Petroleum Engineering—B.Pet.E. Bachelor of Welding Engineering—B.W.E. Bachelor of Science in Physics— B.Sc. in Phys. The curricula are printed in detail on pages 36-71.

FIVE-YEAR CURRICULA All curricula in the College of Engineering require five years for attain­ ment of the Bachelor’s degree. However, a superior student, who at the end of the third year or later has a minimum point hour ratio of 2.75, both over all and in his major field of study, may apply for admission to the Combined Program and become a candidate also for the Master’s degree. Application for admission to this program requires approval of the Graduate Advisory Committee. A point hour average of 3.0 must be maintained for all courses presented for the Master’s degree, and a grade of “ B” or better is required for courses in the Combined Program in which regular undergraduate stu­ dents are also enrolled. Specific information will be found in the curricula of the several departments. Students from other universities and graduates of the Bachelor’s fifth year wishing to pursue graduate work must follow the procedure indicated below under “ Graduate Courses” . In the Ceramic Engineering Department optional curricula are offered in Ceramic Engineering and in Ceramic Engineering and Glass Technology.

COMBINATION CURRICULA Combination Curricula leading to two engineering degrees can be arranged. Additional time required will depend upon the curricula chosen. 31 32 C olleg e o f E n g in e e r in g It is also possible to arrange combination curricula leading to two degrees, one of which would be given by the Engineering College and the other by the College of Agriculture, the College of Commerce and Administration, or the College of Education.

REQUIREMENTS FOR A DEGREE The candidate for a degree must be registered in the College of Engineering while completing the work of the last two Quarters and must have residence in the University for not less than three full Quarters; he must complete all the course requirements as listed in the curriculum which leads to the degree sought; he must have a cumulative point-hour ratio of not less than 1.8 on all the hours undertaken in this University (2.0 for students entering the Univer­ sity in the Summer Quarter of 1957 and thereafter, and for all students after the Spring Quarter 1959); he shall have a point-hour ratio in his major courses equal to the overall ratio required for graduation. Major courses are defined as all courses undertaken in the major depart­ ment except courses in practical experience and inspection trips.

SCHOLASTIC REQUIREMENTS In addition to the University scholastic requirements set forth on page 8, a student who has undertaken between 15 and 30 credit hours in major courses with a point-hour ratio in these courses less than that required for graduation shall be placed on probation. A student who has undertaken 30 or more credit hours in major courses with a point-hour ratio less than that required for graduation shall be dismissed for unsatisfactory progress. (Special Action, Rules 177 and 178b.)

GRADUATE COURSES Advanced courses in various engineering subjects are offered by the de­ partments of the College of Engineering. Students qualified to take such courses for graduate credit should inquire at the Engineering College Office concerning the requirements of the Combined Bachelor’s-Master’s Program or the regulations governing senior petitions.

PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERING DEGREES The faculties of the departments in the College of Engineering may nomi­ nate to the Faculty of the College of Engineering, who may in turn nominate to the Faculty Council, graduates who have had distinguished careers in engi­ neering for appropriate Professional Engineering Degrees.

ADMISSION

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION

STUDENTS WISHING TO ENTER WHO DO NOT HAVE CREDIT FROM ANOTHER COLLEGE OR UNIVERSITY In addition to the general University admission requirements found on page 3 of the College of Engineering Bulletin the applicant to the College of Engineering must have credit certified by an official transcript which shall include the required courses listed below. C u r r ic u l a 33

SUBJECTS REQUIRED FOR ADMISSION AND SUGGESTIONS FOR PREPARATION TO THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING Type Minimum Subject of Units Required Units Recommended ConrM For Admission Mathematics (from the following) 3 4 ♦Elementary Algebra (through quadratics)— 1 unit Advanced Algebra—% or 1 unit * Plane Geometry— 1 unit Solid Geometry— % unit Trigonometry— % unit English 3 4 Grammar, Composition, and Literature History 1 2 ♦American History and/or U. S. Government World History Science 4 ♦Physics— 1 unit 1 Chemistry— 1 unit Biology— 1 unit General Science— 1 unit Foreign Language (classical or modern) 2 Units recommended in a single language • Courses Specifically Required NOTE: One unit of high school credit is considered as equivalent to 120-160 class periods of work for which outside preparation is required.

STUDENTS WISHING TO ENTER THE ENGINEERING COLLEGE WITH ADVANCED STANDING FROM AN ACCREDITED COLLEGE A student transferring to the College of Engineering from another collegiate institution will be subject to the same entrance requirements as the student coming from high school. In addition, he must submit an official and detailed transcript showing his entrance credits, courses taken and grades received, evidence of good standing and scholarship. Applicants must have maintained a point-hour ratio of 2.0 or better in collegiate study. (The minimum recommended ratio is 2.25.)** Work taken in an accredited institution will receive credit at the option of the Entrance Board for substantially equivalent Ohio State courses if the grade received is C or higher. Students entering another school with the expectation of later transferring to the College of Engineering should follow a program which parallels the Ohio State program as closely as possible. Applications should be made to the Entrance Board, Administration Build­ ing, The Ohio State University, Columbus 10, Ohio, during the Quarter preceding that in which the student expects to be registered. Those seeking admission should apply at the Office of the Entrance Board, Administration Building.

THE SCHOOL OF ARCHITECTURE AND LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE The School of Architecture and Landscape Architecture is an integral part of the College of Engineering. It offers professional programs in archi­ tecture and landscape architecture and a graduate program in city and regional planning. The School publishes its own Bulletin. For detailed infor­ mation, see this Bulletin. *• See page 17 for definition of point-hour ratio. 34 C olleg e o f E n g in e e r in g

THE SCHOOL OF MINERAL INDUSTRIES The School of Mineral Industries, founded by the Board of Trustees in May, 1928, as a part of the College of Engineering consists of the departments of Metallurgical Engineering, Mineralogy, and Ceramic Engineering.

THE SCHOOL OF AVIATION The School of Aviation became an integral part of the University in March, 1945, and of the College of Engineering in July, 1957. It operates the University airport, Don Scott Field, which is located seven miles northwest of the main campus. Course offerings include instruction in several phases of ground and flight training. These offerings are available to regularly enrolled full time students in the several colleges. The School of Aviation provides research facilities and leadership in the investigation of problems involving aviation and related fields.

THE ENGINEERING EXPERIMENT STATION On April 18, 1913, the Board of Trustees of the Ohio State University was authorized and required by an Act of the Ohio General Assembly to estab­ lish an organization to be known as the Engineering Experiment Station. The purpose of the Station, to quote from the act of establishment, is “to make technical investigations and to supply engineering data which will tend to increase the economy, efficiency, and safety of the manufacturing, mineral, transportation, and other engineering and industrial enterprises of the State, and to promote the conservation and utilization of its resources.” Organization of the Station within the College of Engineering has a num­ ber of advantages, most important of which are the provisions that members of the faculty may direct research and that all laboratory equipment of the col­ lege, when not in use for instructional purposes, shall be available to research. The control of the Station is vested in the Council composed of a Director and six members chosen from the Faculty of the College of Engineering. All mem­ bers of the College of Engineering Faculty are encouraged to undertake re­ search work in addition to their teaching, and thus constitute an important part of the research staff. In addition, a number of full-time research profes­ sors and engineers and graduate fellows are working on the Station projects.

FACILITIES FOR RESEARCH The Engineering Experiment Station has, in addition to the availability of all University equipment when not in use for instruction, an Engineering Experiment Station Building having nearly 40,000 square feet of floor space containing many thousands of dollars’ worth of special research equipment. Some notable items are: physical testing machines up to one million pounds capacity, fire test furnaces capable of taking 10 x 10 feet building walls, a complete spalling test furnace assembly, photo-elasticity equipment, an analytical chemical laboratory, ceramic kilns, petroleum testing equipment, electric arc furnaces, and induction furnaces, as well as smaller items such as small furnaces of many kinds, all sorts of test specimen forming and measur­ ing equipment particularly in the field of ceramics, metallurgy, fuels, and structural engineering. COOPERATIVE RESEARCH Problems in practically every field of engineering research, both funda­ mental and applied, may be undertaken by the Station. Limited funds are C u r r i c u l a 35 provided for fundamental research and applied researchs of general interest. The Station is enabled by the legislation establishing it to make cooperative agreements for applied research in the departments of the state, the federal government, corporations, firms, or individuals. The Station assists by means of its special personnel and equipment research and development work for industry, particularly those using the natural resources of Ohio, for which charges are made to completely cover costs.

GRADUATE INSTRUCTION Many of the projects in the Station are set up to employ research fellows paid on a part time basis. By this procedure the Station develops engineers for industries while working on their particular problems. Other graduate students are employed as research assistants and gain research experience under compe­ tent supervisors while carrying on their studies. Many undergraduate students are employed on an hourly basis as laboratory assistants.

PUBLICATIONS The Station publishes quarterly the Nev>a in Engineering which carries items of interest about the activities and research publications of the College of Engineering. It also publishes timely articles, mostly by the university •taff members and alumni on research and development. It has a mailing list of about 4,000 and is being sent, by subscription or on exchange basis, to addresses all over the world. Results of researches, both fundamental and, in many cases applied research, are published as bulletins of the Station. Compilations and library researches are published as circulars. Lists of bulletins and circulars may be had for the asking. VIII. CURRICULA

OUTLINE OF THE FIRST YEAR’S WORK OF ALL FIVE-YEAR CURRICULA In order to permit all students in the College of Engineering to have an opportunity to determine the curriculum they desire to pursue, the first three Quarters of all engineering curricula are made uniform. Although students are asked to indicate their choice on entering the College they may change at the end of the first year without any inconvenience.

Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Mathematics (421) 8 Mathematics (422) 5 Mathematics (440) 6 College Algebra College Algebra Calculus and Trigonometry and Trigonometry Chemistry (406) 4 Chemistry (404) 4 Chemistry (405) 4 General and Qualitative General General Analysis Engineering Drawing (401) 4 Engineering Drawing (408) 4 Engineering Drawing (405) 4 Principles Descriptive Geometry Principles ■«* 00 English (416) 8 English (417) 8 English H 8 Survey of Engineering (401) 1 Survey of Engineering (402) 1 Military or Air Science t Elements of Engineering Elements of Engineering Physical Education (408) 1 Military or Air Science 2 Military or Air Science 2 Physical Education (400) 1 Physical Education (401) 1 Physical Education (402) 1 Hygiene

Total 20 Total 20 Total 20

AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING—FIVE YEAR CURRICULUM The following curriculum indicates the requirements for the degrees Bachelor of Aeronautical Engineering and Master of Science. For the latter the student must fulfill the extra requirements shown. See page 31.

FIRST YEAR (For First Year Keauirementa, see above)

SECOND YEAR Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Mathematics (541) 5 Mathematics (542) Mathematics (548) 6 Calculus Calculus Calculus Physics (481) 6 Physics (482) Physics (488) 6 Mechanics Heat, Sound, Light Electricity Philosophy (400) 8 Economics (408) and Magnetism Types of Philosophy Principles Psychology (501) 8 •Non-technical Elective 8 •Non-technical Elective Psychological Problems Military or Air Science 2 Military or Air Science In Engineering Economics (404) 8 Principles Military or Air Science S

Total 18 18 Total 18 * Elective courses, both technical and non-technical, must be selected in consultation with a staff member of the department. 36 C u r r i c u l a 37

THIRD YEAR

Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Mathematics (608) 3 Mathematics (609) 3 Mathematics (624) 8 Advanced Engineering Advanced Engineering Complex Variable Mathematics I Mathematics II for Engineers Engineering Mechanics (521) 5 Mathematics (622) 3 Engineering Mechanics (617) 5 Statics Vector Analysis for Dynamics Mechanical Engr. (601) 5 Engineers Aeronautical Engr. (673) 5 Thermodyn amics Engineering Mechanics (602) 5 Applied Aerodynamics Mechanical Engr. (528) 3 Strength of Materials Electrical Engineering (644) 4 Aircraft Materials Mechanical Engr. (611) 3 Industrial Electronics Electrical Engineering (642) 4 Heat Transfer and Controls Electrical Engineering Aeronautical Engr. (642) 4 *Non-technical Elective 3 Introductory Aeronautics *Non-technical Elective 3

Total 20 Total 18-21 Total 17-20 * To be taken only by those students who plan to become candidates for both the B.Aero.E. and M.Sc. degrees under the Combined Programs.

SUMMER QUARTER Aeronautical Engineering (641) 5 Practice Experience in Aviation or Flight Training 400 1 Primary Flight Training Flight Training 401, 402 4 Ground School

FOURTH YEAR

Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Aeronautical Engr. (706) 5 Aeronautical Engr. (731) 2 Aeronautical Engr. (740) 8 Ideal Aerodynamics Aircraft Design Preliminary Design of Aeronautical Engr. (610) 5 Laboratory A ircraft Aircraft Stress Analysis Aeronautical Engr. (707) 6 Mechanical Engr. (736) 6 Aeronautical Engr. (760) 8 Aerodynamics Machine Design Modern Aircraft Aeronautical Engr. (716) 6 Technical Elective 5 Propulsion Unsteady Aerodynamics Non-technical Elective 3 Aeronautical Engr. (691) 3 Speech (501) 3 English (519) 8 Introductory Mathe­ Principles of Effective Technical Writing matical Aeronautics Speaking Non-technical Elective 3 Non-technical Elective 3

Total 19 Total 18 Total 19

FIFTH YEAR (For B.Aero.E. degree only)

AERODYNAMICS OPTION

Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Aeronautical Engr. (772) 5 Technical Elective 5 Aeronautical Engr. (770) 6 Theory of Compressible Aeronautical Engr. (773) 5 Theoretical Flow Advanced Aerodynamics Aerodynamics Aeronautical Engr. (775) 5 Aeronautical Engr. (724) 5 Aeronautical Engr. (777) 5 Aerodynamics o f a Aircraft Stability Superaerodynamics Viscous Fluid and Control Technical Elective 5 Aeronautical Engr. (713) 3 Non-technical Elective 8 Non-technical Elective 8 Aeronautical Laboratory Non-technical Elective 8 Survey of Engineering (501) 1 Senior Assembly

Total 17 Total 18 Total 18 38 C o ll eg e o f E n g in e e r in g

PROPULSION OPTION

Aeronautical Engr. (772) 5 Aeronautical Engr. (762) 5 Aeronautical Engr. (765) 5 Theory of Compressible Non-Rotating Propulsion Combustion in Jet Flow Units Engines Aeronautical Engr. (775) 5 Non-technical Elective 3 Aeronautical Engr. (770) 5 Aerodynamics o f a Technical Electives 10 Theoretical Viscous Fluid Aerodynamics Aeronautical Engr. (713) 3 Aeronautical Engr. (777) 5 Aeronautical Laboratory Superaerodynamics Non-technical Elective 8 Non-technical Elective 4 Survey of Engineering (501) 1 Senior Assembly

Total 17 Total 18 Total 18

AEROELASTICITY AND STRUCTURES OPTION

Aeronautical Engr. (745) 5 Aeronautical Engr. (732) 2 Technical Elective 9 A ircraft Design Aircraft Design Lab­ Non-technical Elective 3 Engr. Mechanics (713) 3 oratory Aeronautical Engr. (755) 5 Advanced Strength of Aeronautical Engr. (754) 5 A ircraft Flutter and Materials I Aircraft Flutter Vibration II Aeronautical Engr. (713) 3 and Vibration I Aeronautical Laboratory Engr. Mechanics (714) 3 Technical Elective 3 Advanced Strength of Non-technical Elective 3 Materials II Survey of Engineering (501) 1 Technical Elective 5 Senior Assembly Non-technical Elective 3

Total 18 Total 18 Total 17

FIFTH YEAR (For B.Aero.E. and M.Sc. degrees)

To complete the Combined Program leading to the B.Aero.E. and M.Sc. degrees, the student must earn a minimum of 45 hours of graduate credit in addition to the requirements shown through the Autumn Quarter of the Fifth Year. This portion of the program must satisfy the usual requirements of the Graduate School. Not more than six credit hours of the 45 mini­ mum shall be in Aeronautical Engineering 950.

NON-TECHNICAL ELECTIVES

The non-technical electives must be chosen, with the consent of the advisers, from courses offered in the following areas with the exception of those courses whose descriptions or titles indicate that they are specifically for engineers: Astronomy, Bacteriology, Botany, Economics, English, Fine Arts, Foreign Languages, General Studies, Geography, Geology (except in Mining and Petroleum Engineering), History, International Studies, Journalism, Meteorology, Music, Philosophy, Political Science, Psychology, Social Administration, Sociology, Speech, and Zoology. Aminimum of six hours of History is required.

AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING—FIVE-YEAR CURRICULUM

PROFESSIONAL AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING CURRICULUM LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING The following curricula indicate the requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Agricultural Engineering and the combined degree of Bachelor of Agricultural Engineering and Master of Science. To be qualified for the latter, a student must attain a minimum cumulative point-hour ratio of 2.75. Students meeting this requirement should submit an application to the Com­ mittee on Graduate Study of the department of agricultural engineering not later than one Quarter prior to the graduate year. Students interested in training to be agricultural engineers should meet with an adviser of the department before or during the first Quarter’s work. C u r r i c u l a 39

FIRST YEAR (For First Year Requirements, see page 36.)

SECOND YEAR Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Mathematics (541) 5 Mathematics (542) 5 Mathematics (643) 6 Calculus Calculus Calculus Physics (431)5 Physics (432) 5 Physics (433) 6 Mechanics Heat, Light and Sound Electricity and Magnetism Civil Engineering (412) 5 Agricultural Engr. (516) 3 Agricultural Engr. (501) 5 Elementary Surveying Farm Structures Field Machinery Agricultural Engineer­ (412) 8 Economics (403) 3 Economics (404) 3 ing Introduction Principles of Economics Principles of Economics Military or Air Science 2 for Engineers for Engineers Military or Air Science 2 Military or Air Science 2

Total 20 Total 18 Total 20

THIRD YEAR Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Engineering Mechanics (521) 5 Engineering Mechanics (602) 5 Engineering Mechanics (607) 3 Statics Strength of Materials Dynamics Agricultural Engr. (517) 5 Agricultural Engr. (520) 5 Agricultural Engr. (612) 5 Soil and Water Farm Power Farm Structures Design Management Electrical Engineering (642) 4 Industrial Engineering (519) 5 Agronomy (501) 4 Electrical Engineering Manufacturing Processes Soils Botany (401) 5 Agronomy Elective 4 Mechanical Engr. (601) 5 General Psychology (501) 3 Thermodynamics Psychological Problems in Engineering

Total 19 Total Total 20

FOURTH YEAR Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Agricultural Engr. (613) 5 Agricultural Engr. (619) 5 Agricultural Engr. (617) 5 Advanced Farm Power Electricity in Soil and Water Con­ Equipment Agriculture servation Engineering Agronomy (608) 5 Civil Engineering (610) 4 Philosophy (402) 5 Soil Physics Concrete Logic Engineering Mechanics (610) 8 Mechancial Engr. (627) 5 Agricultural Fluids Engineering Materials Elective 5 Animal Science Agricultural English (619) 8 Elective 5 Elective 4 Technical Writing •Agricultural Engr. (508) 5 Non-technical Summer Experience Elective 0-8

Total 23 Total 18-21 Total 18

FIFTH YEAR (For B.Agr.E. degree only) Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Agricultural Engr. (702) 3 Agricultural Engr. (703) 8 Technical Electives 6 Problem Solving Problem Solving Non-technical Speech (501) 3 Business Organization (622) 8 Electives 10 Technical Elective 8 Contracts Survey of Engineering (501) 1 Technical Electives 9 Senior Assembly Non-technical ••Agricultural Engr. (514) 2 Elective 8 Inspection trip

Total 19 Total 18 Total 16 40 C olleg e o p E n g in e e r in g

f i f t h y e a r (For B.Agr.E. and M.Sc. degrees) Summer Quarter Speech (501) 3 Business Organization (622) 3 Contracts Non-technical Elective 12

Total 18

Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Graduate Elective 13 Graduate Elective 6 Graduate Elective 8 Agricultural Engr. (801) 2 Agricultural Engr. (798) 3 Agricultural Engr. (801) 2 Seminar Advanced Studies Seminar Survey of Engineering (501) 1 Agricultural Engr. (801) 2 Agricultural Engr. (960) 6 Senior Assembly Seminar Research **Agricultural Engr. (614) 2 Agricultural Engr. (950) 4 Inspection trip

Total 18 Total 15 Total 16 * Agricultural Engineering 508, Summer Experience, should be taken during the Summer between the third and fourth years. ** Agricultural Engineering 514, Inspection Trip, will be taken the week prior to the be­ ginning of the Autumn Quarter, fifth year.

TECHNICAL ELECTIVES Technical electives require approval by the departmental advisers. Some suggested technical electives are: Agronomy 601, 603, and 604; Agricultural Engineering 615 and 798; Electrical Engineering 643 and 644 ; Engineering Drawing 421 and 710; Industrial Engineering 602, 662, and 714; Mechanical Engineering 615, 620, 664, 736, and 673; Mathematics 608 and 609; Welding Engineering 646; Civil Engineering 612, 620, 711, 713, and 728; Physics 420 and 643, Photography 520 and Architecture 601 and 602; Geology 435; Engineering Mechanics 605, 703, 706, and 710. NON-TECHNICAL ELECTIVES The non-technical electives provided in the fourth and fifth years of all curricula must be chosen with the consent of the advisers from courses offered in the following area with the exception of those courses whose descriptions or titles indicate that they are specifically for engineers. Accounting, Astronomy, Bacteriology, Botany, Business Organization, Economics, English, Fine Arts, Foreign Languages, General Studies, Geography, Geology, History, Inter­ national Studies, Journalism, Music, Philosophy, Political Science, Psychology, Social Ad­ ministration, Sociology, Speech and Zoology.

AGRICULTURAL ELECTIVES Agricultural electives require approval by departmental advisers. They should be selected from the following areas: Animal Science, Dairy Science, Agronomy, Horticulture and Forestry, and Agricultural Economics—Farm Management.

GRADUATE ELECTIVES Graduate electives will be carefully selected according to individual student needs and interests. The electives must be approved by the department graduate committee.

ARCHITECTURE AND LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE (See Bulletin of The School of Architecture and Landscape Architecture)

CERAMIC ENGINEERING—FIVE-YEAR CURRICULUM The following curriculum indicates the requirements for the degrees Bachelor of Ceramic Engineering and Master of Science. For the latter the student must fulfill the extra requirements shown in the fourth and fifth years and on page 31. FIRST YEAR (For First Year Requirements, see page 36.) C u r r ic u l a 41

SECOND YEAR

Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Mathematics (541) 6 Mathematics (542) 5 Mathematics (543) 5 Calculus Calculus Calculus Physics (431) 6 Physics (482) 5 Physics (433) 5 Mechanics Heat, Sound and Light Electricity and Chemistry (421) 8 Chemistry (422) 3 Magnetism Quantitative Analysis Quantitative Analysis Ceramic Engineering (513) 2 Ceramic Engineering (511) 2 Ceramic Engineering (512) 2 Introduction to Ceramic Introduction to Introduction to Ceramic Technology Ceramics Engineering Geology (401) 6 Economics (403) 8 Economics (404) 3 Elementary Physical Principles of Economics Principles of Economics Geology for Engineers for Engineers Military or Air Science 2 Military or A ir Science 2 Military or Air Science 2

Total 20 Total 20 Total 19

THIRD YEAR

Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Chemistry (581) 3 Chemistry (682) 3 Chemistry (683) 3 Physical Chemistry Physical Chemistry Physical Chemistry Ceramic Engineering (615) 5 Ceramic Engineering (620) 5 Mineralogy (605) 5 Ceramic Calculations Physical and Chemical Thermochemic al Engineering Mechanics (521) 5 Measurements of Clays Mineralogy Statics and Other Ceramic Ceramic Engineering (603) 5 Mineralogy (506) 5 Materials Elements of Ceramic Crystallography and Engineering Mechanics (602) 5 Engineering Descriptive Mineralogy Strength of Materials Engineering Mechanics (605) 3 Accounting (405) 5 Strength of Materials II Outline of Accounting English (519) 8 Technical Writing

Total 18 Total 18 Total 19 Ceramic Engineering (680) 2 Inspection Trip

Summer Quarter Ceramic Engineering (480) 5 Industrial Experienco

FOURTH YEAR

Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Ceramic Engineering (712) 5 Ceramic Engineering (605) 4 f Ceramic Engineering (701) 4 Driers and Theory of Ceramic Whitewares General Ceramic Drying Ceramic Engineering (713) 5 Technology Ceramic Engineering (625) 4 Kilns and Theory of Ceramic Engineering (610) 5 General Glass Technology Firing Refractories and Metallurgical Engr. (651) 3 Mineralogy (625) 5 Their Uses Engineering Fuels Microscopic Chemical Engineering (740) 8 Political Science (599) 3 Electrical Engineering (642) 4 Chemical Engineering Introduction to Political Electrical Engineering Measurements and Science Control Speech (501) 3 Electrical Engineering (643) 4 Principles of Effective Electrical Engineering Speaking Psychology (501) 3 Psychological Problems in Engineering

Total 18 Total 18 Total 19

f A total of at least twelve hours in Ceramic Engineering 701, 702, 703 or 709 will be required of students in Ceramic Engineering following either program. 42 C olleg e o p E n g in e e r in g

FIFTH TEAR Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter tCeramic Engineering (702) fCeramic Engineering (703) 4 Ceramic Engineering (707) 4 White wares Technology Glaze and Color Ceramic Equipment or Technology Design Ceramic Engineering (709) Ceramic Engineering (706) 4 Ceramic Engineering (714) 4 Refractories Technology Ceramic Equipment Vitreous Enamels Ceramic Engineering (705) 4 Design Technology Ceramic Equipment Non-technical Elective 5 Non-technical Elective 5 Design Mechanical Engr. (736) 6 Technical Elective 3 Non-technical Elective 5 Machine Design Technical Elective 8 Survey of Engineering (501) 1 Senior Assembly Total 17 Total 18 Total 16 t A total o f at least twelve hours in Ceramic Engineering 701, 702, 703 or 709 will be required of students in Ceramic Engineering following either program. Total hours required for graduation—Bachelor’s degree: 280 -f Industrial Experience 5 + Inspection Trip 2 =r 287 hours. Combined Bachelor’s and Master’s degree: 297 + Industrial Experience 5 + Inspection Trip 2 = 304 hours.

FOURTH YEAR (For B.Cer.E. and M.Sc. Degrees) Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Ceramic Engineering (625) 4 Ceramic Engineering (605) 4 Ceramic Engineering (610) 5 General Glass Technology Ceramic Whitewares Refractories and Their Ceramic Engineering (702) 4 Ceramic Engineering (703) 4 Uses Whitewares Technology Glaze and Color Ceramic Engineering (701) 4 Ceramic Engineering (712) 5 Technology General Ceramic Driers and Theory of Ceramic Engineering (713) 5 Technology Drying Kilns and Theory of Ceramic Engineering (714) 4 Metallurgical Engr. (651) 8 Firing Vitreous Enamels Fuels Electrical Engineering (642) 4 Technology Political Science (599) 8 Electrical Engineering Electrical Engineering (643) 4 Introduction to Political Speech (501) 3 Electrical Engineering Science Principles of Effective Chemical Engineering (740) 8 Speaking Chemical Engineering Measurements and Control Total 19 Total 20 Total 20 Summer Quarter (For B.Cer.E. and M.Sc. Degrees) Non-technical Electives — 18 hours FIFTH YEAR (For B.Cer.E. and M.Sc. Degrees) Autumn Quarter W inter Quarter Spring Quarter Ceramic Engineering (820) 4 Ceramic Engineering (821) 4 Ceramic Engineering (822) 4 Advanced Ceramic Physics Advanced Ceramic Physics Advanced Ceramic Physics and Chemistry and Chemistry and Chemistry Ceramic Engineering (825) 4 or or Electrical and Technical Technical Elective Technical Elective Ceramics Ceramic Engineering (960) 5 Ceramic Engineering (950) 3 Ceramic Engineering (950) 2 Research in Ceramic Research in Ceramic Research in Ceramic Engineering Engineering Engineering Mineralogy (706) 8 Technical Elective 8-12 Mineralogy (621) 5 Advanced Thermochemical Microscopic Mineralogy Mineralogy Survey of Engineering (501) 1 Technical Elective 8-7 Senior Assembly Total 16 Total 15 Total 15

NON-TECHNICAL ELECTIVES The non-technical electives provided in the fourth and fifth years of all curricula must be chosen, with the consent of the advisers, from courses offered in the following areas with the exception of those courses whose descriptions or titles indicate that they are specifically for engineers: Astronomy, Bacteriology, Botany, Economics, English, Fine Arts, Foreign Languages, General Studies, Geography, Geology (except in Mining and Petroleum Engineering), History, International Studies, Journalism, Philosophy, Political Science, Psychology, Social Administra­ tion, Sociology, Speech, and Zoology. C u r r i c u l a 43

GLASS ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY— FIVE-YEAR CURRICULUM The following curriculum indicates the requirements for the degrees Bachelor of Ceramic Engineering (Glass) and Master of Science. For the latter the student must fulfill the extra requirements shown in the fourth and fifth years and on page 31. FIRST YEAR (For First Year Requirements, see page 36.)

SECOND YEAR Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Mathematics (641) 6 Mathematics (542) 5 Mathematics (543) 6 Calculus Calculus Calculus Physics (431) 6 Physics (432) 5 Physics (433) 5 Engineering Mechanics Heat, Sound and Light Electricity and Chemistry (421) 3 Chemistry (422) 8 Magnetism Quantitative Analysis Quantitative Analysis Chemistry (423) 3 Economics (403) 3 Ceramic Engineering (612) 2 Quantitative Analysis Principles of Economics Introduction to Ceramic Ceramic Engineering (613) 2 for Engineers Engineering Introduction to Ceramic Ceramic Engineering (511) 2 Economics (404) 8 Technology Introduction to Ceramics Principles of Economics Geography (503) 3 Military or A ir Science 2 for Engineers Fundamentals of Economic Military or Air Science 2 Geography Military or Air Science 2 Total 20 Total 20 Total 20

THIRD YE A R Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Engineering Mechanics (621) 6 Engineering Mechanics (602) 5 Chemistry (683) 8 Statics Strength of Materials Physical Chemistry Chemistry (681) 3 Chemistry (682)8 Mineralogy (605) 5 Physical Chemistry Physical Chemistry Thermochemical Mineralogy (606) 6 Physics (606)3 Mineralogy Crystallography and Physical Optics Chemistry (690) 8 Descriptive Mineralogy Ceramic Engineering (620) 5 Physical Chemistry Ceramic Engineering (625) 4 Physical and Chemical Laboratory General Glass Technology Measurements of Ceramic Engineering (608) 6 Clays, etc. Elements of Ceramic Engineering English (519) 3 Technical Writing Total 17 Total 16 Total 19 Ceramic Engineering (680) 2 Junior Inspection Trip Summer Quarter Ceramic Engineering (480) 6 Industrial Experience

FOURTH YEAR Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Metallurgical (661) 3 Ceramic Engineering (723) 6 Ceramic Engineering (727) 4 Engineering Advanced Glass Glass Manufacturing Fuels Technology Processes Electrical Engineering (642) 4 Engineering Mechanics (610) 3 Ceramic Engineering (610) 6 Electrical Engineering Mechanics o f Fluids Refractories and Ceramic Engineering (706) 4 Engineering Mechanics (607) 3 Their Uses Ceramic Equipment Dynamics Chemical Engineering (740) 3 Design Technical Elective 3 Chemical Engineering Political Science (699) 8 Electrical Engineering (643) 4 Measurements and Control Introduction to Electrical Engineering Psychology (501) 8 Political Science Psychological Problems Accounting (405) 6 in Engineering Outline of Accounting Speech (601) 8 Principles of Effective Speaking Total 19 Total 18 Total 18 44 C o ll eg e o f E n g in e e r in g

FIFTH YEAR (For B.Cer.E. (Glass) degree) Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Ceramic Engineering (728) 5 Ceramic Engineering (726) 8 Ceramic Engineering (729) I Physical Vitreology Glass Mixing, Melting, Glass Manufacturing Non-technical Elective 6 and Furnaces Problems Technical Elective 7 Mineralogy (626) 6 Non-technical Elective 6 Survey of Engineering (501) 1 Microscopic Mineralogy Technical Elective 8 Senior Assembly Mech. Engineering (786) 5 Machine Design Non-technical Elective 6

Total 19 Total 18 Total 18 For students receiving the Bachelor’s degree and those receiving both the Bachelor’s degree and Master’s degree total hours required for graduation 280 + Industrial Experience 6 -f Inspec­ tion Trip 2 = 287 hours. FOURTH YEAR (For B.Cer.E. (Glass) and M.Sc. Degrees) Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Ceramic Engineering (728) 5 Ceramic Engineering (723) 6 Ceramic Engineering (727) 4 Physical Vitreology Advanced Glass Technology Glass Manufacturing Electric Engineering (642) 4 Ceramic Engineering (726) 3 Processes Electrical Engineering Glass Mixing, Melting, Ceramic Engineering (729) 6 Metallurgical (661) 8 and Furnaces Glass Manufacturing Engineering Electrical Engineering (643) 4 Problems Fuels Electrical Engineering Ceramic Engineering (610) 6 Accounting (405) 5 Engineering Mechanics (610) 3 Refractories and Outline of Accounting Mechanics o f Fluids Their Uses Political Science (599) 8 Engineering Mechanics (607) 3 Chemical Engineering (740) 8 Introduction to Dynamics Chemical Engineering Political Science Measurements and Controls Psychology (501) 8 Psychological Problems in Engineering

Total 20 Total 18 Total 20 Summer Quarter (For B.Cer.E. (Glass) and M.Sc. Degrees) Non-technical Electives — 19 hours

FIFTH YEAR (For B.Cer.E. (Glass) and M.Sc. Degrees) Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Ceramic Engineering (820) 4 Ceramic Engineering (821) 4 Ceramic Engineering (822) 4 Advanced Ceramic Physics Advanced Ceramic Physics Advanced Ceramic and Chemistry and Chemistry Physics and Chemistry Ceramic Engineering (825) 4 or or Electrical and Technical Technical Elective Technical Elective Ceramics Ceramic Engineering (950) 5 Ceramic Engineering (950) 8 Ceramic Engineering (950) 2 Research in Ceramic Research in Ceramic Research in Ceramic Engineering Engineering Engineering Mineralogy (706) 8 Technical Elective 8-12 Mineralogy (621) 5 Advanced Thermochemical Microscopic Mineralogy Mineralogy Survey of Engineering (501) 1 Technical Elective 3-7 Senior Assembly

Total 16 Total 15 Total 16

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING—FIVE-YEAR CURRICULUM The following curriculum indicates the requirements for the degrees Bachelor of Chemical Engineering and Master of Science. For the latter the student must fulfill the extra requirements shown in the fourth and fifth years and on page 31. C u r r ic u l a 45

FIRST YEAR (For First Year Requirements, see page 36.)

SECOND YEAR Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Mathematics (641) 6 Mathematics (542) 5 Mathematics (548) 6 Calculus Calculus Calculus Physics (431) 6 Physics (432) 5 Physics (438) 5 Mechanics Heat, Sound and Light Electricity and Chemistry (421) 3 Chemistry (422) 8 Magnetism Quantitative Analysis Quantitative Analysis Chemistry (428) 8 Economics (408) 8 Economics (404) 8 Instrumental Analysis Principles of Economics Principles of Economics Chemical Engineering (693) 8 for Engineers for Engineers Chemical Engineering Military or A ir Science 2 Military or Air Science 2 and Process Calculations Military or Air Science 2

Total 18 Total 18 Total 18 Summer Quarter Chemical Engineering (601) 6 Chemical Engineering Practice Work

THIRD YEAR Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Engineering Drawing (426) 8 Engineering Mechanics (521) 6 Chemistry (669) 8 Technical Drawing Statics Organic Chemistry Chemical Engineering (594) 8 Chemistry (657) 8 Lectures Chemical Engineering Organic Chemistry Chemistry (660) 2 and Process Lectures Organic Chemistry Calculations Chemistry (658) 2 Laboratory Chemistry (666) 8 Organic Chemistry Engineering Mechanics (602) 6 Organic Chemistry Laboratory Strength of Materials Lectures Chemistry (682) 8 Chemistry (688) 8 Chemistry (666) 2 Physical Chemistry Physical Chemistry Organic Chemistry Chemical Engineering (691) 8 Chemical Engineering (692) 8 Laboratory Elements of Chemical Elements of Chemical Chemistry (681) 8 Engineering Engineering Physical Chemistry Mineralogy (501) 8 Mineralogy (502) 8 Speech (401) 5 Crystallography and Descriptive Effective Speaking Descriptive Mineralogy Mineralogy

Total 19 Total 19 Total 19

FOURTH YEAR (For B.Ch.E. degree only) Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Electrical Engineering (642) 4 Electrical Engineering (648) 4 Chemistry (690) 8 Electrical Engineering Electrical Engineering Physical Chemistry Chemical Engineering (719) 8 Chemical Engineering (720) 3 Laboratory Chemical Engineering Chemical Engineering 8 or 4 Operations Operations Metallurgical (560) 4 Chemistry (690) 8 Chemical Engineering (768) 8 Engineering Physical Chemistry Chemical Engineering Metallography Laboratory Thermodynamics Chemical Engineering (764) or 18 or 4 Non-technical Elective 5 Chemical Engineering Metallurgical (560) 4 Technical Elective 3 Thermodynamics Engineering Chemical Engineering (740) 8 Metallography Chemical Engineering History (690) 3 Measurements and Contemporary Europe Control Non-technical Elective 6 Political Science (599) 8 Introduction to Political Science Non-technical Elective 6

Total 18 or 19 Total 18 Total 17 or 18 Chemical Engineering (704) 2 Inspection Trip 46 C oll e g e o p E n g in e e r in g

FOURTH YEAR (For B.Ch.E. and M.Sc. degre<

Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Mech. Engineering (786) 5 Electrical Engineering (642) 4 Metallurgical (560) 4 Machine Design Electrical Engineering Engineering Chemical Engineering (719) 8 Chemical Engineering (720) 8 Metallography Chemical Engineering Chemical Engineering Electrical Engineering (648) 4 Operations Operations Electrical Engineering Chemistry (690) 8 Chemical Engineering (758) 8 Chemical Engineering (764) 8 Physical Chemistry Chemical Engineering Chemical Engineering Laboratory Thermodynamics Thermodynamics History (590) 8 Economics (686) 3 Chemical Engineering (740) 8 Contemporary Europe Labor Problems Chemical Engineering Non-Technical Elective 5 Non-Technical Elective 6 Measurement and Control Political Science (699) 8 Introduction to Political Science

Total 19 Total 18 Total 17

Chemical Engineering (704) 2 Inspection Trip

FIFTH YEAR (For B.Ch.E. degree only)

Summer Quarter Chemical Engineering (741) 8 Chemical Engineering Operations Laboratory

Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Mech. Engineering (786) 6 Economics (686) 3 Engineering Drawing (704) 4 Machine Design Labor Problems Chemical Plant Design Chemical Engineering (760) 3 Chemical Engineering (761) 8 and Layout Chemical Engineering Chemical Technology Chemical Engineering (762) 8 Economy Chemical Engineering (790) 2 Chemical Technology Chemical Engineering (770) 5 Analysis and Organization Chemical Engineering (791) 6 Chemical Process of Special Project Special Project Development Investigations Problem Investigations English (519) 8 Mathematics (647) 6 Non-technical Writing 4 Technical Writing Statistical Methods in Survey of Engineering (601) 1 Engineering Senior Assembly Technical Elective 8 Technical Elective 8

Total 20 Total 16 Total 16

Chemical Engineering (704) 2 Inspection Trip

FIFTH YEAR (For B.Ch.E. and M.Sc. degree)

Summer Quarter Chemical Engineering (741) 4 Chemical Engineering Operations Laboratory ♦Chemical Engineering (880) 4 Advanced Chemical Engi­ neering Operations Laboratory Non-Technical Elective 9

Total 17

* Chemical Engineering 880 is taken for graduate credit on Senior petition. C u r r ic u l a 47

Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter English (519) 3 Technical Electives **Engr. Drawing (704) 4 Technical Writing Graduate Credit Courses Chemical Plant Layout **Chem. Engineering (760) 3 and Design Chemical Engineering Technical Electives 11 Economy Graduate Credit Courses Technical Elective 9 Graduate Credit Courses Survey of Engineering (601) 1

Total 16 Total 16 Total 15 Chemical Engineering (704) 2 Inspection Trip Receives B.Ch.E. Degree at the end of the Spring Quarter

SUMMER QUARTER—FIRST TERM Chemical Engineering (950) 6 Chemical Engineering Research

Total 6 Receives M.Sc. degree at the end of the Summer Quarter Students in the Combined B.Ch.E. and M.Sc. curriculum will select with departmental advisers, the technical elective courses for graduate credit to meet his graduate program. A minimum of 45 credit hours is required which includes Chemical Engineering 880-4 credit hours. These courses will be selected from listings in the Graduate School Bulletin. ** Does not carry graduate credit.

SUMMMARY OF CURJRICULUM REQUIREMENTS Courses Common to B.Ch.E., and B.Ch.E. and M.Sc. Programs credit hours Military Science ...... 12 Physical Education 400, 401, 402, 403...... 4 Survey of Engineering 401, 402 (First Y e a r)...... 2 Survey of Engineering 501 (Fifth Y e a r)...... 1 English 416, 417, 418, 519...... 12

Mineralogy 501, 502...... Electives— Broadening ......

History 590 ...... 8 Political Science 599...... 8 Chemistry 404, 405, 406, 421, 422, 423, 655, 656, 657, 658, 659, 660, 681, 682, 683, 690 ...... 48 Mathematics 421, 422, 440, 541, 542, 543...... Physics 481, 482. 488...... Engineering Mechanics 521, 602...... Metallurgical Engineering 560...... Engineering Drawing 401, 402, 403, 426, 704...... Mechanical Engineering 736...... Electrical Engineering 642, 643...... Chemical Engineering 598, 594, 691, 692, 719, 720, 740, 758, 754, 760...... 80

T otal......

Courses for B.Ch.E. degree— five-year program but not required in curriculum leading to B.Ch.E. and M.Sc. degrees. Chemical Engineering 761, 762, 770, 790, 791...... Mathematics 547 ...... Technical Elective ......

T otal...... 48 C oll e g e o f E n g in e e r in g

III. Course* for B.Ch.E. and M.Sc. decree— five-year program but not required in the curriculum leading to B.Ch.E. degree. Chemical Engineering 880...... 4 Technical Elective (Graduate Courses to be selected after conference with departmental advisers) ...... 29 to 32 Chemical Engineering 950...... 9 to 12

(V : Courses required during Summer Quarter as Industrial Experience, Chemical Engineering Operations Laboratory and courses between Quarters as inspection trips. B.Ch.E. B.Ch.E. and Degree M.Sc. 5-year Degree 5 Program year Program Chemical Engineering 501, Summer Practice Work (Between second and third year)...... 5 5 Chemical Engineering 704, Inspection Trip to the East between Winter and Spring Quarters, Fourth Year...... 2 2 Chemical Engineering 704, Inspection Trip to the West between Winter and Spring Quarters, Fifth Year...... 2 2 Chemical Engineering 741, Chemical Engineering Operations Laboratory, Summer Quarter between Fourth and Fifth years.. 8 4 Chemical Engineering 880, Advanced Chemical Engineering Opera tions Laboratory between Fourth and Fifth years...... 0 4

Total...... 17 17 Students on the combined program will also register for 5 hours of non-technical work the Summer Quarter between fourth and fifth years, these are included in the summary of Item I.

V : Total Quarters and Credit Hours Required for B.Ch.E., and B.Ch.E. and M.Sc. degrees. Degree B.Ch.E. and B.Ch.E. M.Sc. Degrees Quarters Required ...... 15Ms 16% Courses common to B.Ch.E. and B.Ch.E. and M.Sc. degrees—Quarter hours...... 245 245 Courses required for B.Ch.E. degree but not required in Combined program— Quarter hours ...... 32 0 Courses required in Summer Quarters and between Quarters (See Item IV above)...... 17 17 Graduate Courses required for B.Ch.E. and M.Sc. degree but not required for B.Ch.E. degree— Quarter hours...... 0 41

Total credit hours...... 294 303

NON-TECHNICAL ELECTIVES

The non-technical electives provided in the fourth and fifth years of all curricula must be chosen, with the consent of the advisers, from courses offered in the following areas with the exception of those courses whose descriptions or titles indicate that they are specifically for engineers: Astronomy, Bacteriology, Botany, Economics, English, Fine Arts, Foreign Languages, General Studies, Geography, Geology (except in Mining and Petroleum Engineering), History, International Studies, Journalism, Music, Philosophy, Political Science, Psychology, Social Administration, Sociology, Speech, and Zoology.

PETROLEUM ENGINEERING—FIVE-YEAR CURRICULUM The following curriculum indicates the requirements for the degrees of Bachelor of Petroleum Engineering and Master of Science. For the latter the students must fulfill the extra requirements shown in the fourth and fifth years and on page 31. FIRST YEAR (For First Year Requirements, see page 36.) C u r r i c u l a 49

SECOND YEAR Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Mathematics (541) 6 Mathematics (642) 6 Mathematics (548) 6 Calculus Calculus Calculus Physics (481) 6 Physics (482) 5 Physics (488) 6 Mechanics Heat, Sound, Light Electricity and Civil Engineering (412) 6 Geology (486) 6 Magnetism Elementary Surveying Engineering Geology Geology (402) 6 Mineralogy (501) 8 Military or Air Science 2 Elementary Physical Crystallography and Mineralogy (502) 8 Geology Descriptive Mineralogy Descriptive Mineralogy Military or Air Science 2 Military or A ir Science 2

Total 20 Total 20 Total 17

THIRD YEAR Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Engineering Mechanics (521) 6 Economics (401) 5 Economics (402) 6 Statics Principles of Economics Principles of Economics Chemistry (421) 8 Engineering Mechanics (602) 6 Mech. Engineering (605) 6 Quantitative Analysis Strength of Materials Thermodynamics Speech (401) 5 Mining Engineering (601) 8 Geology (607) 5 Principles and Prospecting and Economic Geology Practices of Preliminary Operations Petroleum Effective Speaking I Mech. Engineering (604) 6 Petroleum Engr. (604) 8 Accounting (405) 5 Thermodynamics Oil and Gas Well Outline of Completion Accounting

Total 18 Total 18 Total 18 Petroleum Engr. (681) 2 Inspection Trip Summer Quarter Petroleum Engineering—Industrial Work (481) 6

FOURTH YEAR Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Petroleum Engr. (721) 8 Political Science (699) 8 Psychology (403) 6 Petroleum Engineering Introduction to Introductory Psychology Geology (631) 6 Political Science Petroleum Engr. (724) 8 Subsurface Geology Mech. Engineering (664) 2 Petroleum Engr. (781) 8 Engineering Drawing (426) 8 Engineering Petroleum Plant Design Technical Drawing Laboratory Chem. Engineering (681) 8 Electrical Engineering (642) 4 Petroleum Engr. (722) 8 Fundamentals Electrical Engineering Petroleum Engr. (723) 2 English (619) 8 Non-technical Elective 3 Ghem. Engineering (680) 8 Technical Writing Fundamentals Electrical Engineering (648) 4 Electrical Engineering

Total 18 Total 17 Total 17

FIFTH YEAR (For B.Pet.E. degree only) Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Mechanical Engr. (606) 4 Mechanical Engr. (625) 3 Business Organization (622) 3 Combustion Fundamentals of Internal Business Law Non-technical Elective 5 Combustion Non-technical Elective 5 Petroleum Engr. (750A) 3 Engines and Turbines Petroleum Engr. (750D) 4 Drilling Fluids Laboratory Non-technical Elective 5 Petroleum Investigations Petroleum Engr. (750B) PetroleumEngr. (750B) 4 Mining Engineering (739) 2 Reservoir Engineering Reservoir Engineering Safety in Mines Survey of Engr. (501) 1 Petroleum Engr. (750D) 4 Technical Elective 3 Senior Assembly Petroleum Investigations Economics (686) 3 Metallurgical Engr. (654) 2 Labor Problems in Fuel Analysis Industry

19 Total 18 Total 17 50 C oll e g e o f E n g in e e r in g

FIFTH YEAR (For B.Pet.E. and M.Sc. degrees) Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Petroleum Engr. (802) 6 Petroleum Engr. (802) 4 Petroleum Engr. (960) 6 Petroleum Production Petroleum Production Research Chemistry (681) 8 Chemistry (682) 8 Non-technical Elective 5 Physical Chemistry Physical Chemistry Chemistry (683) 8 Chemistry (691) 2 Chemistry (692) 2 Physical Chemistry Chemistry Laboratory Physical Chemistry Chemistry (693) 2 Survey of Engineering (501) 1 Laboratory Physical Chemistry Senior Assembly Petroleum Engr. (950) 8 Laboratory Non-technical Elective 6 Research Technical Elective 3 Non-technical Elective 6 Total T f Total IT Total "l8

NON-TECHNICAL ELECTIVES The non-technical electives provided in the fourth and fifth years of all curricula must be chosen, with the consent of the advisers, from courses offered in the following areas with the exception of those courses whose descriptions or titles indicate that they are specifically for engineers: Astronomy, Bacteriology, Botany, Economics, English, Fine Arts, Foreign Languages, General Studies, Geography, Geology (except in Mining and Petroleum Engineering), History, International Studies, Journalism, Music, Philosophy, Political Science, Psychology, Social Administration, Sociology, Speech, and Zoology.

Masters* Courses

Fourth Year Geology (631) 5 Petroleum Engr. (721) 3 Petroleum Engr. (722) 3 Petroleum Engr. (723) 2 Petroleum Engr. (724) 3 Total 16

Fifth Year Chemistry (681), (682), (683) 9 Chemistry (691), (692), (693) 6 Petroleum Engr. (802) 10 Petroleum Engr. (960) 8

Total 88

CIVIL ENGINEERING

CIVIL ENGINEERING—FIVE-YEAR-CURRICULA The following curricula indicate the requirements for the degree Bachelor of Civil Engineering and Master of Science. For the latter, the student must fulfill the extra requirements shown in the fourth and fifth years and on page 31. FIRST y e a r (For First Year Requirements, see page 36.)

SECOND YEAR Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Mathematics (541) 5 Mathematics (542) 5 Mathematics (543) 5 Calculus Calculus Calculus Physics (431) 5 Physics (432) 5 Physics (433) 6 Mechanics Heat, Sound and Light Electricity and Magnetism **Non-technical **Non-technical Engineering Mechanics (521) 5 Elective 5 to 8 Elective 5 to 8 Statics Military or Air Science 2 Military or Air Science 2 **Non-technical Elective 0 to 3 Military or Air Science 2

Total 17 to 20 Total 17 to 20 Total 17 to 20 C u r r ic u l a 51

••NON-TECHNICAL ELECTIVES The non-technical electives in the second year must total at least 15 credit hours and include sequences in not more than two of the following: areas of study: Biological Sciences, Economics, Art or Music, History, Languages, Literature, Philosophy, Political Science, Psychologyy, Sociology and Anthropology, Speech. Non-technical electives provided in the entire curriculum must include the following subjects with minimum credit hours indicated: Geology (5 hours). Speech (3 hours), Economics (6 hours). Students must consult advisers in the Department o f Civil Engineering for approval of electives and information concerning the most appropriate times for taking the various non-technical electives. The non-technical electives provided in the fourth and fifth years of all curricula must be chosen, with the consent of the advisers, from courses offered in the following areas with the exception of those courses whose descriptions or titles indicate that they are specifically for engineers: Astronomy, Bacteriology, Botany, Economics, English, Fine Arts, Foreign Languages, General Studies, Geography, Geology (except in Mining and Petroleum Engineering), History, International Studies, Journalism, Music, Philosophy, Political Science, Psychology, Social Administration, Sociology, i, and Zoology.

THIRD YEAR

Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Civil Engineering (502) 5 Mathematics (547) 5 Civil Engineering (506) 5 Surveying I Introduction to Surveying II Mathematics (608) 3 Statistical Methods Civil Engineering (613) 5 Differential Equations Civil Engineering (504) 4 Structural Design I for Engineers Photogrammetry Engineering Mechanics (610) 3 Engineering Mechanics (602) 5 Civil Engineering (604) 5 Mechanics of Fluids Strength of Materials I Stress Analysis I Metallurgical Engr. (611) 4 Bacteriology (607) 5 Engineering Mechanics (605) 3 Production and Properties General Strength of Materials II of Structural Materials Engineering Mechanics (607) 3 English (519) 8 Dynamics Technical Writing

Total 18 Total 20 Total 20

FOURTH YEAR (For B.C.E. Degree only)

Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Civil Engineering (622) 4 Civil Engineering (623) 4 Civil Engineering (701) 5 Materials I Materials II Structural Design II Civil Engineering (624) 4 Civil Engineering (724) 3 Civil Engineering (716) 5 Transportation I Transportation II Principles of Sanitary Civil Engineering (728) 4 Civil Engineering (703) 5 Engineering II Applied Hydraulics Principles of Sanitary Civil Engineering (725) 3 Civil Engineering (741) 3 Engineering I Advanced Soil Mechanics Stress Analysis II Non-technical Elective 6 Civil Engineering (732) 3 Non-technical Elective 3 Contracts and Specifications Non-technical Elective 3

Total 18 Total 18 Total 19

FIFTH YEAR Effective 1959-1960 (For B.C.E. degree only)

Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Civil Engineering (743) 3 Civil Engineering (744) 4 Civil Engineering (745) 4 Advanced Civil Engr. I Advanced Civil Engr. II Advanced Civil Engr. Ill Civil Engineering (705) 4 Electrical Engr. (642) 4 Electrical Engr. (643) 4 Reinforced Concrete Electrical Engineering Electrical Engineering Structures Technical Elective 6 Technical Elective 3 Technical Elective 3 Non-technical Elective 6 Non-technical Elective 5 Non-technical Elective 6 Survey of Engineering (501) 1 Senior Assembly

Total 17 Total 19 Total 16 52 C olleg e o f E n g in e e r in g

FOURTH YEAR (For B.C.E. and M.Sc. degrees)

Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Civil Engineering (622) 4 Civil Engineering (623) 4 Civil Engineering (705) 4 Materials I Materials II Reinforced Concrete Civil Engineering (624) 4 Civil Engineering (724) 3 Structures Transportation I Transportation II Civil Engineering (725) 3 Civil Engineering (728) 4 Civil Engineering (703) 5 Advanced Soil Mechanics Applied Hydraulics Principles of Sanitary Civil Engineering (716) 5 Civil Engineering (741) 3 Engineering I Principles of Sanitary Stress Analysis II Civil Engineering (701) 5 Engineering II Non-technical Elective 6 Structural Design II Civil Engineering (732) 3 Electrical Engr. (642) 4 Contracts and Specifications Electrical Engr. (643) 4

Total 21 Total 21 Total 19

Summer Quarter Non-technical Electives 20

Total 20

FIFTH YEAR Effective 1959-1960 (For B.C.E. and M.Sc. degrees)

The fifth year of the Combined Program leading to the B.C.E. and M.Sc. degrees must include a regular Masters Degree program consisting of a minimum of 45 hours chosen with the consent of the student’s adviser.

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING—FIVE-YEAR CURRICULUM The following curriculum indicates the requirements for the degrees Bachelor of Electrical Engineering and Master of Science. For the latter the student must fulfill the extra requirements shown in the fourth and fifth years and on page 31. FIRST YEAR (For First Year Requirements, see page 36.)

SECOND YEAR

Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Mathematics (641) 6 Mathematics (542) 5 Mathematics (548) 5 Calculus Calculus Calculus Physics (481) 6 Physics (482) 5 Electrical Engineering (503) 8 Mechanics Heat, Sound and Light Introduction to Economics (403) 8 Physics (435) 4 Circuit Analysis Principles Electricity and Physics (436) 5 Speech (401) 6 Magnetism Electricity and Effective Speaking Economics (404) 8 Magnetism Military or Air Science 2 Principles Engineering Mechanics (521) 5 Military or Air Science 2 Statics Military or Air Science 2

Total 20 Total 19 Total 20 C u r r ic u l a 53

THIRD YEAR

Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Electrical Engineering (681) 8 Electrical Engineering (682) 8 Electrical Engineering (686) 8 Alternating Current Alternating Current Circuit Theory of Circuits I Circuits II Electron Devices Electrical Engineering (662) 2 Electrical Engineering (668) 2 Electrical Engineering (666) 2 Circuits Laboratory I Circuits Laboratory II Electronic Laboratory I Mathematics (608) 8 Mathematics (609) 8 Mathematics (624) 8 Advanced Engineering Advanced Engineering Complex Variables Mathematics I Mathematics II for Engineers Engineering Mechanics (602) 6 Engineering Mechanics (607) 8 Electrical Engineering (639) 3 Strength of Materials Dynamics Electromagnetic Fields Sociology (511) 8 Sociology (612) 8 and Waves Principles and Problems Human Relationships Mechanical History (537) 8 in Industry Engineering (601) 6 Recent History of United Electrical Engineering (638) 3 Thermodynamics States (1898-1928) Electric and Magnetic History (538) 3 Fields Recent History of United Non-technical Elective 2 or 3 States since 1928

Total 19 Total 19 or 20 Total 19

t History 590 or 513 may be substituted for History 537 or 538.

Summer Quarter Electrical Engineering (625) 5 Experience in Practice

FOURTH YEAR (For B.E.E. degree only)

Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Electrical Engineering (665) 2 Electrical Engineering (633) 3 Electrical Engineering (754) 2 Non-Linear Circuits Alternating Current Electrical Machinery Laboratory Circuits III Laboratory Electrical Engineering (637) 8 Electrical Engineering (664) 2 •Electrical Engineer­ Circuit Theory of Circuits Laboratory III ing (752) Electron Devices II Electrical Engineering (751) 4 Electrical Machin­ Electrical Engineering (667) 2 Electrical Machinery ery Theory Electronics Laboratory II Theory or Electrical Engineering (750) 4 Electrical Engineering (758) 2 Electrical Engineer- ^4 or 5 Electrical Machinery Electrical Machinery ing (718) Theory Laboratory Radiation from Electrical Engineering (670) 8 Electrical Engineering (634) 8 Antennas Analysis of Electrical Introduction to Electrical Engineering Engineering Problems Non-Linear Circuits (719) 2 Physics (614) 3 Non-technical Elective 3 Antenna Laboratory Introduction to Electrical Engineering (741) 4 Modern Phyaica Economics and Organiza­ tion of Electrical Industry Mech. Engineering (621) 5 Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow Electrical Engineering (649) 3 Feedback Systems

Total 17 Total 17 Total 18-19

• Students interested in Electrical Machinery, Power System Analysis, Servomechanism, and Industrial Electronics take Electrical Engineering 752 (4), while students interested in com­ munications take Electrical Engineering 718 (3) and Electrical Engineering 719 (2). 54 C olleg e o f E n g in e e r in g

FIFTH YEAR (For B.E.E. degree only)

Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter t Electrical Engineer­ Mech. Engineering (736) 5 Technical Option 6-8 ing (766) 2 Machine Design tfTechnical Elective 8-6 Electrical Machin­ Technical Option 6-8 Non-technical Elective 6 ery Laboratory or ffTechnical Elective 3-6 Electrical Non-technical Elective 6 Engineering (714) 8 Electrical Engineering (604) 0 Electron Tube Survey of Electrical Theory and Engineering Application Technical Option 6-8 f ITechnical Elective 3-6 Survey of Engineering (601) 1 Non-technical Elective 6

t Students interested in Electrical Machinery and Power System Analysis take Electrical Engineering 756 (2) while those interested in Communications and in Servomechanisms and Industrial Electronics take Electrical Engineering 714 (3). tt Technical Electives must be selected from a list approved by the Department of Electri­ cal Engineering.

TECHNICAL OPTIONS FOR B.E.E. DEGREE

To be used as credit for a technical option one of the following sequences must be taken in its entirety unless an alternative plan is approved in advance by the Electrical Engineering department.

Electrical Machinery Option Electrical Engineering 713 (4) Advanced Electric Machinery Theory Electrical Engineering 771 (4) Theory of Small Motors Electrical Engineering 777 (4) Theory of Alternating Current Equipment Electrical Engineering 778 (2) Laboratory Study of Alternating Current Equipment

Communication Option Electrical Engineering 707 (3) Advanced Circuits Electrical Engineering 709 (2) Advanced Circuits Laboratory Electrical Engineering 743 (3) Communication Theory Electrical Engineering 744 (2) Communications Laboratory I Electrical Engineering 747 (8) Communication Systems Alectrical Engineering 748 (2) Communication Laboratory II

Power Systems Option Electrical Engineering 790 (3) Introduction to Electric Power Systems Electrical Engineering 791 (2) High Voltage Laboratory Electrical Engineering 792 (3) Introduction to Electric Power Systems Electrical Engineering 798 (2) Power Systems Laboratory Electrical Engineering 794 (4) Introduction to Electric Power Systems

Servomechanism and Industrial Electronics Option Electrical Engineering 733 (8) Servomechanisms Electrical Engineering 734 (2) Servomechanisms Laboratory Electrical Engineering 738 (8) Automatic Control and Electronic Equipment Electrical Engineering 725 (2) Control Systems Laboratory Electrical Engineering 728 (8) Industrial Electronics Electrical Engineering 759 (2) Industrial Electronics Laboratory C u r r ic u l a 55

Tabulation of Curriculum Requirements The courses required for a Bachelor of Electrical Engineering degree are: Mathematics 421, 422, 440, 541, 542, 543, 608, 609, 624...... 39 hours Chemistry 404, 405, 406...... 12 Engineering Drawing 401, 403, 405...... 12 English 416, 417, 418...... 9 Speech 401...... 5 Survey of Engineering 401, 402, 501...... 8 Military or Air Science (First and Second Years)...... 12 Physics 431, 432, 435, 436, 614...... 22 Physical Education 400, 401, 402, 403...... 4 Economics 403, 404...... 6 Sociology 511, 512...... 6 History 537, 538...... 6 Engineering Mechanics 521, 602, 607...... 18 Mechanical Engineering 601, 621, 736...... 15 Electrical Engineering 503, 504, 631, 632, 633, 634, 636, 637, 638, 639, 649, 662, 663, 664, 665, 666, 667, 670, 750, 751, 752, or 718 and 719, 753, 754, 755 or 714, 741...... 67 or 69 Broadening Electives...... 20 Technical Option...... 9-15 Technical Elective...... 15- 9

275 or 277 Off Campus Experience in Industry Electrical Engr. (625).. 5 hours

Total number of hours required...... 280 or 282

NON-TECHNICAL ELECTIVES The non-technical electives provided in the fourth and fifth years of all curricula must be chosen, with the approval of the Department of Electrical Engineering from courses offered in the following areas with the exception of those courses whose descriptions or titles indicate that they are especially for engineers: Astronomy, Bacteriology, Botany, Economics, English, Fine Arts, Foreign Languages, General Studies, Geography, Geology (except in Mining and Petroleum Engineering), History, International Studies, Journalism, Music, Philosophy, Political Science. Psychology, Social Administration, Sociology, Speech, and Zoology.

COMBINED B.E.E. AND M.SC. PROGRAMS Students will not be admitted to the “ Combined B.E.E. and M.Sc. Program,” until the end of the Fourth Year. Then they must satisfy the General Departmental Requirements for the M.Sc. Degree listed below.

General Departmental Requirements for the M.Sc. Degree in Electrical Engineering a. No graduate credit (for Electrical Engineering students) shall be allowed for a “600”- level course in Electrical Engineering. b. A maximum of 10 hours credit of “700” level courses in Electrical Engineering may be counted for graduate credit. c. For the Master’s degree in Electrical Engineering the following numbers of hours of “600” or higher level courses in the following departments shall normally be recom­ mended. (1) Mathematics 6-15 hours. (2) Physics 5-15 hours. d. A minimum of 12 hours of “800”-level courses in Electrical Engineering and 6 to 9 hours of thesis (E.E. 960) shall be required for the Master's degree in Electrical Engineering. e. A maximum of 16 credit hours may be scheduled in any Quarter when any course is taken for graduate credit. Graduate credit may be received for not more than 15 hours in any Quarter. A student in the combined B.E.E. and M.Sc. curriculum will select with his graduate adviser suitable graduate courses to replace the technical electives, free electives, and M.E. 786. Students in the combined program are advised to enroll during the summer Quarter between the fourth and fifth years, and to plan for an additional Quarter beyond the five years to com­ plete the requirements for the M.Sc. degree. 56 C o l l e g e o f E n g i n e e r i n g

INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING—FIVE-YEAR CURRICULUM The following curriculum indicates the requirements for the degrees Bachelor of Industrial Engineering and Master of Science. For the latter the student must fulfill the extra requirements shown in the fourth and fifth years and on page 31. FIRST YEAR (For First Year Requirements, see page 36.)

SECOND YEAR Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Mathematics (541) 6 Mathematics (542) Mathematics (643) Calculus Calculus Calculus Physics (431) 5 Physics (432) Physics (433) Mechanics Heat, Light, and Sound Electricity and Magnetism Industrial Engineering (519) 6 Industrial Engineering (521) Psychology (403) Manufacturing Processes Machine Tool Applications Introductory Psychology Economics (403) 8 Economics (404) Military or Air Science Principles Principles Military or Air Science 2 Military or Air Science

Total 20 Total 20 Total 17

THIRD YEAR Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Engineering Mechanics (521) 5 Mathematics (547) 5 Engineering Mechanics (607) 3 Statics Statistical Methods in Dynamics Accounting (405) 5 Engineering Industrial Engineering (602) 5 Outline of Accounting Accounting (624) 5 Principles of Engineering Industrial Engineering (546) 3 Factory Costs Management Industrial Engineering Psychology (605) 3 Industrial Engineering (662) 3 Application of Statistics Physiological Production Control Industrial Engineering (622) 3 Engineering Mechanics (602) 5 Psychology (606) 3 Industrial Processes and Strength of Materials Advanced Physiological Materials Psychology English (519) 3 Economics (686) 3 Technical Writing Labor Problems

Total 19 Total 18 17

FOURTH YEAR

Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Industrial Engineering (663) 5 Industrial Engineering (664) Business Organization (690) 4 Methods Analysis Work Measurement* Personnel Management Electrical Engineering (642) 4 and Standards Mechanical Engr. (508) 4 Electrical Engineering Elec. Engineering (643) Applied Thermodynamics Industrial Engr. (761) 3 Electrical Engineering Industrial Engineering (667) 8 Engineering Economy or Tool Engineering Political Science (699) 8 Elec. Engineering (644) •Industrial Engr. (764) 8 Introduction to Industrial Electronics Production Programming Political Science and Controls Industrial Engr. (771) 3 Sociology (511) 8 Mechanical Engr. (736) 5 Safety Engineering Principles and Problems Machine Design Business Organization (640) 8 of Sociology Sociology (512) 8 Corporate Organization Principles and Problems and Control of Sociology •Industrial Engr. (706) 8 Industrial Quality Control

Total 18 Total 20 Total II Industrial Engineering (630) 2 Inspection Trip Summer Quarter Industrial Engineering (639) 6 Practical Experience in an Industrial Organization • May be taken for graduate credit. C u r r i c u l a 57

FIFTH YEAR (For B.I.E. degree only) Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Survey of Engineering (501) 1 Industrial Engineering (709) 5 •Industrial Engr. (798) 6 Senior Assembly Production Engineering Advanced Studies in Industrial Engineering (708) 5 ‘Industrial Engr. (798) 6 Industrial Engineering Plant Equipment Advanced Studies in Technical Elective 8 and Design Industrial Engineering See Note A •Industrial Engr. (798) 6 Non-technical Electives 6 Non-technical Electives 5 Advanced Studies in See Note A See Note A Industrial Engineering Non-technical Electives See Note A

Total 17 Ttftal 16 Total 14 Note A. Courses elected should represent a coherent sequence and are set up in conference with and subject to the approval of the Chairman of the Department.

FIFTH YEAR (For B.I.E. and M.Sc. degrees) Candidates for both the Bachelor of Industrial Engineering and the Master of Science de­ grees must take, in addition to Industrial Engineering 801, 802, and 808, at least nine (9) hours of '‘800’' and “900" courses including thesis. The "800” and “900” courses thus taken will replace an equal number of hours in Industrial Engineering 798 and/or of the technical electives. The entire program is adjusted to the individual’s needs and must be approved by the candidate's adviser subject to the rules of the Graduate School.

TABULATION OF CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS The courses required for a Bachelor of Industrial Engineering degree are: Hours Accounting 405 and 624 10 Business Organization 640, 690 7 Chemistry 404, 405, 406 12 Economics 403, 404, and 686 9 Electrical Engineering 642 and (643 or 644) 8 Engineering Drawing 401, 403 and 405 12 English 416, 417, 418, 519 12 Industrial Engineering 519, 521, 546, 602, 622, 630, 639, 662, 663, 664, 667, 706, 708, 709, 761, 764, 771, 798 85 Mathematics 421, 422, 440, 541, 542, 543, and 547 35 Mechanical Engineering 508 and 736 9 Engineering Mechanics 521, 602, and 607 13 Military, Naval or Air Science (First and Second Years) 12 or 18 Physical Education 400, 401, 402, and 403 4 Physics 431, 432, and 433 15 Political Science 599 3 Psychology 403, 605 and 606 11 Sociology 511-512 6 Survey o f Engineering 401, 402, 501 3 Non-technical Electives 15 Technical Electives 3

Total number of hours required for B.I.E. degree 284 or 290

NON-TECHNICAL ELECTIVES The non-technical electives provided in the fourth and fifth years of all curricula must be chosen, with the consent of the advisers, from courses offered in the following areas with the exception of those courses whose descriptions or titles indicate that they are specifically for engineers: Astronomy, Bacteriology, Botany, Economics, English, Fine Arts, Foreign Languages, General Studies, Geography, Geology (except in Mining and Petroleum Engineering), History, International Studies, Journalism, Music, Philosophy, Political Science, Social Administration, Sociology, Speech and Zoology. * May be taken for graduate credit. 58 C o l l e g e o p E n g i n e e r i n g

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING—FIVE-YEAR CURRICULA The following curricula indicate the requirements for the degree Bache­ lor of Mechanical Engineering and the combined degrees Bachelor of Mechani­ cal Engineering and Master of Science. For the latter the student must follow the combined B.M.E. and M.Sc. curriculum for the fourth and fifth years. Students having an overall point-hour ratio of 2.75 and a point-hour ratio of 2.75 in Mechanical Engineering subjects, and who have completed all of the work required in the first ten Quarters of the B.M.E. curriculum may apply for permission to work for the combined degrees B.M.E.-M.Sc. by sub­ mitting the proper application forms to the Department Chairman. These application forms, which may be obtained in the Department office, should be filed not later than the middle of the eleventh Quarter of the curriculum.

FIRST YEAR (For First Year Requirements see page 31)

SECOND YEAR

Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Mathematics (541) 5 Mathematics (542) 5 Mathematics (543) 5 Calculus Calculus Calculus Physics (431) 5 Physics (432) 5 Physics (433) 6 Mechanics Heat, Sound and Light Electricity and Magnetism Industrial Engineering (519) 5 Engineering Drawing (421) 3 Mechanical Engr. (590) 3 Manufacturing Processes Engineering Drawing Introduction to or Economics (403) 8 Mechanical Engineering Engineering Drawing (421) 3 Principles of Economics Economics (404) 3 Engineering Drawing or Principles of Economics Economics (403) 3 Industrial Engineering (519) 6 Military or Air Science 2 Principles of Economics Manufacturing Processes Military or Air Science 2 Military or Air Science 2

Total 17 or 18 Total 17 or 18 Total 18

Summer Quarter Mechanical Engr. (439) 5 Practical Experience

THIRD YEAR

Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Engineering Mechanics (521) 5 Engineering Mechanics (602) 5 Engineering Mechanics (605) 8 Statics Strength of Materials Advanced Strength Mechanical Engr. (604) 6 Engineering Mechanics (607) 3 of Materials Thermodynamics Dynamics Mechanical Engr. (606) 4 Mechanical Engr. (615) 6 Mechanical Engr. (605) 5 Combustion Kinematics of Machines Thermodynamics Mechanical Engr. («11) 8 or Mechanical Engr. (615) 5 Heat Transfer Mechanical Engr. (627) 5 Kinematics of Machines Mechanical Engr. (620) 8 Materials of Engineering or Dynamics of Machinery Mathematics (608) 3 Mechanical Engr. (627) 5 Psychology (501) 8 Advanced Engineering Materials of Engineering Psychological Problems Mathematics i Political Science (599) 3 in Engineering Introduction to Speech (501) 3 Political Science Principles of Effective Speaking

Total 18 Total 21 Total 19 C u r r i c u l a 59

FOURTH YEAR (For B.M.E. degree only)

Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Mechanical Engr. (608) 8 Mechanical Engr. (665) 8 Mechanical Engr. (744) 5 Steam Power Mechanical Engr. Machine Design Engineering Laboratory Mechanical Engr. (779) 8 Mechanical Engr. (625) 8 Mechanical Engr. (728) 5 Mechanical Engineering Fundamentals of Internal Machine Design Laboratory Combusion Engines and Electrical Engr. (648) 4 Electrical Engr. (644) 4 Turbines Electrical Engineering Industrial Electronics Mechanical Engr. (664) 2 t History 8 tHistory 8 Mechanical Engr. Mechanical Engr. (720) 8 Mechanical Engr. (720) 3 Laboratory Principles of Energy Principles of Energy Mechanical Engr. (727) 6 Conversion in Conversion in Machine Design Turbomachinery Turbomachinery Electrical Engr. (642) 4 or or Electrical Engineering Mechanical Engr. (760) 8 Mechanical Engr. (760) 8 Geography (508) 8 Principles of Automatic Principles of Automatic Fundamentals of Control Control Economic Geography

Total 20 Total 18 Total 18

Mechanical Engr. (680) 2 Inspection Trip

FIFTH YEAR (For B.M.E. degree only)

Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Mechanical Engr. (726) 3 Industrial Engr. (715) •Technical Elective Gaa Turbine Power Plants Principles of Industrial Non-Technical Elective or Engineering Mechanical Engr. (780) Mechanical Engr. (710) 4 •Technical Elective Mechanical Engineering Heating, Ventilating and Non-Technical Elective Laboratory Air Conditioning Mechanical Engr. (710) Mechanical Engr. (770) 1 Heating, Ventilating and Professional Aspects of Air Conditioning Mechanical Engineering Industrial Engr. (771) 8 Mechanical Engr. (726) 3 Safety Engineering Gas Turbine Power •Technical Elective 3 Plants Non-Teohnical Elective 6 Survey o f Engr. (501) 1 Senior Assembly

Total 17 or 18 Total 17 or 18 Total 17 The total number of hours required for the B.M.E. degree is 279 plus five (5) hours of Mechanical Engineering 439, Practical Experience in a Mechanical Engineering Industry, and two (2) hours of Mechanical Engineering 630, Inspection Trip.

t In the B.M.E. Curriculum minimum of 9 hours of History is required. These 9 hours must include History 587 and 538. The remaining 3 hours may be selected from History 510, History 512, and History 590. • Students interested in nuclear power plants and processes may elect the following series of courses: Physics 614, Autumn Quarter; Physics 615, W inter Quarter; Mechanical Engineering 766, Spring Quarter. 60 C o l l e g e o p E n g i n e e r i n g

FOURTH YEAR (For B.M.E. and M.Sc. degrees)

Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Mechanical Engr. (603) S Mechanical Engr. (665) 8 Mechanical Engr. (748) 8 Steam Power Engineering Mechanical Engineering Machine Design Mechanical Engr. (625) 8 Laboratory Mechanical Engr. (779) 8 Fundamentals of Internal Mechanical Engr. (728) 6 Mechanical Engineering Combustion Engines Machine Design Laboratory and Turbines Electrical Engineering (648) 4 or Mechanical Engr. (664) 2 Electrical Engineering Mechanical Engr. (780) 8 Mechanical Engineering tfHistory 3 Mechanical Engineering Laboratory Mechanical Engr. (726) 8 Laboratory Mechanical Engr. (727) 6 Gas Turbine Power Plants Electrical Engineering (644) 4 Machine Design or Industrial Electronics Electrical Engineering (642) 4 Mechanical Engr. (710) 4 tfHistory 3 Electrical Engineering Heating, Ventilating, and Mechanical Engr. (720) 3 Geography (503) 8 Air Conditioning Principles of Energy Fundamentals of Conversion in Economic Geography Turbomachinery Mechanical Engr. (760) 3 Principles of Automatic Control

Total 20 Total 18 or 19 Total 19 Mechanical Engr. (630) 2 Inspection Trip

Summer Quarter Non-technical Elective 18

Total 18 The total number of hours required for the B.M.E.-M.Sc. degrees is 293 plus five (5) hours of Mechanical Engineering 439, Practical Experience in a Mechanical Engineering Industry, and two (2) hours of Mechanical Engineering 630, Inspection Trip. ft In the B.M.E. and M.Sc. Curriculum, a minimum of 9 hours of History is required. These 9 hours must include History 537 and 538. The remaining 3 hours may be selected from History 510, History 512, and History 590.

FIFTH YEAR (For B.M.E. and M.Sc. degrees)

Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Graduate Courses 15 Graduate Courses 15 Graduate Courses 16 Survey of Engineering (601) 1 Senior Assembly Total 16 Total 16 Total 1« NON-TECHNICAL ELECTIVES The non-technical electives provided in the fourth and fifth years of all curricula must be chosen, with the consent of the chairman of the Undergraduate Counseling Committee, from courses offered in the following areas with the exception of those courses whose descriptions or titles indicate that they are specifically for engineers: Astronomy, Bacteriology, Botany, Eco­ nomics, English, Fine Arts, Foreign Languages, General Studies, Geography, Geology (except in Mining and Petroleum Engineering), History, International Studies, Journalism, Music, Phil­ osophy, Political Science, Psychology, Social Administration, Sociology, Speech, and Zoology.

METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING—FIVE-YEAR CURRICULUM The following curriculum indicates the requirements for the degrees of Bachelor of Metallurgical Engineering and Master of Science. For the latter the students must fulfill the extra requirements shown in the fourth and fifth years and on page 31. FIRST YEAR (For First Year Requirements, see page 36.) C u r r i c u l a 61

SECOND YEAR Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Mathematics (641) 6 Mathematics (642) 6 Mathematics (548) 5 Calculus Calculus Calculus Physics (481) 6 Physics (482) 6 Physics (488) 5 Mechanics Heat, Light, and Sound Electricity and Mineralogy (501) 8 Metallurgical (601) 8 Magnetism Crystallography Engineering Engineering Mechanics (521) 6 Chemistry (421) 4 Foundry Introduction English (619) 8 Quantitative Analysis Chemistry (422) 3 Technical Writing Military or Air Science 2 Quantitative Analysis Military or Air Science 2 Metallurgical (408) 2 Engineering Introduction Military or Air Science 2 Total 19 Total 20 Total 20 Summer Quarter Metallurgical (420) 6 Engineering Industrial Experience THIRD YEAR Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Engineering Mechanics (602) 5 Metallurgical (630) 8 Electrical Engineering (644) 4 Strength of Materials Engineering Electrical Engineering Metallurgical (661) 8 Physical Metallurgy Economics (404) 8 Engineering Metallurgical (651) 8 Principles of Economics Principles of Engineering for Engineers Pyrometallurgy Fuels Chemistry (683) 8 Chemistry (681) 8 Metallurgical (660) 2 Physical Chemistry Physical Chemistry Engineering Metallurgical (681) 8 Metallurgical (560) 4 Pyrometry Engineering Engineering Chemistry (682) 3 Physical Metallurgy Metallography Physical Chemistry Speech (601) 8 Electrical Engineering (642) 4 Economics (403) 3 Principles of Principles of Economics Effective Speaking for Engineers Metallurgical (668) 8 Metallurgical (662) 4 Engineering Engineering Pyrometallurgical Mineral Preparation Processes Total 19 Total 18 Total 19 Metallurgical (646) 2 Engineering Summer Quarter Inspection Trip Metallurgical (420) 6 Engineering Industrial Experience FOURTH YEAR Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter fMetallurgical (712) 8 Metallurgical (703) 8 Political Science (699) 8 Engineering Engineering Introduction Thermodynamics Metallography Metallurgical (768) t Metallurgical (761) 8 Mechanical (736) 6 Engineering Engineering Engineering Process Metallurgy Principles of Extractive Machine Design Metallurgical (704) 8 Metallurgy Sociology (512) 3 Engineering Metallurgical (682) 4 Principles and Problems Physical Metallurgy Engineering of Sociology •Non-Technical Elective 6 Physical Metallurgy Metallurgical (762) 3 or Sociology (611) 8 Engineering **Non-Technical Elective 8 Principles and Problems Principles of Extractive Economics (686) 8 of Sociology Metallurgy Labor Problems in Mineralogy (606) 4 Non-Technical Elective 6 Industry Thermochemical •fMathematics (608) 8 Advanced Engineering Mathematics I

Technical Elective Total 20 Total 19 Total 15 or 17 1 ** t See footnotes, page 62. 62 C o l l e g e o f E n g i n e e r i n g

Summer Quarter (For B.Met.E. and M.Sc. Degrees)

The Quarter or either term Non-Technical Elective 8 Technical Elective 3 Metallurgical Eng. (950) 3 Thesis

Total 14

FIFTH YEAR (For B.Met.E. degree only)

Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Metallurgical (706) 3 Metallurgical (710) 8 Metallurgical (715) 8 Engineering Engineering Engineering Metal Construction Metallurgical Advanced Steel Making Non-Technical Elective 5 Investigations Metallurgical (745) 8 Survey of Engineering (601) 1 Metallurgical (735) 8 Engineering Senior Assembly Engineering Shaping and Forming Metallurgical (760) 8 Mechanical Metallurgy o f Metals Engineering Technical Elective 6 Technical Elective 3 Engineering Metallurgy Metallurgical (755) 3 Metallurgical (780) 8 Technical Elective 8 Engineering Engineering Metallurgical (654) 2 Cast Metals Corrosion Engineering Non-Technical Elective 5 Fuel Analysis

Total 17 Total 15 Total 17 Thesis required for Master’s Degree. * Required in combined B.Met.E. and M.Sc. programs. ** Required for B.Met.E. program, t Graduate credit.

FIFTH YEAR (For B.Met.E. and M.Sc. degrees)

Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Graduate Courses 14 Graduate Courses 15 Graduate Courses 12 Survey of Engineering (501) 1 Technical Electives 3 Senior Assembly Non-Technical Elective 3

Total 18 Total 15 Total Program for Combined Degree Fifth Year to be arranged by student’s graduate adviser. Thesis required for Master’s Degree.

TECHNICAL ELECTIVES

Technical electives require approval by the Department. Some suggested Technical Electives are: Metallurgical Engineering 640, 641, 710, 720, 723, 724, 730, 731, 740, 770, 771, 772, 780, 844, 880; Mineralogy 502, 606, 621, 622; Welding Engineering 646, 702, 703; Chemical Engineering 680, 681, 691, 692; Industrial Engineering 714; Chemistry 647, 648, 649, 690, 722, 723, 728, 751, 761, 796; Physics 614, 615, 616; Engineering Mechanics 607; Mathematics 547; and Photography 520.

NON-TECHNICAL ELECTIVES

The non-technical electives provided in the fourth and fifth years of all curricula must be chosen, with the consent of the advisers, from courses offered in the following areas with the exception of those courses whose descriptions or titles indicate that they are specifically for engineers: Astronomy, Bacteriology, Botany, Economics, English, Fine Arts, Foreign Languages, General Studies, Geography, Geology (except in Mining and Petroleum Engineering), History, International Studies, Journalism, Music, Philosophy, Political Science, Psychology, Social Administration, Sociology, Speech, and Zoology. Some suggested Non-Technical electives are Psychology 401, 403, 501 ; Accounting 405, 624; Business Organization 551, 622, 640, 676, 677; General studies 520; Geography 503; Geology 401, 435 ; History 587, 538, 590; Philosophy 400; and foreign languages. C u r r i c u l a 63

MINING ENGINEERING—FIVE-YEAR CURRICULUM The following curriculum indicates the requirements for the degrees of Bachelor of Engineering in Mining and Master of Science. For the latter the students must fulfill the extra requirements shown in the fourth and fifth years and on page 31. FIRST YEAR (For First Year Requirements, see page 36.)

SECOND YEAR

Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Mathematics (541) 5 Geology (435) 6 Mathematics (548) 5 Calculus Engineering Geology Calculus Physics (481) 6 Mathematics (542) 5 Physics (488) 6 Mechanics Calculus Electricity and Civil Engineering (412) 5 Physics (432) 5 Magnetism Elementary Surveying Heat, Sound, and Light Mining Engineering (602) 4 Mining Engineering (604) 8 Speech (601) 8 Mine Surveying Introduction to Mining Principles of Effective Military or Air Science 2 Engineering Speaking Non-technical Elective 3 Military or Air Science 2 Military or Air Science 2

Total 320 Total I20 Total 1ft

THIRD YEAR

Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Engineering Mechanics (521) 5 Engineering Mechanics (602) 5 Engineering Mechanics (607) 3 Statics Strength of Materials Dynamics Mathematics (608) 3 Mining Engineering (601) 8 Engineering Mechanics (610) 8 Differential Equations Prospecting and Mechanics of Fluids Mineralogy (501) 3 Preliminary Operations Psychology (501) 8 Crystallography and Economics (403) 3 Psychological Problems Descriptive Mineralogy Principles of Economics in Engineering Chemistry (421) 4 Mineralogy (602) 3 Mining Engineering (602) 8 Quantitative Analysis Descriptive Mineralogy Explosives and Rock Work Mining Engineering (603) 3 Metallurgical (662) 4 Economics (404) 8 Principles of Mining Engineering Principles of Economics Methods Mineral Preparation Non-Technical Elective 8

Total 18 Total 18 Total 18 Mining Engineering (682) 2 Inspection Trip

Summer Quarter Mining Engineering—Industrial Work (481) 6

FOURTH YEAR

Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Geology (605) 5 Electrical Engineering (648) 4 Mineralogy (621) 6 Economic Geology: Metals Electrical Engineering Microscopic Mineralogy Chemistry (681) 3 Mechanical Engr. (736) 5 Electrical Engineering (644) 4 Physical Chemistry Machine Design Industrial Electronics Electrical Engineering (642) 4 Geology (606) 6 and Controls Mining Engineering (707) 4 Economic Geology: Mining Engineering (781) 8 Mine Transportation Non-Metals and Mine Plant Design Systems Coals Mining Engineering (739) 2 Mining Engineering (704) 3 Technical Elective 3 Safety Engineering Mine Gases and in Mines Ventilation English (519) 8 Technical Writing

Total 19 Total 17 Total 17 64 C o l l e g e o f E n g i n e e r i n g

FIFTH YEAR (For B.E.M. degree only) Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Metallurgical Engr. (651) 3 Mining Engineering (750e) 3 Mining Engineering (750d) 5 Fuels Mine Examinations Design Metallurgical Engr. (654) 2 and Reports Mechanical Engr. (601) 5 Fuel Analysis Metallurgical Engr. (720) 3 Thermodynamics Non-Technical Elective 5 Advanced Ore Dressing Business Organization (622) 3 Industrial Engr. (714) 3 Accounting (405) 5 Business Law for Engi­ Time and Motion Study Outlines of Accounting neers and Architects Survey of Engineering (501) 1 Economics (686) 3 Non-technical Elective 5 Senior Assembly Labor Problems Technical Elective 3 in Industry i l Util ■ n i/ij ir Civil Engineering (711) 3 Elementary Structural Engineering

Total 17 Total 17 Total 18 SUMMER QUARTER (For B.E.M. and M.Sc. degrees) Mining Engineering (950) 3 Research in Mining Engineering Non-technical Electives 10

Total 13

FIFTH YEAR (For B.E.M. and M.Sc. degrees)

Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Mining Engineering (801) 3 Mining Engineering (801) 3 Mining Engineering (801) 3 Mine Planning and Mine Planning and Mine Planning and Design Design Design Mining Engineering (950) 3 Mining Engineering (950) 2 Technical Electives 10 Technical Electives 9 Research in Mining Graduate Credit Courses Graduate Credit Courses Engineering Mining Engineering (950) 2 Survey of Engineering (501) 1 Technical Electives 10 Research in Mining Senior Assembly Graduate Credit Courses Engineering

Total 16 Total 15 Total 15 Students in the Combined B.E.M. and M.Sc. curriculum will select with the approval of their graduate advisers the technical elective courses for graduate credit. A minimum of 45 hours of graduate credit is required. NON-TECHNICAL ELECTIVES The non-technical electives provided in the fourth and fifth years of all curricula must be chosen, with the consent of the advisers, from courses offered in the following areas with the exception of those courses whose descriptions or titles indicate that they are specifically for engineers: Astronomy, Bacteriology, Botany, Economics, English, Fine Arts, Foreign Languages, General Studies, Geography, Geology (except in Mining and Petroleum Engineering), History, International Studies, Journalism, Music, Philosophy, Political Science, Psychology, Social Ad­ ministration, Sociology, Speech, and Zoology.

NUCLEAR ENGINEERING A curriculum leading to a degree in Nuclear Engineering is not offered at present. In order to prepare for careers in the field of atomic energy, students may elect courses in connection with other engineering curricula. Courses are available that provide background for engineers interested in entering this field, such as Physics 614 and 615. An option of the curriculum in Engineering Physics dealing with Nuclear Physics is shown on page 64. Other courses which deal with Nuclear Engineer­ ing are listed on page 152.

PETROLEUM ENGINEERING (See under Chemical Engineering) C u r r i c u l a 65

ENGINEERING PHYSICS—FIVE-YEAR CURRICULUM The following curriculum indicates the requirements for the degrees Bachelor of Science in Physics and Master of Science. For the latter the student must fulfill the extra requirements shown in the fourth and fifth years and on page 31. FIRST YEAR (For First Year Requirements see page 36)

OPTION I (GENERAL PHYSICS)

SECOND YEAR Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Mathematics (541) 5 Mathematics (542) 5 Mathematics (543) 5 Calculus Calculus Calculus Physics (431) Physics (432) 5 Physics (436) 5 Mechanics Heat, Sound and Light Electricity and Magnetism Political Science (599) Physics (435) 4 Economics (404) 3 Introduction to Electricity andMagnetism Principles of Economics Political Science Military or Air Science 2 for Engineers Military or Air Science 2 Economics (403) 3 Military or Air Science 2 Music (404 or 405) 3 Principles of Economics Electrical Engineering (503) 3 or Fine Arts (494) 3 for Engineers Introduction to Circuit Analysis

Total 18 Total 19 Total 18

THIRD YEAR Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Mathematics (611) 5 Mathematics (601) 5 Mathematics (661) 5 Differential Equations Advanced Calculus Electrical Engineering (636) 3 Electrical Engineering (631) 3 Electrical Engineering (632) 3 Circuit Theory of Alternating Current Alternating Current Electronic Devices Circuits I Circuits II Electrical Engineering (666) 2 Electrical Engineering (662) 2 Electrical Engineering (663) 2 Electronics Laboratory I .Circuits Laboratory I Circuits Laboratory II Technical Elective 3 Physics (601) 3 Physics (608) 3 ••Non-technical Elective 3 Intermediate Physical Intermediate Electricity Physics (603) 3 Mechanics and Magnetism Intermediate Heat ••Non-technical Elective 6 Physics (614) 3 Introduction to Modern Physics ••Non-technical Elective 3

Total 19 Total 19 Total

FOURTH YEAR Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Physics (605) 3 Mineralogy (501) 3 *“600” or “700" Physics 9 Geometrical Optics Crystallography and Option Engineering Mechanics (521) 5 Descriptive Mineralogy Engineering Mechanics (607) 3 Statics Engineering Mechanics (602) 5 Dynamics Technical Elective 3 Strength of Materials •Technical Elective 3 •Physics (702) 3 Physics (606) 3 English (519) 3 Kinetic Theory of Gases Introductory Physical Technical Writing ♦Physics (709) 3 Optics Wave Motion and Sound •Physics (727) 3 or Methods of Quantum •Physics (726) 3 Mechanics I Methods of Theoretical Technical Elective 5 Physics

Total 17 Total 19 Total 18 * These specific courses may carry credit in the Graduate School as may any course in Physics, Chemistry, Mathematics, or Engineering listed in the Graduate School Bulletin as open for credit to candidates for the M.Sc. degree in Physics. Not more than fifteen hours of graduate credit can be earned in the fourth year. •• Non-technical electives are to be chosen by the student with the consent of the adviser. A foreign language may be advisable for those planning to continue in graduate study. 66 C o l l e g e o p E n g i n e e r i n g

FIFTH YEAR (For B.Sc. in Phyg. degree only) Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter •Chemistry (681) 8 •Chemistry (682) 8 •Chemistry (688) 8 Physical Chemistry Physical Chemistry Physical Chemistry •Physics (718) 8 ••Non-technical Elective 5 •Technical Elective 6 Modern Atomic Spectra ♦Technical Elective 6 •Physics (719) 8 ••Non-technical Elective 5 •Physics (721) 3 Spectra and Structure •Technical Elective 6 Fundamentals of of Molecules Survey of Engineering (601) 1 Nuclear Physics ••Non-technical Elective 6 Senior Assembly •Physics (720) 3 X-rays and Atomic Structure Total 18 Total 17 Total 17 N O TE: “ 600” or “ 700” Physics Option applies to any Physics course in the “ 600” or “ 700” groups which is open to Physics majors. These options must be approved by adviser in the Physics Department. A student should elect at least two Quarters of Physics 616 among theBe options.

OPTION n (ELECTRICAL PHYSICS)

SECOND YEAR Same as Option I.

THIRD YEAR Same as Option I.

FOURTH YEAR Same as Option I except for the substitution of Electrical Engineering Option, three (3) credit hours each Quarter, for Technical Elective in Winter and Spring Quarters and except for substitution of Physics 610-3 for Technical elective in Autumn Quarter.

FIFTH YEAR (For B.Sc. in Phys. degree only) Same as Option I.

ENGINEERING PHYSICS— FIVE-YEAR CURRICULUM

OPTION III (NUCLEAR PHYSICS)

SECOND YEAR (Same as Option I)

THIRD YEAR

Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Mathematics (611) 5 Mathematics (601) 5 Mathematics (661) 6 Differential Equations Advanced Calculus Vector Analysis Physics (601) 8 Physics (608) 3 Physics (603) 8 Intermediate Mechanics Intermediate Electricity Intermediate Heat Electrical Engineering (631) 3 and Magnetism Physics (615) 3 Alternating Current Electrical Engineering (632) 3 Introduction to Nuclear Circuits I Alternating Current Physics Electrical Engineering (662) 2 Circuits II Electrical Engineering (636) 3 Circuits Laboratory I Electrical Engineering (663) 2 Circuit Theory of ••Non-technical Elective 6 Circuits Laboratory II Electronic Devices Physics (614) 3 Electrical Engineering (666) 2 Introduction to Electronics Laboratory Modern Physics ••Non-technical Elective 3 **Non-technical Elective 3

Total 19 Total 19 Total 19 * These specific courses may carry credit in the Graduate School as may any course in Physics, Chemistry, Mathematics, or Engineering listed in the Graduate School Bulletin as open for credit to candidates for the M.Sc. degree in Physics. Not more than fifteen hours of graduate credit can be earned in the fourth year. ** Non-technical electives are chosen by the student with the consent of the adviser. A foreign language may be advisable for those planning to continue in graduate study. C u r r i c u l a 67

FOURTH YEAR Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter •Physics (702) 3 *“ 600” or “ 700” Physics 3 •Physics (633) 3 Kinetic Theory of Gases Option Nucleonic Measurements Physics (616) 3 •Physics (727) 3 and Instrumentation Advanced Physical Methods of Quantum •Physics (728) 3 Laboratory Mechanics I Methods of Quantum ♦Chemistry (681) 3 •Chemistry (682) 3 Mechanics II Physical Chemistry Physical Chemistry •Chemistry (683) 3 Engineering Mechanics (521) 5 Engineering Mechanics (602) 5 Physical Chemistry Statics Strength of Materials Engineering Mechanics (610) 3 •Physics (709) 3 Physics (606) 3 Mechanics of Fluids Wave Motion and Sound Introduction to English (519) 3 or Physical Optics Technical Writing •Physics (726) 3 Methods of Theoretical Physics Total 17 Total 17 Total 15

FIFTH YEAR (For B.Sc. degree only) Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter •Physics (712) 3 ♦Physics (721) 8 ♦Physics (728) S Fundamentals of Fundamentals of Nuclear Nuclear Reactors and Electricity and Magnetism Physics Neutron Physics ♦Physics (718) 8 Mechanical Engr. (736) 6 ♦Mechanical Engr. (755) 8 Modern Atomic Machine Design Nuclear Power Plants Spectroscopy ♦Technical Elective 5 •Technical Elective 8 Mechanical Engr. (611) 3 ♦♦Non-technical Elective 5 ♦♦Non-technical Elective 5 Heat Transfer •Physics (709) 8 Wave Motion and Sound

♦Physics (726) 8 Methods of Theoretical Physics ••Non-technical Elective 5 Engineering Survey (501) 1 Total 18 Total 18 Total 19

(For B.Sc. in Phys. and M.Sc. degrees for all Options) Candidates for the two degrees, B.Sc. in Physics and M.Sc. must complete all the require­ ments for a Master’s degree in Physics stated in the Graduate School Bulletin; these include passing the departmental written examination and the completion of a satisfactory thesis under Physics 950 which is substituted for a minimum of six (6) credit hours of Physics Option or Technical Electives. NON-TECHNICAL ELECTIVES The non-technical electives provided in the third, fourth and fifth years of all curricula must be chosen, with the consent of the advisers, from courses offered in the following areas with the exception of those courses whose descriptions or titles indicate that they are specifically for engineers: Astronomy, Bacteriology, Botany, Economics, English, Fine Arts, Foreign Languages, General Studies, Geography, Geology (except in Mining and Petroleum Engineering), History, International Studies, Journalism, Music, Philosophy, Political Science, Psychology, Social Administration, Sociology, Speech, and Zoology and Entomology.

WELDING ENGINEERING—FIVE-YEAR CURRICULUM The following curriculum indicates the requirements for the degrees Bachelor of Welding Engineering and Master of Science. For the latter, the student must fulfill the extra requirements shown in the fourth and fifth year and on page 31. FIRST YEAR (For First Year Requirements see page 36) * These specific courses may carry credit in the Graduate School as may any course in Physics, Chemistry, Mathematics, or Engineering listed in the Graduate School Bulletin as open for credit to candidates for the M.Sc. degree in Physics. Not more than fifteen hours of graduate credit can be earned in the fourth year. ** Non-technical electives are chosen by the student with the consent of the adviser. A foreign language may be advisable for those planning to continue in graduate study. 68 C o l l e g e o f E n g i n e e r i n g

SECOND YEAR

Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Mathematics (541) 5 Mathematics (642) 6 Mathematics (648) I Calculus Calculus Calculus Physics (431) 5 Physics (482) 5 Physics (488) 6 Mechanics Heat, Sound and Light Electricity and Non-Technical Elective 3 Industrial Engineering (519) 6 Magnetism Economics (408) 8 Manufacturing Processes Metallurgical (560) 4 Principles Economics (404) 8 Engineering Military or Air Science 2 Principles Metallography Military or Air Science 2 Psychology (601) 8 Psychological Problems in Engineering Military or Air Science 2

Total 18 Total 18 Total 18

THIRD YEAR

Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Engineering Mechanics (621) 6 Engineering Mechanics (602) 6 Engineering Mechanics (605) 8 Statics Strength of Materials Strength of Materials Mineralogy (605) 4 Electrical Engineering (648) 4 Electrical Engineering (644) 4 Thermochemical Electrical Engineering Industrial Electronics Electrical Engineering (642) 4 Metallurgical (630) 8 and Controls Electrical Engineering Engineering Metallurgical (631) 8 Mathematics (608) 8 Physical Metallurgy I Engineering Advanced Engineering Engineering Mechanics (607) 3 Physical Metallurgy II Mathematics I Dynamics Mechanical Engr. (601) 8 Non-technical Elective 8 Non-technical Elective 8 Thermodynamics Welding Engineering (610) 4 Applied Engineering Analysis

Total 19 Total 18 Total 18

Summer Quarter Welding Engineering (649) 6 (Practical Experience in a Welding Organization)

FOURTH YEAR

Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Mechanical Engr. (727) 6 Mechanical Engr. (783) 3 Mechanical Engr. (748) 8 Machine Design Machine Design Machine Design Welding Engineering (701) 4 Welding Engineering (702) 4 Welding Engineering (708) 4 Physics of Welding Principles of Resistance Non-Destructive Testing Engineering Mechanics (718) 3 Welding Civil Engineering (741) 3 Advanced Strength of Civil Engineering (711) 8 Stress Analysis II Materials Elementary Structural Welding Engineering (742) 4 Welding Engineering (789) 4 Engineering Application of Welding Principles of Welding Welding Engineering (741) 5 Engineering Metallurgical (632) 4 Theory o f Welding Non-technical Elective 5 Engineering Non-Technical Elective 8 Physical Metallurgy

Total 20 Total 18 Total l» Welding Engineering (640) 2 Inspection Trip

Summer Quarter Welding Engineering (649) 6 (Practical Experience in a Welding Industry) C u r r i c u l a 69

FIFTH YEAR

Autumn Quarter Winter Quarter Spring Quarter Welding Engineering (748) 6 Welding Engineering (744) 6 Welding Engineering (746) 6 Welding Design Welding Design Welding Design Industrial Engr. (798b) t Industrial Engineering (771) 8 Industrial Engineering (714) 3 Advanced Studies in Safety Engineering Time and Motion Study Industrial Engineering Technical Elective 4 Technical Elective 8 Technical Elective 8 Non-technical Elective 5 Non-technical Elective 6 Non-technical Elective 5 Survey of Engineering (601) 1 Senior Assembly

Total 17 Total 17 Total 17 Welding Engineering (740) 2 Inspection Trip

Combined B.W.E. and M.Sc. Program

Students planning to become candidates for both the Bachelor of Welding Engineering and Master of Science degrees will follow the same curriculum for the first four years as that for the B.W.E. degree, except as noted below:

Third Year eight (8) hours of additional Non-technical electives are required. Fourth Year—eight (8) hours of additional Non-technical electives are required.

Candidates for both the B.W.E. and M.Sc. degrees will take not less than forty-flve (46) hours of graduate work in courses not included in the curriculum for the B.W.E. degree. Graduate registration in courses Welding Engineering 743, 744, and 746, a total o f fifteen (16) hours, is required. The graduate program of each student will be planned in consultation with the adviser, and such technical electives will be assigned as seem necessary to fully develop the area of graduate study. The last four Quarters of work will be devoted to graduate study only. The general outline of the last four Quarters of work is as follows:

Fourth year—Summer Quarter

Technical Electives 15 hours

16

Fifth year—Autumn Quarter

Welding Engineering 743 5 hours Technical Elective 10 hours

15

Winter Quarter

Welding Engineering 744 5 hours Technical Elective 5 hours Welding Engineering 950 5 hours

15

Spring Quarter

Welding Engineering 745 6 hours Technical Elective 5 hours Welding Engineering 950 5 hours

15 70 C o l l e g e o f E n g i n e e r i n g

SUMMARY OF CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE BACHELOR OF WELDING ENGINEERING AND MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREES B.W.E. B.W.E. M.Sc. Chemistry 404, 405, 406 12 hrs. 12 hrs. Civil Engineering 711, 741 6 6 Economics 403, 404 6 6 Electrical Engineering 642, 643, 644 12 12 Engineering Drawing 401, 403, 405 12 12 Engineering Mechanics 521, 602, 605, 607, 713 19 19 English 416, 417, 418 9 9 Industrial Engineering 519, 714, 771, 798b 14 6 Mathematics 421, 422, 440, 541, 542, 643, 608 33 33 Mechanical Engineering 601, 727, 733, 743 16 16 Metallurgical Engineering 560, 630, 631, 632 14 14 Military Science 12 12 Mineralogy 605 4 4 Physical Education 400, 401, 402, 403 4 4 Physics 431, 432, 433 15 15 Psychology 601 8 8 Survey of Engineering 401, 402, 501 3 8 Welding Engineering 610, 701, 702, 703, 739, 741, 742 29 29 743, 744, 745 16 16* Non-Technical Electives 83 83 Technical Electives 10 36* Welding Engineering 950 10* Off-Campus Industrial Experience. Welding Engineering 449, 649 12 449 6 Industry Inspection Trip, Welding Engineering 640, 740 4 4

Total 297 317 * Graduate Registration.

TECHNICAL ELECTIVES

All technical electives must be approved by the advisor.

NON-TECHNICAL ELECTIVES

The non-technical electives provided in the fourth and fifth years of all curricula must be chosen, with the consent of the advisers, from courses offered in the following areas with the exception of those courses whose descriptions or titles indicate that they are specifically for engineers: Astronomy, Bacteriology, Botany, Economics, English, Fine Arts, Foreign Languages, General Studies, Geography, Geology, History, International Studies, Journalism, Music, Phi­ losophy, Political Science, Psychology, Social Administration, Sociology, Speech, and Zoology.

FLIGHT TRAINING The Engineering College recognizes that flight training courses are desirable for engineering students and they are permitted to enroll in these courses after the freshman year. Not more than five hours credit may be counted toward the non-technical elective requirements for a degree. IX. DEPARTMENTS OF INSTRUCTION

ACCOUNTING Office, 452 Hagerty Hall

PROFESSOR McCOY AND STAFF 405. Outline of Accounting. Five credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Winter. Five class meetings each week. Mr. Grimstad, Mr. Lyle. A general survey of the principles of accounting and their application in modern business. Points emphasized are: use of accounting for information and control; the double-entry theory and the mechanics of bookkeeping; account classification; determination of profits; problems of valuation; presentation and analysis of financial and operating statements. The course is intended for students who major interest is in fields other than accounting; it will serve, however, as preparation for a limited amount of specialized study in the problems of mercantile, manufacturing, and institutional accounting.

624. Factory Costa. Five credit hours. One Quarter. Winter and Spring. Five class meetings each week. Prerequisite, Accounting 401-402 or 405. Not open to students taking Accounting 603-604. Mr. Cox, Mr. Brush. This course is intended primarily for students whose major interest is in fields other than accounting. The methods of accumulating material, labor, and expense costs for job order and process cost accounting are studied. Joint and by-product costs as well as standard costs are considered. The place and value of cost reports and the relationship of the cost department to other business departments are discussed.

AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING Office, 108 Engineering Annex B

PROFESSORS VON ESCHEN AND EDSE, ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS MALLETT, TIFFORD AND LEE, ASSISTANT PROFESSOR CHU, MR. SUTTON, MR. LANE, AND MR. STURMS 610. Aircraft Stress Analysis. Five credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Five class hours each week. Aeronautical Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Mechanics 602 and Mathematics 608. A study of the fundamentals of the determination of aircraft loads and the resulting stresses in the components.

641. Practical Experience in Aviation. Five credit hours. This practical experience shall be in the field of aviation and shall be acquired at an estab­ lished aircraft plant or an active airport. A satisfactory report shall be submitted by each student describing and analyzing the work accomplished. The receiving of credit will be de» pendent upon the previous approval of the work assignment and the company or facilities to be used. If a student has had more than twelve months of experience prior to the scheduled period, he may be permitted to submit a report on that experience in lieu of satisfaction of the above requirement.

642. Introductory Aeronautics. Four credit hours. Winter Quarter. Four class hours each week. Aeronautical Engineering, third year. Pre­ requisite, Mathematics 608 and Physics 433. An intermediate treatment of the various elements of aeronautical engineering to give an over-all view of the field.

673. Applied Aerodynamics. Five credit hours. Spring Quarter. Five class hours each week. Aeronautical Engineering, third year. Prerequisite, Aeronautical Engineering 642. A study of the fundamentals of aircraft performance and static stability. 71 72 C o l l e g e o f E n g i n e e r i n g 691. Introductory Mathematical Aeronautics. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Three recitations each week. Aeronautical Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Mathematics 608, 609, 622 and 624. Technique of analysis of engineering problems. Application of differential equations, com­ plex variable theory, and vector analysis to selected problems in Aeronautical Engineering.

698. Special Studies in Aeronautical Engineering. Three to five credit hours each Quarter, with a total of fifteen hours credit in the course. Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters. Prerequisite, consent of the department. Special studies in Aeronautical Engineering are undertaken to satisfy various non-recurring needs for aeronautical subject matter outside of the normal course structure of the department. Not open for graduate credit.

704. Rotating Wing Aircraft. Three to five credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three to five class hours each week. Prerequisite, Aeronautical Engineering 673. Rotating wing aircraft theory and principles, autorotation, autogyros, helicopters.

706. Ideal Aerodynamics. Five credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Five class hours each week. Aeronautical Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Mathe­ matics 608, 609, 622 and 624. A study of the fundamentals of the aerodynamics of non-viscous incompressible flows.

707. Aerodynamics. Five credit hours. Winter Quarter. Five class hours each week. Aeronautical Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Aeronautical Engineering 706. A study of the fundamentals of the aerodynamics of compressible and viscous fluids.

710. Aircraft Structures. Five credit hours. Spring Quarter. Five class hours each week. Prerequisite, Aeronautical Engineering 610. A study of stresses and deflections in aircraft structures.

713. Aeronautical Laboratory. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. One lecture hours and two three-hour laboratory periods each week. Prerequisite, Aeronautical Engineering 610, 707, and 760. Demonstration and practice in the use of wind tunnel for determination of aerodynamic coefficients, airflow over aerodynamic shapes, and airplane stability. Structural static and dynamfc testing methods. Inspection, demonstration, and use of modern laboratory equipment at nearby aeronautical establishments.

716. Unsteady Aerodynamics. Five credit hours. Winter Quarter. Five class hours each week. Aeronautical Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Mathematics 608, 609, 622, and 624, Aeronautical Engineering 706. Theory of oscillating airfoils, unsteady loads, gust loading.

724. Aircraft Stability and Control. Five credit hours. Winter Quarter. Five class hours each week. Aeronautical Engineering, fifth year. Prerequi­ site, Aeronautical Engineering 673, Engineering Mechanics 617, and Mathe­ matics 608. A study of the fundamentals of the dynamic stability and control of aircraft.

731. Aircraft Design Laboratory. Two credit hours. Winter Quarter. Two three-hour laboratory periods each week. Aeronautical Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Aeronautical Engineering 610. Structural design and analysis of semi-monocoque structures, aircraft truss and beam design. Familiarization with CAA. Air Force, and Navy design specifications. Static demon­ strations. 732. Aircraft Design Laboratory. Two credit hours. Winter Quarter. Two three-hour laboratory periods each week. Aeronautical Engineering, fifth year. Prerequisite, Aeronautical Engineering 745 and 731. Design of semi-tension field spars. Complete load determination, design and analyaia o f an aircraft component. Static and dynamic testing. A eronautical E n g i n e e r i n g 73 740. Preliminary Design of Aircraft. Three credit hours. Spring Quar­ ter. One class hour and two three-hour laboratory periods. Aeronautical Engi­ neering, fifth year. Prerequisite, Aeronautical Engineering 673, 707, and 760. Aerodynamic design and layout of aircraft to meet performance, utility, and space re­ quirements using CAA, Air Force, and Navy standards and specifications. Analytical proof of compliance 745. Aircraft Design. Five credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Five class hours each week. Aeronautical Engineering, fifth year. Prerequisite, Aeronautical Engineering 610 and 731. Stresses due to dynamic loading. Evaluation of aircraft structural life. Fatigue. Struo- tural effects due to heating. 754. Aircraft Flutter and Vibration I. Five credit hours. Winter Quarter. Five class hours each week. Aeronautical Engineering, fifth year. Prerequi­ site, Aeronautical Engineering 716 and 691 and Engineering Mechanics 617. Mathematical techniques of aircraft flutter and vibration analysis. The aerodynamics of flutter.

755. Aircraft Flutter and Vibration II. Five credit hours. Spring Quar­ ter. Five class hours each week. Aeronautical Engineering, fifth year. Pre­ requisite, Aeronautical Engineering 691 and 610, Engineering Mechanics 617. The structural aspects of aircraft flutter and vibration analysis. 760. Modern Aircraft Propulsion. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Three class hours each week. Aeronautical Engineering, fourth year. Pre­ requisite, Mechanical Engineering 601 and Aeronautical Engineering 642. Introductory course in basic principles of propulsion, engine-propeller combination, rocket, ramjet, Schmidt tube, gas turbine, turbojet. 762. Non-Rotating Propulsion Units. Five credit hours. Winter Quarter. Five class hours each week. Aeronautical Engineering, fifth year. Prerequisite, Aeronautical Engineering 707. Introduction to the theoretical basis and methods for obtaining performance estimates of rockets, ramjets, and pulse jets. 765. Combustion in Jet Engines. Five credit hours. Spring Quarter. Five class hours each week. Aeronautical Engineering, fifth year. Prerequisite, Aeronautical Engineering 707 or equivalent. The chemical addition of heat to fluids in gas turbine, ramjet, and rocket propulsion units. 770. Theoretical Aerodynamics. Three to five credit hours. Spring Quar­ ter. Three to five class hours each week. Prerequisite, Aeronautical Engineer­ ing 706. Stream function, circulation and vorticity, velocity potential, conformal transformation, two, and three-dimensional airfoil theories, flow around airfoils, wind tunnel interference effects, propeller theory and cascade theory. 772. Theory of Compressible Flow. Five credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Five class hours each week. Aeronautical Engineering, fifth year. Prerequi­ site, Aeronautical Engineering 707. Two-dimensional compressible aerodynamics including the methods of characteristics and linearization in supersonic flows. Supersonic flow past conical bodies. 773. Advanced Aerodynamics. Five credit hours. Winter Quarter. Five class hours each week. Aeronautical Engineering, fifth year. Prerequisite, Aeronautical Engineering 772. Some three-dimensional supersonic flow phenomena. Subsonic, transonic, and supersonic flow about aircraft wings and bodies. 775. Aerodynamics of a Viscous Fluid I. Three to five credit hours. Au­ tumn Quarter. Three to five class hours each week. Prerequisite, Aeronautical Engineering 707 or equivalent. Viscosity, stress and strain in fluids, Navier-Stokes equation and solution, boundary layers, turbulence, application to drag. 74 C o l l e g e o f E n g i n e e r i n g 776. Aerodynamics of a Viscous Fluid II. Three to five credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three to five class hours each week. Prerequisite, Aeronautical Engineering 775 or equivalent. The theoretical concepts and methods o f determining: the physical characteristics o f the turbulent boundary layer as developed since the days of Osborne Reynolds. 777. Superaerodynamics. Three to five credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three to five class hours each week. Prerequisite, Aeronautical Engineering 707. Mean free path. Maxwell’s velocity distribution law, viscosity, thermal conduction, viscous slip, Maxwell’s theory of slip, free-molecule viscosity, flow through tubes, temperature jump, ac­ commodation coefficient, slip flow and free molecule flow at low Mach numbers, free molecul* flow at high Mach numbers, free molecule flow over an inclined plate. 783. Analytical Study of Rocket Trajectories. Three to five credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three to five class hours each week. Prerequisite, Mathematics 608, 622 and Engineering Mechanics 617 or equivalent. Derivation and solution of the equations of motion for various cases of trajectories and orbits. Multi-stage rockets. 798. Advanced Studies in Aeronautical Engineering. Two to ten credit hours each Quarter, with a total of fifteen hours credit in the course. Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters. Prerequisite, consent of the department. All instructors. The course covers special advanced topics in aeronautical engineering with the specific area under consideration announced from Quarter to Quarter. 799. Special Problems in Advanced Aeronautical Engineering. Two to ten hours each Quarter with a total of fifteen hours credit in the course. Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters. Prerequisite, senior standing and the consent of the department. All instructors. This course is designed to give the advanced student opportunity to pursue special studies in Aeronautical Engineering. Work may be taken under one or more of the special topics of the field, ineluding: Aircraft structures, aerodynamics, propulsion, flutter and vibration, and sta­ bility and control. FOR GRADUATES An undergraduate student shall not be permitted to take any course in the “ 800” or “ 900" group except by permission of the Graduate Council. 821-822-823. Dynamic Stability of Aircraft. Three to five credit hours each. 821, Autumn Quarter; 822, Winter Quarter; 823, Spring Quarter. Pre­ requisite, six credit hours in aerodynamics, differential equations, and permis­ sion of the instructor. A study of longitudinal and lateral stability and control of aircraft. 829. Advanced Study of the Dynamic Stability of Aircraft. Three to five credit hours. Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters. 841-842-843. Advanced Aircraft Structures. Three to five credit hours each. 841, Autumn Quarter; 842, Winter Quarter; 843, Spring Quarter. Pre­ requisite, Aeronautical Engineering 745 and permission of the instructor. An advanced study of aircraft structural analysis and design. 849. Advanced Study of Aircraft Structures. Three to five credit hours. Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters. 851-852-853. Advanced Flutter and Vibration Study. Three to five credit hours each. 851, Autumn Quarter; 852, Winter Quarter; 853, Spring Quarter. Three to five class hours each week. Prerequisite, Aeronautical Engineering 755. Aerodynamic forces of oscillating airfoils and wings, solution of Bessel functions, aero­ dynamic instability involving potential flow and the Kutta condition. Mechanism of flutter, effects of finite span, section shape deviations from potential flow, bending and twisting of actual wings. Flutter velocity. 859. Advanced Study of Aircraft Flutter and Vibration. Three to five credit hours. Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters. A eronautical E n g i n e e r i n g 75 861-862-863. Advanced Theory of Aircraft Propulsion. Three to five credit hours each. 861, Autumn Quarter; 862, Winter Quarter; 863, Spring Quarter. Three to five class hours each week. Prerequisite, Aeronautical Engineering 762. Mathematical theory o f addition o f heat to compressible fluids. Combustion chamber desiirn. Theory of diffusers and nozzles. Theory of airfoil cascade. Propeller theory. Fundamentals of nuclear aircraft power plants. Exhaustive study of rocket ramjet and pulsejet systems.

869. Advanced Study of Aircraft Propulsion. Three to five credit hours. Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters. 871-872-873. Advanced Aerodynamics. Three to five credit hours each. 871, Autumn Quarter; 872, Winter Quarter; 873, Spring Quarter. Three to five class hours each week. Prerequisite, Aeronautical Engineering 770, 773, or 776 and permission of the instructor. Advanced study of incompressible, compressible, and viscous flows. J874-875-876. Advanced Compressible Flow. Three credit hours each. 874, Autumn Quarter; 875, Winter Quarter; 876, Spring Quarter.

879. Advanced Study of Theoretical Aerodynamics. Three to five credit hours. Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters.

950. Research in Aeronautical Engineering. Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters.

AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING Office, 105 Ives Hall

PROFESSORS MILLER, SCHWAB, AND BARDEN, ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR JOHNSON, ASSISTANT PROFESSOR LAMP, MR. WARNER, MR. HARKNESS, MR. HUBER 412. Engineering Problems in Agriculture. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Three lecture discussion periods each week. Professional agricultural engineers only. Staff. An orientation course in agricultural engineering problems relating to crop production, storage, animal housing, conservation, drainage, and the farm home. 501. Field Machinery. Five credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three one- hour recitations and two two-hour laboratory periods each week. Prerequisite, Physics 431. Professional agricultural engineers only. Mr. Warner. The application of engineering principles in the design and operation of agricultural tillage, planting, and weed control equipment. Practice in identification and application of engineering fundamentals through a systematic study and analysis of these principles as applied to the several types o f farm equipment. 508. Practical Experience in Agricultural Engineering. Five credit hours. Ten weeks practical work prior to the fifth year. Professional agricultural engineers only. Prerequisite, permission of the instructor. Staff. 514. Inspection Trip. Two credit hours. Taken the week before the opening of the Autumn Quarter. Prerequisite, fifth year standing. Mr. Lamp. This trip will include some of the leading agricultural, engineering, manufacturing, research, and service agencies in central United States. A satisfactory written report of the trip is required. 515. Farm Structure Ventilation. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three class meetings each week. Prerequisite, eight credit hours in Agricultural Engineering. Mr. Miller. The special application of principles and practices of ventilation, insulation, and heat to farm structures. The design, construction, and operation of ventilation systems with unheated air for livestock shelters and crop storage is given special consideration. It includes the design of systems for drying or conditioning farm crops in storage, such as the mow curing of hay with forced ventilation and the use of heat in drying seed com. ± Given at Wright Field. 76 C o l l e g e o f E n g i n e e r i n g 516. Farm Structures. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three two- hour lecture and laboratory periods each week. Prerequisite, Mathematics 422, Engineering Drawing 401. Professional agricultural engineers, second year. Mr. Miller. An analysis of the building needs in farming correlated with a study of the problem® of obtaining and maintaining adequate farm structures. Practice in the design of buildings to meet the needs of different types of farm production programs. 517. Soil and Water Management. Five credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Four one-hour recitations and one three-hour laboratory period each week. Professional agricultural engineers only. Prerequisite, Agronomy 501 (or concurrent) and Civil Engineering 412 or equivalent. Mr. Schwab. Engineering principles of land drainage and erosion control practices applicable to an individual farm. Characteristics and analysis of hydrologic data. Land clearing. 520. Farm Power. Five credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three one-hour recitations and two two-hour laboratory periods each week. Professional agricultural engineers. Prerequisite, Agricultural Engineering 501. Mr. Lamp. A study of the various physical principles involved in meeting the functional requirement* for an efficient source of farm power. Emphasis is placed upon design. Includes speed, power, motion, and thermal efficiency studies as they are applied to the farm tractor. 600. Farm and Home Safety. One credit hour. Spring Quarter. Mr. Barden. A conference hour to discuss causes of accidents and formulate methods for conducting farm and home safety programs. The seminar is designed for students interested in vocational agriculture, home economics, county extension, soil conservation service, and farm organization work. 612. Farm Structures Design. Five credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three recitations and two two-hour laboratory periods each week. Prerequisite, Agricultural Engineering 516 and Engineering Mechanics 602. Mr. Miller. Design of building programs for farms, coordinating the engineering, agricultural and social science factors. The design and details of construction for building units and the entire farmstead. Laboratory tests in sanitary features such as ventilation, water supply and heating factors. 613. Advanced Farm Power Equipment. Five credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Three one-hour recitations and two three-hour laboratory periods each week. Prerequisite, Agricultural Engineering 520, and Engineering Me­ chanics 607. Mr. Lamp. A study of the design and use of agricultural harvesting equipment. Power and design re­ quirements necessary for efficient performance are studied under laboratory and field conditions. 617. Soil and Water Conservation Engineering. Five credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three one-hour recitations, two three-hour laboratory periods each week. Prerequisite, Agricultural Engineering 517, Agronomy 608 and Engi­ neering Mechanics 610. Mr. Schwab. Design of irrigation systems, gully control structures, vegetated waterways, farm ponds, drainage ditches, and flood reduction structures. Headwater flood control. Pumps and pumping. 619. Electricity in Agriculture. Five credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three one-hour lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods each week. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 642. Professional agricultural engineers. A study of the application of the fundamental principles of electricity to the farmstead. Special emphasis will be given to the application of electricity to the power, heat, and light prob­ lems of agriculture. Not open for graduate credit. 702-703. Advanced Engineering Problems in Agriculture. Three to five *redit hours. Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters. Prerequisite, an appro­ priate “ 600” course in the area of the problem, and permission of the instruc­ tor. Open to students registered in the agricultural engineering curriculum. All instructors. Designed to provide work on problems that are not included in regular courses. Practice in the development, organization, solution, and report of a problem of the student’s choosing. A eronautical E n g i n e e r i n g 77 798. Advanced Studies in Agricultural Engineering. Three to six credit hours. All Quarters. This course may be repeated to a total of eighteen credit hours. Prerequisite, permission of the instructor. All instructors. Advanced topics in agricultural engineering. The specific areas given consideration will be announced in the Quarter previous to the one in which the course is to be offered.

FOR GRADUATES An undergraduate student shall not be permitted to take any course in the “800” group except by permission of the Graduate Council.

801. Seminar in Agricultural Engineering. Two credit hours. Autumn, Winter, Spring. May be repeated for a maximum of six credit hours. Required of all graduate students majoring in agricultural engineering. Graduate faculty. For other courses in Agricultural Engineering, see the bulletin of the College of Agriculture. For description of graduate courses in this department see the Bulletin of the Graduate School.

AIR SCIENCE Office, 307 Military Science Building

COLONEL HOLLSTEIN AND STAFF

A Senior Unit of the Air Force Reserve Officers’ Training Corps is maintained at The Oh!*» State University. Students may elect Air Science to fulfill the Board of Trustees requirement for Military instruction. The primary objective of the Air Force ROTG is to develop in students those attributes of character, personality, and leadership required of an officer of the United States Air Force and to encourage interest in the essentials of good citizenship. Students who can qualify physically are eligible to apply for flying training upon graduation and commissioning. The curriculum in Air Science consists of two main divisions, Basic and Advanced. Basic Air Science is offered during the freshman and soDhomore years and meets the requirement established by the Board of Trustees for military instruction of all male students during the first six Quarters in residence. Basic Air Science courses, common to all freshman and sophomore students, provide instruction in Introduction to AFROTC; Introduction to Aviation; Funda­ mentals of Global Geography; International Tensions and Security Organizations; Military Instruments of National Security; Elements of Aerial Warfare; Careers in the United States Air Force; Basic Military Training. Advanced Air Science, normally scheduled during the junior and senior years, consists of six Quarters of instruction plus attendance at four weeks of summer camp, scheduled at the end of the junior year. Satisfactory completion of Basic Air Science or its equivalent is a prerequi­ site to Advanced Course enrollment. Final selection of Advanced students is based on the student’s record. Students enrolling in the Advanced course agree in writing to continue in the Air Force ROTC for the remainder of the course, devoting five hours each week to the prescribed training and to attend the required summer camp. An officer type “Air Force Blue” uniform is furnished each student. Advanced course students are paid approximately $27 a month. Trans­ portation, food, clothing, and medical care are provided students attending summer camp. The pay for summer camp duty is approximately $78. Air Science courses for the Advanced students provide instruction in : Air Force Commander and His Staff; Problem Solving; Communicating in the Air Force; Military Justice System; Weather and Navigation; Air Base Functions; Principles of Leadership and Management; Mili­ tary Aspects of World Political Geography; Career Guidance; Military Aviation and the Evolution of W arfare; Briefing for Commissioned Service, and Leadership Laboratory. Students formally enrolled in the Advanced Course and those in the Basic Course who express interest in and are qualified for Advanced Course enrollment are recommended for mili­ tary deferment from selective service induction. This deferment is effective until completion of the normal undergraduate course of instruction, provided the student continues his Air Force enrollment and maintains satisfactory academic progress toward graduation.

BASIC AIR SCIENCE <.FRESHMEN AND SOPHOMORES) 401-402-403. National Defense and the Air Force. Two credit hours each Quarter. Two hours recitation and one hour Leadership Laboratory. Leader­ ship Laboratory throughout the year in basic military training and funda­ mentals of drill and ceremonies. Staff. 78 C o l l e g e o f E n g i n e e r i n g 401. Introduction to AFROTC, Introduction to Aviation. First Quarter students. Autumn, Winter, Spring. 402. Military Instruments of National Security. Fundamentals of Global Geography. Second Quarter students. Autumn, Winter, Spring. 403. International Tensions and Security Organizations. Third Quarter students. Autumn, Winter, Spring.

501-502-503. Elements and Potentials of Air Power. Two credit hours each Quarter. Two hours recitation and one hour Leadership Laboratory. Leadership Laboratory throughout the year in basic military training and fundamentals of drill and ceremonies, emphasizing responsibilities of the non­ commissioned officer. Staff. 501. Fundamentals of a Career in the USAF, Introduction to Aerial War­ fare, Weapons. Fourth Quarter students. Autumn, Winter, Spring. 502. Targets, Aircraft. Fifth Quarter students. Autumn, Winter, Spring. 503. Aerial Operations, World-Wide System of Air Force Bases. Sixth Quarter students. Autumn, Winter, Spring.

ADVANCED AIR SCIENCE (JUNIORS AND SENIORS) Prerequisite to enrollment in the following courses is completion of Basic Air Science or equivalent and acceptance by the Air Science Department as an advanced course student.

601-602-603. The Air Force Officer in the Air Age. Three credit hour* each Quarter. Autumn (601), Winter (602), Spring (608). Four hours recita­ tion and one Leadership Laboratory. Leadership Laboratory throughout the year with cadet officers assuming positions of command for parades and ceremonies. Staff. 601. Introduction to Advanced AFROTC. Communicating in the Atr Force, Instructing in the Air Force. 602. Air Force Commander and his Staff, Creative Problem Solving, Mili­ tary Justice System. 603. Air Navigation, Weather, Air Force Base Functions.

701-702-703. Leadership and Air Power Concepts. Three credit hours each Quarter. Autumn and Winter (701), Winter and Spring (703). Four hours recitation and one hour Leadership Laboratory. Leadership Laboratory throughout the year with cadet officers assuming positions of command for parades and ceremonies. Staff. 701. Principles of Leadership and Management. *702. Military Aspects of World Political Geography will not be given. One-third of the Senior Air Science cadets will schedule Geography 710 each Quarter of the 1958-1959 school year in lieu of Air Science 702. 703. Career Gnidance, Military Aviation and the Evolution of Warfare, Briefing for Commissioned Service.

* Not given in 1958-1959. A rchitecture a n d L a n d s c a p e A rchitecture 79

ARCHITECTURE AND LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE Office, 106 Brown Hall

PROFESSORS WHITAKER, BAUMER (EMERITUS), CHUBB (EMERITUS), PHILLIAN. RONAN (EMERITUS), SUTTON, AND WILSON, ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS BORCHERS, CLARK, STOLLMAN, TILLEY. AND ZOELLY, ASSISTANT PROFESSORS CONNELL AND TOBEY, LECTURER PACKARD, MR. BIDDLE, MR. BRANDT, MR. DIPNER, MR. GUYER, MR. HAGELY, MR. NITSCHKE, MR. PASSE, MR. SCHACKNE The School of Architecture and Landscape Architecture offers professional programs in architecture and landscape architecture and a graduate program in city and regional planning. See the bulletin of the School of Architecture and Landscape Architecture for description of courses.

ASTRONOMY (See Physics and Astronomy)

BACTERIOLOGY Office, 210 Pharmacy and Bacteriology Building

PROFESSORS BIRKELAND, STAHLY, WEISER, ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS BALDWIN. RANDLES, ASSISTANT PROFESSOR MALANEY, AND ASSISTANTS 550. General Bacteriology. Five credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three class periods and three two-hour laboratory periods each week. Prerequisite, fifteen hours of chemistry and ten hours of biological science. Mr. Stahly, Mr. Weiser, Mr. Baldwin. The lectures deal with the morphology, classification, and physiology of microorganism*. The relation of microbial physiology to problems of soil, dairy, food, and sanitation is discussed. The laboratory provides exercises in staining, observing, culturing, and identifying micro­ organisms. Not open to students who have credit for Bacteriology 509 or 607.

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES According to the University regulations, courses in this group are not open to Freshmen or •Sophomores. These courses in bacteriology are open to advanced undergraduates and graduate students only. Prerequisite, fifteen hours of chemistry and ten hours of a biological science.

607. General Bacteriology. Five credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Three class periods, and three two-hour laboratory periods each week. May not be taken concurrently with Bacteriology 509. Mr. Stahly, Mr. Weiser, Mr. Randles, Mr. Baldwin, Mr. Malaney, and assistants. The lectures consider the morphology, physiology, and classification Of bacteria as well as some of their applications to everyday processes. The laboratory work provides experience in preparing media and in staining, observing, culturing, isolating, and identifying microorganisms. Not open to students majoring in bacteriology. Not open to students who have credit for Bacteriology 550.

634. Sanitary Bacteriology. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Two class periods and two two-hour laboratory periods each week. Prerequisite, Bacteriology 550 or 607. Mr. Weiser, Mr. Malaney, and assistants. The principles involved in water purification, including swimming pools, and municipal and industrial water supplies. The role of microorganisms in the treatment of sewage and industrial wastes. Emphasis is placed upon the role of sanitation and public health regulations in the con­ trol of infectious diseases transmitted through water and sewage. For courses in Bacteriology to be used as electives, see the Bulletin o f the College of Arts and Sciences. 80 C o l l e g e o f E n g i n e e r i n g

BOTANY AND PLANT PATHOLOGY Office, 102 Botany and Zoology Building

PROFESSORS MEYER, BLAYDES, ALLISON, YOUNG, TAFT, WILSON, ALEXANDER. GRAY, WOLFE, AND SWANSON, ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS WALLER, POPHAM, PADDOCK, AND BOHNING, ASSISTANT PROFESSORS LAMPE, JONES, WEISHAUPT, ELLETT, SCHMITTHENNER, GILBERT, SCHMITT, AND PLATT, INSTRUCTORS AND ASSISTANTS 401. General Botany. Five credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Five recitation periods each week. Staff and assistants. Plante as living organisms and as constituting a variously interrelated part of man’s en­ vironment. Basic processes and structures in green plants; their relations to factors in the environment, to the development of the various organs of a plant, to plant behavior, to th« existence of non-green plants and animals, and to the special energy and material needs of man. Frequent comparison of processes in plants with those in man. A continuing acquirement and application of scientific procedures through observations and discussions. No lectures.

402. General Botany. Five credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Five recitation periods each week. Prerequisite, Botany 401. Staff and assistants. A continuation of Botany 401 enriched by an ever broadening background of processes and interrelations. Reproduction in plants, the basic processes in heredity, heritable and non-heritable variations in plants (their causes, manner of occurrence, consequences, and the advantages man takes of them), the biological and economic relations of non-green planta, the various types of plants, the vegetation of a continent, plants in relation to conservation.

BUSINESS ORGANIZATION Offices, 352, 354 Hagerty Hall

PROFESSOR DONALDSON, ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR MINER, ASSISTANT PROFESSOR MARLOWE

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES According to the University regulations, courses in this group are not open to Freshmen or Sophomores. 622. Business Law for Engineers and Architects. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Winter and Spring. Mrs. Wilkins. A course in the law of contracts with especial reference to engineering and architectural problems and with incidental reference to certain other phases of the law that most closely affect the engineer and architect.

640. Corporate Organization and Control. Three credit hours. One Quar­ ter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Three class meetings each week. Prerequisite, Economics 402 or 404 or 406 or 507. Mr. Donaldson, Mr. Stone. Types of business enterprise; the corporation; rights, duties, obligations and liabilities of stockholders, directors, and officers. Not open to students who are taking or who have credit for Business Organization 650.

690. Personnel Management for Engineers. Four credit hours. Spring Quarter. Four class meetings each week. Required in the curriculum in Industrial Engineering. Prerequisite, Industrial Engineering 602. Mr. Schlender. Principles and practices of personnel management employed at supervisory and executive levels. Staff relationships of engineering personnel to personnel departments. Such topics as the following shall be considered: Selection, training, transfers and promotions, wage administra­ tion, morale maintenance, grievances and disciplinary practice, labor legislation, and informal employer-employee relationships. For other courses in Business Organization which may be elected by engi­ neering students see the Bulletin of the College of Commerce and Administra­ tion. C e r a m i c E n g i n e e r i n g 81

CERAMIC ENGINEERING Office, 126 Lord Hall

PROFESSORS EVERHART. CARRUTHERS, WATTS (EMERITUS), BOLE (EMERITUS). KING, KOENIG, BLAU, AND RUSSELL, AND ASSISTANT PROFESSOR SHEVLIN 430. Industrial Experience. Five credit hours. Summer Quarter. Ten weeks practical experience or its equivalent, including written report, in an approved factory manufacturing ceramic wares. Ceramic and Glass Engineer­ ing, third year.

511. Introduction to Ceramics. Two credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Two lectures. Ceramic and Glass Engineering, second year. Mr. Russell. An introduction to the history, scope and problems of the ceramic industry, the nature of ceramic materials and products, general manufacturing processes, ceramic terminology, and future possibilities.

512. Introduction to Ceramic Engineering. Two credit hours. Winter Quarter. Two lectures. Ceramic and Glass Engineering, second year. Mr. Everhart. An introduction to ceramic engineering, covering location, evaluation and mining of raw materials. Methods of preparation of materials and forming of same into ceramic products.

513. Introduction to Ceramic Technology. Two credit hours. Spring Quarter. Two lectures. Ceramic and Glass Engineering, second year. Mr, Russell. An introduction to ceramic technology covering ceramic minerals, geologic considerations, the nature and properties of clays, plasticity, colloidal phenomena, ceramic reactions and vitrification.

603. Elements of Ceramic Engineering. Five credit hours. Spring Quar­ ter. Five lectures. Ceramic and Glass Engineering, third year. Prerequisite, Chemistry 681. Mr. Carruthers. A study of the basic processes and equipment used in the ceramic industries, including grinding, separation, filtration, mixing, forming, and materials handling.

605. Ceramic Whitewares. Four credit hours. Winter Quarter. Four lectures. Ceramic Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Ceramic Engineer­ ing 615 and Mineralogy 605. Mr. Russell. A study of the nature of ceramic whitewares, including electrical and technical ceramics and ceramic glazes. Attention is directed to the fundamental aspects of individual materials, compositions and processes, and to thermochemical, structural, and related phenomena.

610. Refractories and Their Uses. Five credit hours. Spring Quarter. Five lectures. Ceramic and Glass Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, fourth year standing in the College of Engineering. Mr. King. Lecture on refractories, their physical and chemical composition* and properties, their utilization and testing.

615. Ceramic Calculations. Five credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Five recitations. Ceramic Engineering, third year. Prerequisite, Chemistry 422, Mr. King. Solution of chemical and physical problems involved in compounding ceramic mixtures. In­ cluding wet blending. Also introduction in development of series, containing one, two, mod three variables.

620. Physical and Chemical Measurements of Clays and Other Ceramic Materials. Five credit hours. Winter Quarter. Two recitations, eight labora­ tory hours. Ceramic Engineering, third year, Glass Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Ceramic Engineering 615 and Chemistry 681. Mr. King. Application of physical chemical laws to ceramic materials and compounds. Laboratory practice in determination of the essential physical and chemical properties of cerami? mixtures and compounds in the plastic, dry, vitrified, and fused states. 82 C o l l e g e o f E n g i n e e r i n g 625. General Glass Technology. Four credit hour*. Autumn Quarter. Two lectures, six laboratory hours. Glass Engineering, third year; Ceramic Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Chemistry 681 or taken concurrently. Mr. Blau. An introduction to commercial glasses from the viewpoints of their physical and chemical fundamental*!. Starting with simple soda-lime glasses, the roles of the constituents are illus­ trated experimentally and considered in relation to: (a) The formation of glasses; (b) The physical properties of glasses ; (c) Modern theories of the structure of glasses.

630. Junior Inspection Trip. Two credit hours. One week between Winter and Spring Quarters. Ceramic and Glass Engineering, third year. Mr. Car- rutherg, Mr. King, Mr. Russell. A class visit to various types of ceramic manufacturing plants in Ohio and adjacent states. The total expense per student need not exceed $65. A written report upon the work of th* trip ia required.

701. General Ceramic Technology. Four credit hours. Spring Quarter. Conference, library, and laboratory work. Ceramic Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Mineralogy 605, Ceramic Engineering 615, 620, and 605. Mr. Russell. Detailed studies with definite problems in applying ceramic technology to general ceramic processes.

702. Whitewares Technology. Four credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Con­ ference, library and laboratory work. Optional with Ceramic Engineering 709. Ceramic Engineering, fifth year. Prerequisite, Mineralogy 605, Ceramic Engi­ neering 615, 620, and 605. Mr. Russell. Detailed studies with definite problems in applying ceramic technology to whitewares. 703. Glaze and Color Technology. Four credit hours. Winter Quarter. Conference, library, and laboratory work. Ceramic Engineering, fifth year. Prerequisite, Mineralogy 605, Ceramic Engineering 605, 615, and 620. Mr. Russell. Detailed studies with definite problems in applying ceramic technology to glazes and colors. 705. Ceramic Equipment Design. Four credit hours. Autumn Quarter. One lecture, one quiz, six hours laboratory each week. Glass Engineering, fourth year, Ceramic Engineering, fifth year. Prerequisite, Ceramic Engineer­ ing 603 and Engineering Mechanics 602. Mr. Carruthers. Designing of clay plant structures and equipment such as buildings, bins, and retaining walls. Practical problems in structural design and storarre of clays. 706. Ceramic Equipment Design. Four credit hours. Winter Quarter. One lecture, one quiz, six laboratory hours each week. Ceramic Engineering, fifth year. Prerequisite, Ceramic Engineering 705. Mr. Carruthers. A continuation of Ceramic Engineering 705. Study of drying and fan problems and the design of driers. 707. Ceramic Equipment Design. Four credit hours. Spring Quarter. One lecture, one quiz, six hours of laboratory each week. Ceramic Engineering, fifth year. Prerequisite, Ceramic Engineering 706. Mr. Carruthers. A continuation of Ceramic Engineering 706. Study of firing and factory equipment prob­ lems and design of kilns and complete clay plants. 709. Refractories Technology. Four credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Con­ ference, library and laboratory work. Optional with Ceramic Engineering 702, Ceramic Engineering, fifth year. Prerequisite, Mineralogy 605, Ceramic Engi­ neering 610 and 620. Mr. King. Detailed studies with definite problems in applying ceramic knowledge to the field at refractories. 710. Thesis. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Conference and laboratory work. Prerequisite, permission of the instructor. Mr. Carruthers, Mr. King, Mr. Russell, Mr. Everhart. C e r a m i c E n g i n e e r i n g 83 711. Thesis. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Conference and laboratory work. Mr. Carruthers, Mr. King, Mr. Russell, Mr. Everhart. A continuation of Ceramic Engineering 710. 712. Driers and Theory of Drying. Five credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Five lectures. Fourth year, Ceramic Engineering. Prerequisite, Physics 432 and Ceramic Engineering 603 and 620. Mr. Carruthers. A study of the fundamental physical laws, ceramic technology, drier systems, and control equipment used in drying ceramic materials and wares. Not open to students who have credit for Ceramic Engineering 600. 713. Kilns and Theory of Firing. Five credit hours. Winter Quarter. Five lectures. Fourth year, Ceramic Engineering. Prerequisite, Metallurgy 651, Mineralogy 605, and Ceramic Engineering 712. Mr. Carruthers. A study of the fundamental ceramic technology and equipment used in firing ceramic wares and their commercial application. Not open to students who have credit for Ceramic Engineering 601.

714. Vitreous Enamels Technology. Four credit hours. Spring Quarter. Two class hours and six laboratory hours each week. Ceramic Engineering, fifth year. Prerequisite, Ceramic Engineering 615 and 620 and Mineralogy 605. Mr. King. The composition and properties of vitreous enamels, and their application to metals. Not open to students who have credit for Ceramic Engineering 627.

723. Advanced Glass Technology. Five credit hours. Winter Quarter. Two lectures, six laboratory hours. Glass Engineering, fourth year. Pre­ requisite, Ceramic Engineering 625, Chemistry 683 and 690. Mr. Blau. Continuation of Ceramic Engineering 626 with particular emphasis on the coordination of composition and physical treatment for obtaining desired properties. This will include the de­ tailed discussion and study of special types of glasses. Not open to students who have credit for Ceramic Engineering 626. 726. Glass Mixing, Melting, and Furnaces. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three lectures, fifth year, Glass Engineering. Prerequisite, Ceramic Engineering 625. Mr. Blau. The practical processes and equipment for producing commercial molten glasses, including the selection and handling of materials, charging, processes in the furnace, types of furnaces, furnace design and operation. 727. Glass Manufacturing Processes. Four credit hours. Spring Quarter. Four lectures. Fourth year, Glass Engineering. Prerequisite, Ceramic Engi­ neering 723. Mr. Blau. The industrial processes employed in the manufacture of various types of glass products, with special emphasis on the relations of physical properties to processes and products. This in­ cludes the study of hand production methods, the development of various machine processes ens» ployed in the manufacture of containers, bulbs, tubes, flat glass, wire glass, etc., as well as the annealing, heat treating, and decoration of glass ware. 728. Physical Vitreology. Five credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Three lectures, four laboratory hours. Fifth year, Glass Engineering. Prerequisite, Ceramic Engineering 723. Mr. Blau. The theoretical coordination of the previous courses in glass technology through the review of the fundamental concepts and relations of the glassy state, including such viewpoints as random space net-works, bond energy relations, thermal history influences, X-ray diffraction studies, and phase equilibrium diagram relations to the glassy phase. 729. Glass Manufacturing Problems. Five credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three lectures, four laboratory hours. Fifth year, Glass Engineering. Pre­ requisite, Ceramic Engineering 723 and 728. Mr. Blau. The practical coordination of the preceding courses in glass technology through the study oi glass plant problems, including the investigation and analysis of defects of commercial glassware, methods of minimizing defects and their relation to production control and product performance. 84 C o l l e g e o f E n g i n e e r i n g 750. Special Problems. One to seven credit hours. Summer, Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters. Conference, library and laboratory work. Pre­ requisite, fundamental ceramic engineering courses and consent of department. This course may be repeated for different problems or continuation of original problem, with total credit not to exceed fifteen hours. All instructors. This course is designed to permit any properly qualified student to avail himself of the library and laboratory facilities of the department for carrying on a special investigation or for adding to his knowledge and technique in some ceramic subject.

FOR GRADUATES An undergraduate student shall not be permitted to take any course in the “ 800” or “900” group except by permission of the Graduate Council.

815. Seminar in Ceramic Engineering. One to five credit hours. Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters. Mr. Carruthers, Mr. King, Mr. Russell, Mr. Blau, Mr. Everhart, Mr. Koenig, Mr. Shevlin. The course consists of conference and reports on problems in ceramic science technology and engineering. Topics are chosen to cover the development of the ceramic industry.

820. Advanced Ceramic Physics and Chemistry. Four credit hours. Au­ tumn Quarter. Four class hours each week. Prerequisite, basic courses in ceramics and physical chemistry and permission of the instructor. Mr. King. The fundamentals of crystal chemistry and their application to ceramics; the surface chem­ istry of ceramic materials; the colloidal chemistry of clays. This course or 825 is designed to prepare students for research and should be taken before or concurrent with beginning of work in Ceramic Engineer­ ing 950.

821. Advanced Ceramic Physics and Chemistry. Four credit hours. Win­ ter Quarter. Four class hours each week. Prerequisite, basic courses in ceram­ ics and physical chemistry and permission of the instructor. Mr. King. Reactions between solid phases, including sintering; the applications of phase equilibria to ceramic problems.

822. Advanced Ceramic Physics and Chemistry. Four credit hours. Spring Quarter. Four class hours each week. Prerequisite, basic courses in ceramics and physical chemistry and permission of the instructor. Mr. King. The glass bond; special properties of crystals; organic chemistry; ultrasonics; thermody­ namics applied to ceramics ; interferometry.

825. Electrical and Technical Ceramics. Four credit hours. Autumn Quar­ ter. Four lectures and conferences each week. Prerequisite, Ceramic Engineer­ ing 605 and Mineralogy 605. Mr. Russell. The application of ceramic science to the development and understanding of modern engi­ neering materials for electrical and technical use. Emphasis is directed to electrical, mechanical, and thermal phenomena as they affect the performance of ceramics, to reactions in ceramic sys­ tems, to internal structural considerations, and to unsolved problems and future possibilities. This course or 820 is designed to prepare students for research and should be taken before or concurrent with beginning of work in Ceramic Engineering 950.

950. Research in Ceramic Engineering. Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters. Permission of the instructor must be obtained. Research in ceramic science technology and engineering, in analytical and physical chemis­ try of ceramic materials and mixtures, in mineralogy and geology of ceramic deposits, in physical and chemical testing of ceramic materials and products under Mr. Bole, Mr. King, Mr. Russell, Mr. Everhart; in the designing and testing of ceramic apparatus, processes, and structures, under Mr. Carruthers; in whitewares, glazes, and technical ceramics, under Mr. Russell; in refractories and metal enamels under Mr. King; in glass technology and engineering under Mr. Blau. The student may spend a part or all of his time on research work. C h e m i c a l E n g i n e e r i n g 85

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Offices, 179, 180 McPherson Chemical Laboratory (For Petroleum Engineering courses, see page 90)

PROFESSORS KOFFOLT, O’ROURKE, HERNDON, KAY, KRUMIN, AND SYVERSON, ASSO­ CIATE PROFESSORS GEANKOPLIS, DRYDEN, SLIDER. AND E. E. SMITH, RESEARCH PROFESSOR KERR (EMERITUS), ASSISTANT PROFESSOR BRODKEY, RESEARCH ASSISTANT PROFESSOR SHEETS, MR. KEARNS, MR. FREEH 501. Chemical Engineering Practice Work. Five credit hours. Summer Quarter. Required summer practice to be done between the second and third years in Chemical Engineering. Prerequisite, two years of the curriculum in Chemical Engineering. Mr. Koffolt. This summer practice work is required of all students in the course of Chemical Engineer­ ing. Conference will be held before beginning the work. The purposes of this course is to learn the point of view of labor by personal contact. It represents the equivalent of ten weeks spent in shop or factory work, or in the engineering department of an industrial plant, or in organized industrial work other than that of a purely chemical laboratory. An acceptable written report is required, omitting all material of confidential nature. The student must keep a notebook, diary, or log which shall be a complete daily record of work done, means and methods employed, obser­ vations of difficulties encountered, progress made and organization of the work by others. This notebook will be submitted at the time for written examination of the student, which will be set during the succeeding Quarter.

593-594. Chemical Engineering and Process Calculations. Three credit hours. 593, Autumn and Spring; 594, Autumn and Winter. Two lectures and one two-hour computation laboratory each week. Chemical Engineering, sec­ ond and third years. Prerequisite, Physics 432, Mathematics 542 or 442, and Chemistry 422, except with special permission of instructor. Mr. Koffolt, Mr. Freeh, Mr. Geankoplis, and Mr. Kearns. Application of fundamental concepts of chemistry and physics are made to problems in chemical industry and chemical engineering by analytical, quantitative reasoning with practical problems. The work of the course includes behavior of gases, vaporization and condensation, enthalpy, heat capacities, latent heats, heats of reaction, formation, combustion, and solution, and material and heat balances of chemical processes. Emphasis is laid on computational problem work with particular reference to its application in industrial practice. Elective for students in the College of Arts and Education.

680-681. Fundamentals of Chemical Engineering. Three credit hours. Winter and Spring Quarters. Two lectures and one two-hour computational laboratory each week. Prerequisite, one year of general chemistry, differential and integral calculus, and one year of college physics except with special permission of the instructor. Petroleum Engineering, fourth year. Mr. Gean­ koplis and Mr. Kearns. A survey of the chemical engineering operations as distillation, drying, evaporation, absorp­ tion, adsorption heat transfer, classification, etc. Fundamental chemical engineering process calculations pertaining to heat and energy balance, gas-vapor mixtures, etc. Not open for students majoring in chemical engineering. Not open for graduate credit.

691. Elements of Chemical Engineering. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Two lecture-recitation hours and one two-hour computational labora­ tory period each week. Chemical Engineering, third year. Prerequisite, dif­ ferential and integral calculus and one year of college physics except with special permission of the instructor. Mr. Brodkey, Mr. Syverson, Mr. Kearns, and assistants. The beginning of a thorough discussion of the engineering operations utilized in the chemical branch of engineering, and the development of a basic understanding of the funda­ mentals of fluid mechanics. The subject matter will cover those phases of fluid mechanics most frequently encountered in the chemical industry and will involve numerous computational prob­ lems, involving scientific principles and a physical conception of mathematical formulae. Not open for graduate credit. 86 C o l l e g e o f E n g i n e e r i n g 692. Elements of Chemical Engineering. Three credit hours. One Quar­ ter. Autumn and Spring. Two lecture-recitation hours and one two-hour com­ putational laboratory period each week. Chemical Engineering, third year. Prerequisite, differential and integral calculus and one year of college physics except with special permission of the instructor. Mr. Dryden, Mr. Freeh, Mr. E. E. Smith, and assistants. A continuation of the study of the chemical engineering: operations. The work of this eourse covers the applications of the basic principles of heat transfer to equipment design and operation problems of chemical industry. It is integrated with fluid flow work of Chemical Engi­ neering 691. Emphasis is laid on computational problem work. Not open for graduate credit.

693. Problems in Chemical Engineering Operations. Two to eight credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Conference, library, and labo­ ratory work. Prerequisite or concurrent, Chemical Engineering 691 and 692. This course may be repeated for credit. Mr. Koffolt and assistants. This course consists of individual or group conferences, library, and laboratory work dealing with the fundamental chemical engineering operations. The work of the course stresses quanti­ tative treatment of the application of physics, mathematics, and chemistry in the field of Chem­ ical Engineering. Elective for students in the Colleges of Arts and Education and in the Graduate School. Not available for graduate credit for students majoring in chemical engi­ neering.

704. Inspection Trips. Two credit hours. One week before the Winter and Spring Quarters. Chemical Engineering, fourth and fifth years. Can be repeated once for credit. Mr. Koffolt. The objectives of these trips are to give some practical knowledge of the magnitude of modern chemical engineering industrial operations from a selected variety of examples as heavy and fine chemicals, rubber, synthetic fibers, electrochemicals, detergents, petrochemicals, photo­ graphic films, coke and coal chemicals, steel, plastics, instrumentation, etc. The entire expenses will average about $75. A satisfactory written report and examination upon the work of the trips is required.

705. Written Reports. Two credit hours. One week between the Winter and Spring Quarters in the University Library. Chemical Engineering, fourth and fifth years. Prerequisite, fourth or fifth year standing or special permission of the instructor. Graduate staff. A substitute course for Chemical Engineering 704, allowed only upon presentation of reasons satisfactory to the Chairman of the Department. The course consists of assigned reading designed to familiarize the student with all that can be found in the literature of plants regard­ ing chemical engineering and specified industrial chemical processes, together with a full wrttten report. Junior emphasis is largely engineering.

719-720. Chemical Engineering Operations. Three credit hours. 719, Au­ tumn and Winter Quarters; 720, Winter and Spring Quarters. Two lectures and one two-hour computational laboratory each week. Prerequisite, physical chemistry and Chemical Engineering 692, or equivalent except with special permission of the instructor. Mr. Koffolt, Mr. E. E. Smith. A continuation of the study of engineering operations constituting the body of Chemical Engineering concerned with those operations largely utilized where liquids and gases are con­ cerned, such as evaporation, distillation, drying, absorption, etc. Emphasis is placed upon the concept of separation, such as the engineering requirements for the separation of solids from solids, from liquids, from gases; liquids from solids, from liquids, etc. Emphasis is laid on computational problem work.

740. Chemical Engineering Measurements and Control. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Winter and Spring. Two lectures and conferences and one four-hour laboratory each week. For Chemical Engineering majors, pre­ C h e m i c a l E n g i n e e r i n g 87 requisite or concurrent, Chemical Engineering 720; for others, senior standing in a scientific or technical curriculum, one year of calculus, one year of college physics, and permission of the instructor. Mr. Geankoplis and assistants. Study of the principles employed in the measurement and control of the physical and chemical variables of chemical processes, and the application of these principles to design and use of industrial instruments. Elective for students in the Colleges of Arts and Education and in the Graduate School.

741. Chemical Engineering Operations Laboratory. Four to eight credit hours. Chemical Engineering, Summer Quarter following the fourth year. Prerequisite, Chemical Engineering 720 and 740 or equivalent. Mr. Koffolt, Mr. Syverson, and assistants. The fundamental laboratory course in chemical engineering concurrent with a series of lecture conferences and problems on the theory of chemical engineering operations. Laboratory study and investigation of the operating characteristics and efficiency of equipment utilised in carrying out the more important chemical engineering operations, such as fluid flow, heat trans­ fer, distillation, etc. Standard American Society for Testing Materials methods with standard equipment are also integrated in this course. Elective for students in the Colleges of Arts and Education and in the Graduate School.

753-754. Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics. Three credit hours. 753, Winter and Spring Quarters; 754, Spring and Summer Quarters. Two lectures and one two-hour computational laboratory each week. Prerequisite, physical chemistry except with special permission of the instructor. Mr. Kay, Mr. E. E. Smith. Application of the fundamental concepts and laws of thermodynamics to problems of chem­ ical industry. The work of the course includes: first, second, and third laws of thermodynamics, thermodynamic functions, equations of equilibrium, pressure-volume-temperature relations of fluids, thermodynamic properties and diagrams, heat effects of physical and chemical processes, chemical equilibria, and estimating thermodynamic properties of industrial substances. Emphasis is laid on computational problem work with particular reference to its application in industrial practice. Elective for students in the Colleges of Arts and Education and in the Graduate School.

760. Chemical Engineering Economy. Three credit hours. Autumn Quar­ ter. Two lectures and one two-hour computational period each week, Chemical Engineering, fifth year. Prerequisite, Chemical Engineering 741, and con­ current with Chemical Engineering 770, except with special permission of the instructor. Mr. Syverson, Mr. Dryden. The background, organization, management and economic problems found in chemical engi­ neering industries. The work of the course emphasizes computational work dealing with the following factors in Chemical Engineering reports: Major products, by-products, choice of process, plant location, selection of chemical engineering equipment, transportation, labor, re­ search, pilot plant developments, patents, and cost accounting for chemical industries. Elective for students in the Colleges of Arts and Education and in the Graduate School. 761-762. Chemical Technology. Three credit hours. Winter and Spring Quarters. Two lecture hours and one two-hour computational laboratory period each week. Chemical Engineering, fifth year. Prerequisite or concurrent, Chemical Engineering 720, 754, 760 or equivalent and permission of the in­ structor. Mr. Dryden, Mr. Brodkey. Study of the problems of a number of important chemical industries. Course includes the close integration of Chemistry, Engineering, and Economics, based upon fundamental concepts in these fields. Computations for the selection of optimum sizes of equipment and operating condi­ tions. Inter-commodity and inter-process relationships of the chemical industry. The work of the Winter Quarter deals with the inorganic industries, while that of the Spring Quar­ ter is related to the organic industries. Elective for students in the Colleges of Arts and Education and in the Graduate School. 88 C o l l e g e o f E n g i n e e r i n g 763. Applied Electrochemistry. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Two class hours and one four-hour laboratory each week. Prerequisite, Chem­ istry 683 or special permission. Mr. Dryden, Mr. Kearns. The relationship between electrical and chemical energy as applied to chemical industries will be discussed from a theoretical viewpoint and illustrated by laboratory work. Topics covered include polarization, cells, electroplating, electro-forming, electro-refining, aqueous and fused salt electrolysis, corrosion, oxidation-reduction reactions, glow discharge. Elective for students in the Colleges of Arts and Education and in the Graduate School. 765. Introduction to Nuclear Chemical Engineering. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Two classroom hours and two hours computation laboratory each week. Prerequisite, Physics 615 or equivalent. Mr. Dryden. This course deals with new engineering concepts from the nuclear field. Topics discussed are: introductory survey of reactor engineering, nuclear theory, design and operation ; radiation health physics and shielding. The solution of problems illustrating the principles will be required. 766. Nuclear Chemical Engineering. Four credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three class hours and three laboratory hours each week. Prerequisites: Chemical Engineering 765 or equivalent and permission of the instructor. Mr. Dryden. This course is a continuation of Chemical Engineering 765 supplemented with laboratory training. It deals with the application of chemical engineering principles to the numerous chem­ ical problems in the nuclear field. Elective for students in the College of Arts and in the Graduate School. 770. Chemical Process Development. Five credit hours. Autumn Quarter. One hour conference and five to fourteen laboratory hours each week. Chem­ ical Engineering, fifth year. Prerequisite or concurrent, Chemical Engineering 741 and 760 or equivalent. Mr. Dryden, Mr. Kearns. Introduction to laboratory research and pilot plant development, process design, and manu­ facturing cost estimating. A project is developed from the research laboratory stage to the con­ struction and operation of a 150 pound pilot plant and finally to the process design and manufac­ turing cost estimate for a full scale plant. Experimental data are obtained by the whole class acting as a research and development organization with each individual in charge of some phase of the work. A preliminary process design and cost estimate is made based upon the pilot plant data. Elective for students in the Colleges of Arts and Education and in the Graduate School. 790. Analysis and Organization of Special Project Problem Investigations. Two credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn. Winter, Spring. Conferences and lab­ oratory work. Chemical Engineering, fifth year. Prerequisite, four years of the curriculum in Chemical Engineering, or of preparation for a particular problem. Department staff. The analysis, planning and detailed study of definite problems having practical application in one or more of the fields of chemical technology: (a) Chemical Engineering: (b) Industrial Chemistry; (c) Applied Electrochemistry; (d) Specialized Allied Industries; (e) General Problems in the Application of Chemistry in Manufacturing with special emphasis on hazards and safety measures. Not open for graduate credit. 791. Special Project Problem Investigations. Five or six credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Conferences and laboratory work. Chemical Engineering, fifth year. Prerequisite, four years of the curriculum in Chemical Engineering, also Chemical Engineering 790, except by special permission. Department staff. The analysis, planning and detailed study of definite problems. Individual laboratory work on some problem chosen to develop power of independent investigation with the understanding that preliminary separate reports on both analysis and planning of experimental work undertaken will be required before experimental attack on the problems themselves, involving special attention to hazards and safety measures. This problem may be a continuation of that used in Chemical Engineering 790. However, fifth year engineering students may take this course with­ out having had Chemical Engineering 790, by special permission. Students may repeat this course with credit with the approval of the instructor. Elective for students in the Graduate School. C h e m i c a l E n g i n e e r i n g 89

f o r g r a d u a t e s An undergraduate student shall not be permitted to take any course in the ''800’’ or "900” group except by permission of the Graduate Council. 801. Advanced Special Problems in Chemical Engineering and Chemical Technology. Credit hours to be arranged. Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quar­ ters. Conference, library and laboratory work. Prerequisite, satisfactory courses in the field of the problem undertaken. The course may be repeated on other problems as desired. Department staff. The work of the course is carried on by individual conference, library, and laboratory work and consists of problems involving application of physics, mathematics, drawing, mechanics, chemistry, economics, and general thermodynamics in the field of chemical engineering and chemical technology. This is a graduate course in minor problems covering the chemical engineer­ ing operations, instrumentation, chemical engineering, thermodynamics, and chemical technology. 815. Advanced Chemical Engineering Operations. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. One three-hour lecture, recitation, and computational period each week. Prerequisite, Chemical Engineering 720 and 741 or equivalent. Mr. Koffolt, Mr. Geankoplis, Mr. Dryden, Mr. Brodkey. This course is intended to give the advanced student courses in the advanced phases of the chemical engineering operations. The work undertaken will be taken from the following topics: A. Advanced mass transfer, diffusion, absorption, adsorption, etc.—I. B. Advanced mass transfer, diffusional operation—II. C. Advanced binary and multicomponent distillation. D. Extraction, extractive and azeotropic distillation. E. Advanced heat transfer. F. Radiation, heat transfer in the unsteady state, and the applications of heat transfer to design and operation. G. Drying, humidification, and dehumidification. H. Advanced fluid flow as applied to problems of chemical industry—I. I. Advanced fluid flow as applied to problems of the chemical industry—II. J. The newer chemical engineering operations as dialysis, atmolysis, hypersorption, etc. K. Advanced combustion principles covering newer rocket and jet fuels. L. Fluidization. M. Particle technology and dynamics and dust and mist collection. N. Analysis of chemical engineering data, linear programming. O. Advanced chemical processes and plant design. A student may repeat this course until he has obtained a maximum of twenty-on© credit hours. With the exception of topic “J” a student may not accumulate more than three credit hours in any of these topics. Approval of more than three credit hours in topic “J” requires the approval of the adviser and chairman of the graduate committee of the department. 820-821. Advanced Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics. Three credit hours. Autumn and Winter Quarters. One three-hour lecture, recitation, and computational period each week. Prerequisite, Chemical Engineering 720, 754, or equivalent. Mr. Kay. Detailed discussion of special topics as: Pressure-volume temperature relations of pure compounds and liquid gaseous mixtures; equations of State; Vaporization and Condensation Equilibria; Azeotropism; Properties and Solids and Liquids at Extreme Pressures; discussion of current technical and scientific literature in the field. Computational problem work will emphasize application of thermodynamics in industrial practice. 830-831. Chemical Engineering Kinetics. Three credit hours. Winter and Spring Quarters. One three-hour lecture, recitation, and computational period each week. Prerequisite, Chemical Engineering 720, 754 or equivalent. Mr. Syverson. A course in chemical engineering kinetics dealing with kinetics from the viewpoint of indus­ trial chemical processes. 861-862. Advanced Chemical Technology. Three credit hours. Winter and Spring Quarters. Two lectures and one two-hour computational laboratory period each week and individual conferences. Prerequisite, Chemical Engineer­ ing 720, 754, 760, 815 or 820, and 880 or equivalent. Chemical Engineering, fifth year. Mr. Syverson. 861. Application of chemical engineering operations, thermodynamics, and reaction kinetics for the solution of problems in chemical process engineering. Economic balance studies. Prin­ ciples of reactor design and application to industrial scale chemical reactions. 90 C o l l e g e o f E n g i n e e r i n g

862. Application of process engineering principles to several important chemical industries. Economic trends and relationships between raw materials and manufactured products for several basic inorganic and organic chemicals. Recent advances in chemical technology. 870. Advanced Chemical Process Development. Five credit hours. Au­ tumn Quarter. One hour conference and fourteen laboratory hours each week. Chemical Engineering, fifth year. Prerequisite or concurrent, Chemical Engi­ neering 760 and 880. Mr. Syverson. Advanced course involving the development of a practical process for the manufacture of an assigned chemical. Emphasis is placed on originality directed toward finding new or improved methods. Course work includes: literature survey, preliminary economic evaluation, laboratory research, small scale manufacturing unit, process design and selection of equipment, and manu­ facturing cost estimate. 880-881-882. Advanced Chemical Engineering Operations Laboratory. Two to six credit hours. Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters. One conference and five to seventeen laboratory hours each week. Prerequisite, Chemical Engi­ neering 720, 754, and prerequisite or concurrent, Chemical Engineering 741 or equivalent; or special permission of the chairman of the department. Mr. Kof­ folt. An advanced course of minor problems dealing with various chemical engineering equip­ ment with a view of acquainting students with all types of equipment, their design and opera­ tion. The application of thermodynamics and graphics to chemical engineering problems. The conferences cover topics chosen from the field of chemical engineering. Specific topies are given each Quarter. Students may repeat these courses with credit, with the approval of the chairman of the department, inasmuch as the topics vary from year to year. The following is a list of topics from which work in this course is chosen: Graphical Chemical Engineering Computations, Dry­ ing, Humidification, Debumidification, Adsorption, Absorption. Fume and Smoke, Crystallization, Filtration, Crushing and Grinding, Furnace and Pyrometry, Evaporation, Refrigeration, Distilla­ tion, Cracking, Heat Transfer, and Flow of Fluids. 905-906-907. Seminar in Industrial Chemistry and Chemical Engineering. Two credit hours. Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters. Two conference hours each week. Prerequisite, satisfactory courses in industrial chemistry and chemical engineering. Mr. Koffolt, Mr. Kay, Mr. Syverson, Mr. Geankoplis, Mr. Dryden, Mr. Brodkey. The course consists of conferences and reports upon methods of attacking special problems in industrial chemistry and chemical engineering. The topics vary from Quarter to Quarter, keeping in touch with the constant development of chemical industry and chemical engineering. 950. Research in Industrial Chemistry and Chemical Engineering. A total of eight credit hours. Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters. Library, confer­ ence, and laboratory work. Prerequisite, satisfactory courses in the chosen field of research. Mr. Koffolt, Mr. Kay, Mr. Syverson, Mr. Geankoplis, Mr. Krumin, Mr. Sheets, Mr. Smith, Mr. Dryden, Mr. Brodkey. Advanced research problems and dissertation in any one of the following fields depending upon undergraduate approach: a. Chemical Engineering b. Industrial Chemistry e. Applied Electrochemistry PETROLEUM ENGINEERING 431. Industrial W o rk. Five credit hours. Summer Quarter. Ten weeks of approved work in a mine or mining plant, oil or gas field, or an approved equivalent. Mining and Petroleum Engineering at the close of the second or third years. Mr. O’Rourke. A written report, including a flow-sheet of the plant, is required.

604. Oil and Gas Well Completion. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three recitations each week. Petroleum Engineering, third year. Prerequi­ site, Mine Engineering 601. Mr. Slider. Study and design of well completion methods including running casing, cementing opera­ tions, radioactivity well logging, electrical well logging, hydraulic fracturing and acidizing. The course will include American Petroleum Institute instructional films on all the noted subjects. Not open for graduate credit. P e t r o l e u m E n g i n e e r i n g 91 631. Inspection Trip. Two credit hours. Petroleum Engineering. Taken immediately after the final examination period in June in even years only. Re­ quired at the end of the third or fourth year. Mr. O’Rourke, Mr. Slider. Ten-day trip to petroleum-producing fields. Sometimes a mine is included in the trip. Drill­ ing. production, and transportation are the main items studied.

721. Petroleum Engineering. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Three ecitations each week. Petroleum Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Physics 432 or equivalent, satisfactory courses in geology and permission of the instructor in charge. Mr. O’Rourke. Development of oil and gas fields, oil recovery methods. It is suggested that students intending to take this course should schedule Geology 8t7.

722. Petroleum Engineering. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three recitations each week. Petroleum Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Petroleum Engineering 721. Mr. O’Rourke. Power, gathering systems, preparation of crude petroleum for market, storage, transpor­ tation.

723. Petroleum Engineering. Two credit hours. Winter Quarter. Two two-hour laboratory periods each week. Petroleum Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Petroleum Engineering 721. Mr. Slider. Laboratory work in examining and testing petroleum bearing rock,.

724. Petroleum Engineering. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three recitations each week. Fourth year. Prerequisite, Petroleum Engineering 722 and 723. Mr. O’Rourke. Engineering evaluation of the production possibilities of oil and gas properties.

731. Petroleum Plant Design. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Two recitations and one period of drawing room work each week. Petroleum Engi­ neering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Mechanics 602. Mr. Slider. Materials for mine and petroleum plant structure.

750. Petroleum Investigations. Three to ten credit hours. Autumn, Win­ ter, and Spring Quarters. Conference, library, and laboratory work. Required in Petroleum Engineering, fifth year. Prerequisite, senior standing in Petro­ leum Engineering or approval of the instructor. This course may be repeated until the student has accumulated not to exceed twenty-four credit hours. Mr. O’Rourke, Mr. Slider. (a) Drilling Fluids Laboratory. (b) Reservoir Engineering. (c) Study of the Engineering Problems of Petroleum and Natural Gas Exploration, Pro­ duction and Transportation. (d) Design or planning of petroleum and natural gas field development.

FOR GRADUATE8 An undergraduate student shall not be permitted to take any course in the “ 800” or “900" group except by permission of the Graduate Council. 802. Petroleum Production and Oil Field Development and Operational Problems. Three to ten credit hours. Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters. Conferences, library, and laboratory work. Prerequisite, satisfactory courses in petroleum engineering and geology, and permission of the instructor. Mr. O’Rourke, Mr. Slider. The work of the course is carried on by individual conferences, library and laboratory work. Examination and testing of petroleum and petroleum bearing rocks; economic interpretation and application to problems of primary and secondary recovery.

950. Research in Petroleum Engineering. Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters. Prerequisite, Petroleum Engineering 802. Mr. O’Rourke, Mr. Slider. Library, conference, laboratory, and field work on some phane of mining or mine operations, or petroleum development, production and transportation. 92 C o l l e g e o f E n g i n e e r i n g

CHEMISTRY Office, 116 McPherson Chemical Laboratory General Chemistry Office, 115 McPherson Chemical Laboratory

PROFESSORS MOYER, WOLFROM, HENNE, NEWMAN, GARRETT, HASKINS, HARRIS, LASSETTRE, MacNEVIN, VERHOEK, AND CALEY, ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS CAL­ VERT, KURBATOV, MacWOOD, MALMBERG, RUBIN, SWEET, TAYLOR, VAN WINKLE, WATTERS, AND SCHECTER, ASSISTANT PROFESSORS ABELES, BUSCH, CAVA. COLLAT, HADLEY, SHORE, DAVID WHITE, AND WILLIAM WHITE, AND ASSIST­ ANTS 404-405. General Chemistry. Four credit hours. 404, Autumn and Winter Quarters; 405, Winter and Spring Quarters. Two lectures, one recitation, and one three-hour laboratory period each week. Required of first-year students in the College of Engineering. Prerequisite, a passing score on the pre-college mathematics test, or Mathematics 401, or concurrent registration in Mathe­ matics 401. Mr. Verhoek, Mr. Busch, general chemistry staff, and assistants. A general course in the principles of chemistry, intended for students in engineering; non- metallic elements; elementary organic chemistry. To be followed by Chemistry 406. Chemistry 404 and 405 discontinued in 1943 are not equivalent to the present offerings. Chemistry 404 replaces Chemistry 416, and Chemistry 405 replaces Chemistry 417. 406. General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis. Four credit hours. Spring and Autumn Quarters. One lecture, one recitation, and two three-hour laboratory periods each week. Required of students in the College of Engi­ neering. Prerequisite, Chemistry 405. Mr. Verhoek, Mr. Busch, general chem­ istry staff, and assistants. A continuation of Chemistry 405; metallic elements; applications to qualitative analysis. Chemistry 406 discontinued in 1943 is not equivalent to the present offering. Chemistry 406 replaces Chemistry 418. 419. General Chemistry. Four credit hours. Autumn Quarter of 1958 only. Two lectures, one recitation, and one three-hour laboratory period each week. Prerequisite, Chemistry 417. Mr. Haskins, general chemistry staff, and assistants. A continuation of Chemistry 417. A study of the more important carbon compounds. Designed for students in the College of Engineering. 421-422-423. Quantitative Analysis. Three or four credit hours. Three Quarters. 421, Autumn and Winter; 422, Winter and Spring; and 423, Autumn and Spring. One recitation, one laboratory demonstration, and five to eight lab­ oratory hours each week. Prerequisite, acceptable courses in general chem­ istry, including qualitative analysis. Mr. MacNevin, Mr. Moyer, Mr. Caley, Mr. Watters, Mr. Sweet, Mr. Collat, and assistants. A general course in quantitative analysis. Chemistry 421 and 422 are devoted to gravimetric and volumetric analysis. Chemistry 423 is largely instrumental methods and analysis. Qualified students may elect to take this course for four credit hours. 524. Problems in Quantitative Analysis. Two credit hours. Spring Quar­ ter. Chemical Engineering, second year. Prerequisite, two Quarters of quanti­ tative analysis. Mr. Moyer, Mr. MacNevin. Calculations in quantitative analysis, and the interpretation of analytical data. 647-648. Organic Chemistry. Three credit hours each. Two Quarters. 647, Autumn and Spring; 648, Winter and Summer. Three lectures or recita­ tions each week. Chemical Engineering, third year. Prerequisite, acceptable courses in general chemistry and Chemistry 421, 422, 423, or their equivalents. Mr. Cava, Mr. W. White. A fundamental course in organic chemistry to be taken in sequence. Not available for graduate credit for students majoring in chemistry. Designed for students preparing for medicine or high school teaching. Not open to students who have credit for Chemistry 451-452. C h e m i s t r y 93 649. Organic Chemistry: Laboratory. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Spring. Nine laboratory hours each week. Chemical Engineering, third year. Prerequisite or concurrent, Chemistry 647. Mr. Wolfrom, Mr. Malmberg, and assistants. The laboratory work naturally belonging with Chemistry 647. The preparation of a series of typical organic compounds, their purification, and a study of their properties. Not open to students who have credit for Chemistry 451-452. Not available for graduate credit for students majoring in Chemistry.

650. Organic Chemistry: Laboratory. Two or three credit hours. One Quarter. Winter and Summer. Nine laboratory hours each week. Prerequisite, Chemistry 649; prerequisite or concurrent, Chemistry 648. Mr. Wolfrom, Mr. Malmberg, and assistants. A continuation of Chemistry 649. Not available for graduate credit for students majoring in chemistry.

655-657-659. Organic Chemistry. Three credit hours. Three Quarters. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Three lectures or recitations each week. Prerequisite, acceptable courses in general chemistry and Chemistry 421, 422, 423, or their equivalent. Arts-Chemistry majors and chemical engineers. Mr. Newman, Mr. Henne. A fundamental course in organic chemistry designed for chemistry majors and chemical engineers. Chemistry 655-657 are not open to students who have credit for Chemistry 451-452 or Chemistry 647-648. Not available for graduate credit for students majoring in chemistry.

656-638-660'. Organic Chemistry: Laboratory. Two or three credit hours. Three Quarters. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Six or nine laboratory hours each week. Prerequisite or concurrent, Chemistry 655-657-659 respectively. Mr. W. White, Mr. Newman, and assistants. The preparation, purification, and study of the properties of typical organic compounds. Chemistry 660 is largely devoted to qualitative organic analysis. Chemistry 656-658 are not open to students who have credit for Chemistry 451-452 or Chemistry 649-650. Not available for graduate credit for students majoring in chemistry. 681. Physical Chemistry. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Three lectures each week. Prerequisites: (1) Three Quarters of college physics and six Quarters of college mathematics including differential and integral calculus; also (2) six Quarters of college chemistry including general chemistry, quali­ tative and quantitative analysis. Mr. Calvert, Mr. Harris, Mr. Taylor, Mr. Van Winkle. The fundamental course in physical chemistry. Not available for graduate credit for students majoring in chemistry.

682. Physical Chemistry. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Winter. Three lectures each week. Chemical Engineering, third year; Engi­ neering Physics, fourth year. Prerequisite, Chemistry 681. It is recommended that Chemistry 692 be taken concurrently. Mr. Van Winkle, Mr. Taylor. A continuation of Chemistry 681. Not available for graduate credit for students majoring in chemistry.

683. Physical Chemistry. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three lectures each week. Chemical Engineering, third year; Engineering Physics, fourth year. Prerequisite, Chemistry 682. It is recommended that Chemistry 693 be taken concurrently. Mr. Harris, Mr. Van Winkle, Mr. Taylor. A continuation of Chemistry 682. Not available for graduate credit for students majoring in chemistry. 94 C o l l e g e o f E n g i n e e r i n g 690. Physical Chemistry Laboratory. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Spring. One hour of conference and eight laboratory hours each week. Prerequisite or concurrent, an acceptable lecture course in physical chemistry. Mr. D. White and assistants. This coarse is a duplication of part* o f Chemistry 691, 692, and 698, and ia offered especially for the engineers for the new five-year program in Chemical Engineering. 691-692-693. Physical Chemistry: Laboratory. Two credit hours each. Autumn, Winter and Spring Quarters. Six laboratory hours each week. Pre­ requisite or concurrent, an acceptable course in physical chemistry. These courses are designed to accompany Chemistry 681, 682, and 683, respectively. Mr. D. White and assistants. Quantitative measurements of phenomena of chemical interest and the application of chem­ ical principles to their interpretation. 775. The Phase Rule. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Prerequisite, Chemistry 681, 682, and 683. Mr. MacWood. The phase rule and its application to chemical problems. For other courses in Chemistry which may be elected by engineering stu­ dents see the Bulletin of the College of Arts and Sciences.

f o r g r a d u a t e s An undergraduate student shall not be permitted to take any course In the "800" or "900" group except by permission of the Graduate Council. For description of graduate courses in this department see the Bulletin of the Graduate School. NOTE: For Industrial Chemistry and Chemical Engineering Courses see the Department of Chemical Engineering.

CIVIL ENGINEERING Office, 107 Brown Hall

PROFESSORS GRAY, KARRER. LARGE. MORRIS (EMERITUS), PRIOR (EMERITUS). SHANK (EMERITUS), AND V ANDEGRIFT, ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS BAKER. COSENS, MONTZ (EMERITUS), AND SMITH, ASSISTANT PROFESSORS MOULTON AND PURTZ, MR. CRAIG 412. Elementary Surveying. Five credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Three recitations and two three-hour laboratory periods each week. Agricultural Engineering, third year. Landscape Architecture, second year. Mining Engi­ neering, second year. Prerequisite, Mathematics 421 and 422. Mr. Purtz. Use and adjustment of instruments, land surveying, leveling, profiles, use of plane table, mapping, and computations. Not open to students who have credit for Civil Engineering 411. *502. Surveying I. Five credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Three recitations and two three-hour laboratory periods each week. Civil Engineering, third year. Prerequisite, Physics 431. Mr. Purtz. Theory and practice of measurement of large distances and of angles. Celestial location and orientation. *504. Photogrammetry. Four credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three lec­ tures and one three-hour laboratory period each week. Civil Engineering, third year. Prerequisite, Civil Engineering 502. Mr. Purtz, Mr. Karrer, Mr. Craig. Use of photographs to determine distances, areas, and volumes, and to prepare topographic maps. *506. Surveying II. Five credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three recitations and two three-hour laboratory periods each week. Civil Engineering, third year. Prerequisite, Civil Engineering 502. Mr. Purtz, Mr. Karrer, Mr. Craig. Topographic mapping, curves, and earthwork. * Not given in 1958-1959. C i v i l E n g i n e e r i n g 95 604. Stress Analysis I. Five credit hours. Winter Quarter. Five recita­ tions each week. Civil Engineering, third year. Prerequisite, Engineering Mechanics 521. Mr. Smith. Theory of stresses in roofs, bridges, and other simple structures.

609. Adjustment of Observations. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Two lectures and four hours of laboratory each week. Prerequisite, Mathe­ matics 543 and Civil Engineering 502. Mr. Purtz. Theory of adjustment of observations.

613. Structural Design I. Five credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Spring. Three recitations and two two-hour laboratory periods each week. Civil Engineering, third year. Prerequisite, Civil Engineering 604 and Engi­ neering Mechanics 602. Mr. Smith, Mr. Purtz. The design of simple steel structures.

615. Structural Detailing. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. One lec­ ture and five laboratory hours per week. Prerequisite, Engineering Drawing 405 and Civil Engineering 613 or 711. Mr. Smith. Calculation and representation of structural connections, both riveted and welded, for detail drawings.

620. Public Health Engineering. Three credit hours. Autumn and Winter Quarters. Three lectures each week. Required in the general nursing program for Graduate Nurses, Senior Year. Elective to others. Prerequisite, junior standing in the University and one year of college chemistry. Prerequisite or concurrent, one course in bacteriology. Mr. Cosens. A study of the human environment, from a health point of view, involving the sanitary engineering aspects of disease, immunity, epidemiology, biostatistics; insect, animal, air, food and water borne diseases; air pollution; refuse collection and disposal; industrial hygiene; water and sewage; radiation exposure; and national disaster. 622. Civil Engineering Materials I. Four credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Winter. Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week. Civil Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Engineering Mechanics 605. Fundamental physical properties of mineral aggregates as constituents of soils and con­ cretes. Portland cement concrete properties and production.

623. Civil Engineering Materials II. Four credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week. Civil Engi­ neering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Civil Engineering 622. Introduction to mechanical properties of mineral aggregates influencing soil behavior. Bitu­ minous cements and bituminous concretes. 624. Transportation I. Four credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Three lec­ tures and one two-hour laboratory period each week. Civil Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Civil Engineering 506. A study of the development, location, geometric design, economics, finances, and operation of transportation systems.

The following courses are not open for graduate credit to students majoring in Civil Engi­ neering: 701, 703, 705, 711, 716, 725, 728, and 741. 701. Structural Design II. Five credit hours. One Quarter. Winter and Spring. Three recitations and two two-hour laboratory periods each week. Civil Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Civil Engineering 622 and 613, and Engineeering Mechanics 605. Mr. Large. Basic theory and design of reinforced concrete structures.

703. Principles of Sanitary Engineering I. Five credit hours. Winter Quarter. Five lectures each week. Civil Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Civil Engineering 728. Mr. Cosens, Mr. Moulton. Basic principles of hydrology including precipitation, run-off, ground water hydraulics, reservoirs; design of transmission, distribution, and collection systems; supply and demand rates; construction materials and methods. 96 C o l l e g e o f E n g i n e e r i n g 705. Reinforced Concrete Structures. Four credit hours. Autumn Quar­ ter. Four recitations each week. Civil Engineering, fifth year. Prerequisite, Civil Engineering 623 and 701. Mr. Large. Application of principles of structural engineering to the design of footing*, retaining walls, and other reinforced concrete structures.

711. Elementary Structural Engineering. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three recitations each week. Welding Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Engineering Mechanics 602. Mr. Smith, Mr. Large. Design of simple steel structures. Introduction to reinforced concrete.

715. Timber Design. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three lectures each week. Prerequisite, Engineering Mechanics 605 and Civil Engineering 613. Mr. Smith. Lectures on wood and design practice in timber as applied to engineering structures.

716. Principles of Sanitary Engineering II. Five credit hours. Spring Quarter. Five lectures each week. Civil Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Civil Engineering 703. Mr. Cosens, Mr. Moulton. Unit operations and processes in water supply and waste water treatment including screen­ ing, comminution, aeration, coagulation, sedimentation, flotation, softening, filtration, disinfection, corrosion control, aerobic and anaerobic stabilization; sanitary engineering indices and stress sanitation. 722. Traffic Engineering. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Two reci­ tations and one three-hour laboratory period each week. Prerequisite, Civil Engineering 724. Mr. Karrer. Techniques for study and interpretation of traffic characteristics as volumes, speeds, congestion, accidents, and street capacities. Application of traffic control measures, as through streets, one-way streets, speed control, parking regulations, channelization, traffic signs, signals, and pavement markings.

723. Construction Methods and Equipment. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Two class hours and three laboratory hours each week. Elective, Civil Engineering, fifth year. Prerequisite, Civil Engineering 624. Mr. Karrer. A study of the suitability of construction equipment and methods. Job management, time loss studies and construction plant layout for highways, bridges, dams, buildings, and airports.

724. Transportation II. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three lectures each week. Civil Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisites, Civil Engineering 624 and 622. Concurrent Civil Engineering 623. A study of earthwork and drainage for highways, airports, and railroads, design and con­ struction methods for various pavements; maintenance and administration.

725. Advanced Soil Mechanics. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three recitations each week. Prerequisite, Civil Engineering 623. Mr. Gray. Stress distribution, shear phenomena, lateral earth pressure, settlement, soil stability.

728. Applied Hydraulics. Four credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory each week. Civil Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Engineering Mechanics 610. Mr. Cosens, Mr. Moulton. Civil Engineering applications of fundamental fluid mechanics principles including pipe and open channel flow, masonry and earth dams, pumps, model studies and dimensional similitude, with laboratory studies to support the above topics.

732. Contracts and Specifications. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three recitations each week. Civil Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, one Quarter of fourth year. Mr. Vandergrift. Professional practice and principles underlying engineering contracts and specifications.

733. Rigid Frame Structures. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Three recitations each week. Prerequisite, Civil Engineering 613, 701 and and Engineering Mechanics 605. Mr. Large. Analysis and design o f rigid frame concrete structures^ Wind stress analysis. C i v i l E n g i n e e r i n g 97 734. Advanced Bridge Design. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three recitations each week. Prerequisite, Civil Engineering 613, 701, and 733. Mr. Smith. Stresses in and design of arch bridges.

738. Highway Location and Design. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Two recitations and one three-hour laboratory period each week. Prerequisite, Civil Engineering 624. Mr. Karrer. Principles and theory of the location and design of highways, city streets, freeways, and parking facilities. Factors controlling alignment, grade curves, intersections, lane-pattern, drain­ age, and other facilities. 739. Bituminous Roads and Streets. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Two recitations and one three-hour laboratory period each week. Prerequisite, Civil Engineering 623 and 624. Mr. Karrer. Study of bituminous pavement and road surfaces. Laboratory tests of density, stability and durability of aggregate-bituminous mixtures.

741. Stress Analysis II. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Winter and Spring. Three recitations each week. Civil Engineering, fourth year. Welding Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Engineering Mechanics 605 and Civil Engineering 611 or 711. Mr. Vandegrift. Analysis and design of rigid frame steel structures, wind stress analysis.

742. Applied Hydrology. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Pre­ requisite, Civil Engineering 728, or equivalent. Mr. Moulton, Mr. Cosens. Basic principles of the hydrologic cycle; precipitation, hydrographs, unit graphs, drainage basin characteristics, infiltration, ground water hydraulics, run-off, flood and drought magnitude and probability, flood routing, stream records.

*743. Advanced Civil Engineering I. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Civil Engineering, fifth year. One lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods each week. Prerequisites, Civil Engineering 701, 716, 724, 725. An integrated study of the principles and methods used in the solution of problems associ­ ated with the design and construction of a large engineering project.

*744. Advanced Civil Engineering II. Four credit hours. Winter Quarter. Civil Engineering, fifth year. Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods each week. Continuation of Civil Engineering 743.

*745. Advanced Civil Engineering III. Four credit hours. Spring Quarter. Civil Engineering, fifth year. Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods each week. Continuation of Civil Engineering 744.

748. Sanitary Engineering Laboratory. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Three three-hour laboratory periods each week. Prerequisite, Civil Engineering 716, a year of college chemistry and a course in bacteriology. Mr. Cosens, Mr. Moulton. A laboratory study of the sanitary engineering indices pertinent to the control of water, sewage, streams, and industrial waste quality.

749. Sanitary Engineering Design. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three lectures each week. Prerequisite, Civil Engineering 716. Mr. Cosens, Mr. Moulton. The design of unit operations and processes employed in the field of water supply and waste water disposal including screening, comminution, aeration, coagulation, sedimentation, flotation, softening, filtration, disinfection, aerobic and anaerobic stabilization, pumping, and instru­ mentation. * N ot given in 1968-1959. 98 C o l l e g e o f E n g i n e e r i n g 799. Advanced Civil Engineering. Three to five credit hours. Any Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Elective, graduate students and students in Civil Engineering who have a point average of 2.5 or better. Prerequisite, senior or graduate standing in addition to such other prerequisites as may be required by the head of the department. All instructors. This course it intended to give the advanced student opportunity to pursue advanced study. Work undertaken may be elected in the field of highways, structures, sanitary engineering, water supply, geodetic engineering, transportation, and other special fields in civil engineering. (a) Advanced Reinforced Concrete Design. (b) Geodetic Engineering. (c) Advanced Structural Design. (d) Advanced Sanitary Engineering (a) Advanced Transportation Engineering. (f) Photogrammetry. (g) River Hydrology. (k) Special Problems in Soil Mechanics. A student may repeat this course until he has obtained a maximum of twenty credit hours. He may accumulate not more than ten credit hours in any one of the above subdivisions.

FOR GRADUATES An undergraduate student shall not be permitted to take an£ course in the "800" or **900" group except by permission of the Graduate Council. 808. Geodesy. Three to five credit hours.* Autumn and Spring Quarterg. Recitations and laboratory work to be arranged. Elective, Civil Engineers, fifth year, Master’s candidates. Prerequisite, Mathematics 608 and Civil Engi­ neering 609. Triangulation reconnaissance, use, and computation of geographic coordinates, study of various syotems of plane coordinates, the more common map projections, geodetic astronomy and other problems involving the figure of the earth. 810. Seepage in Porous Materials. Five credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Five lectures each week. Elective, Civil Engineering fifth year, Master’s candidates. General prerequisites must include Civil Engineering 623. Mr. Gray. Analysis of seepage volume and stresses in connection with excavation, dams, wells, slopes, and subsurface drainage. 815. Advanced Soil Properties. Five credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods each week. Prerequisite, Civil Engineering 725. Mr. Gray. Detailed study and analysis of the mechanical properties of various soils. Settlement analy­ sis, stability of foundations. Pile driving. 816. Theories of Subgrade and Structure Interaction. Five credit hours. Spring Quarter. Five lectures each week. Prerequisite, Civil Engineering 725 and 815. Mr. Baker. Theories of load and subgrade interaction and evaluations of current research. Emphasis on pavements. 817. Slope Stability Theory. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three lectures each week. Prerequisite, Civil Engineering 810 and 725. Mr. Baker. Quantitative analysis of stability of natural slopes. Applications of theories of soil me­ chanics to slope stability.

818. Advanced Foundation Analysis. Five credit hours. Spring Quarter. Five lectures each week. Prerequisite, Civil Engineering 815. Mr. Gray. Thermal properties, frost action, permafrost. Theory of beams and struts in elastic foundation. Cofferdams and bulkheads, silos and buried culverts. 820. Advanced Traffic Engineering. Five credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Four lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week. Prerequisites, Civil Engineering 624 and 722. Mr. Karrer. Analysis of characteristics of highway traffic inefficiencies such as accidents and congestion. Control, enforcement, and administration. • This course may be taken in succeeding Quarters for a maximum of ten credit hours. C i v i l E n g i n e e r i n g 99 825. Highway Administration. Five credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three lectures and two seminar hours each week. Prerequisite, Civil Engineering 624 and 722. Mr. Karrer. A study of organizations for planning, constructing, maintaining, and operating systems of roads and streets. 831-832-833. Principles of Advanced Sanitary Engineering. Five credit hours each Quarter. Autumn (831), Winter (832), Spring (833). Three lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods each week. Prerequisite, Civil Engineering 716, 620 (or concurrent), and 748 (or concurrent). Mr. Cosens, Mr. Moulton. Advanced analysis and design theory pertinent to the field of sanitary engineering, includ­ ing water supply, waste water disposal, stream and environmental sanitation, and atmospheric pollution. Laboratory and field studies are included to supplement the lecture material. 834. Advanced Structural Engineering. Three credit hours. Winter Quar­ ter. Three lectures each week. Prerequisite, Civil Engineering 613, 701, and 733. Mr. Large. Haunched member continuity. Effect of concrete shrinkage and plastic flow. Ultimate strength design. Prestressed reinforced concrete design.

**835. Vibration of Continuous Structures. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three lectures each week. Prerequisite, Civil Engineering 834 and Engineering Mechanics 607. Mr. Vandegrift. Structural dynamics. Application of the theory of vibrations to the prediction of the per­ formance of continuous beams, trusses and bridges. Composite action. **836. Structural Design by Elastic Energy. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three lectures each week. Prerequisite, Engineering Mechanics 716 and Civil Engineering 701. Mr. Vandegrift. Application of the principles of elastic energy to the design of tunnel linings, curved beams, and arches. 840. Advanced Sanitary Engineering. Three to five credit hours.* One or two Quarters. Autumn and Spring. Cla«s, laboratory, and field work. Prerequisite, Civil Engineering 716 and 703, or equivalent. Mr. Cosens, Mr. Moulton. Individualized projects involving the design of water supply, water softening, sewerage and ••wage treatment plants for typical municipalities. Study of general sanitation and Industrial waste disposal. Investigations. 950. Research in Civil Engineering. Credit hours to be arranged. Au­ tumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters. All instructors. * This course may be taken in succeeding Quarters for a maximum of ten credit hours. ** Only one of these two courses (Civil Engineering 835 or 836) will be offered each year and in accordance with demand.

DRAWING (See Engineering Drawing)

ECONOMICS Office, 239 Hagerty Hall

PROFESSORS BOWERS AND SMART. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS MILLER AND TUTTLE, MR. ERVIN 403-404. Principles of Economics for Engineers. Three credit hours. Two Quarters. Both 403 and 404 are given Autumn, Winter, and Spring. Three class meetings each week. Not open to Freshmen. Mr. Bowers, Mr. Tybout. Economic theory and business practice from the viewpoint and according to the needs of engineering students. Discussions of consumption ; business developments; operating units and cost problems in production; domestic and foreign marketing and finance; price determination; wages, salaries and labor problems; investments and insurance; work hazards, price trends, business cycles, and regulation of business activity; socialism and economic planning; taxation. 100 C o l l e g e o f E n g i n e e r i n g 542. Elementary Economic Statistics. Four credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Three lectures and one two-hour laboratory period each week. Prerequisite, Economics 402 or 404 or 406 or 507. Mr. Smart, Mr. Tuttle, Mr. Ervin. Collection of primary statistical data. Primary and secondary sources. Tabular and graphic presentation. Ratios. The frequency distribution. The partition values and measures of location, dispersion, skewness, and kurtosis. Sampling. Tests of significance. Analysis of time series with special emphasis on index numbers. Simple rectilinear correlation. Not open to students who have credit for Economics 522. 686. Labor Problems in Industry. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Three class meetings each week. Prerequisite, Economics 404, or its equivalent. Mr. Miller. A study of labor problems in American industry, emphasizing the principal methods used by employers, wage earners, and the state and federal governments in dealing with present-day labor conditions. f Not open to students enrolled in the College of Commerce and Administra­ tion or to students who have credit for Economics 510, 580 or 641. For other courses in Economics which may be elected by engineering stu­ dents, see the Bulletin of the College of Commerce and Administration.

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Office, 102 Electrical Engineering Building

PROFESSORS DREESE, AYRES, BOONE, KIMBERLY, KRAUS, TANG, AND WARREN, ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS W. C. DAVIS, HIGGY, THURSTON, TICE, TISCHER, WEED, AND WEIMER, ASSISTANT PROFESSORS COSGRIFF, COWAN, EATON, FELL. HAME, KO, KOUYOUMJIAN, LEVIS, RICHMOND, SMITH, WALTER, AND WARD, MR. ARAND, MR. BACON, MR. CAMPBELL, MR. CORNETET, MR. DAMON, MR. D. T. DAVIS, MR. GILFERT, MR. HOOVLER, MR. LEWIS, MR. NASH, MR. VADDIPARTY, MR. YANNUZZI, MR. MCFARLAND, MR. MAISEL, MR. ERDMAN, AND ASSISTANTS 503. Introduction to Circuit Analysis. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Spring. Three class hours and two calculation hours each week. Electrical Engineering, second year. Prerequisite, Mathematics 542; concurrent Physics 436 and Mathematics 543. Concepts of resistance, inductance and capacitance as electric circuit elements; series and parallel circuits; resonance phenomena; real and apparent power; Kirchhoff’s voltage and current laws; network equations on loop and node basis. 504. Survey of Electrical Engineering. No credit. Winter Quarter. One lecture hour each week. Electrical Engineering, fifth year. Mr. Kimberly, supervisor. Lectures on employment problems by staff members and visiting engineers. Lectures on professional Aspects of engineering. f625. Experience in Practice. Five or three credit hours. Summer Quar­ ter. Ten weeks of industrial experience following the ninth Quarter, and before beginning the work of the fifth year. Electrical Engineering. Prior to en­ gaging in the industrial work for which credit is sought, the student must register in the Department of Electrical Engineering his intention to do such work unless he wishes to submit a report on at least twelve months of work previously done. Mr. Kimberly, supervisor. The student shall present a satisfactory report upon the work done. This report shall In­ clude a discussion of the student’s observations upon the human aspects of the work with whieh he was connected. The occupation, the work done, and the report shall be subject to the approval of the Department of Electrical Engineering. While it is desirable that the work done be of an engineering nature, it is not necessary that it be such so long as it affords an opportunity for study of industrial organization and management and the relations of management and labor. The work must be done in an organization large enough to provide a good industrial atmosphere. If a student has had not less than twelve months of satisfactory practical experience, he may be permitted to substitute a report upon such practical work for the above requirement# of ten t N ot given during the academic year, 1958-1959. E l e c t r i c a l E n g i n e e r i n g 101 weeks in industry if the course supervisor considers such work to have been of a satisfactory nature. Any student intending to make use of such twelve month period should consult the course supervisor as to its suitability before it is too late to perform the ten weeks of work usually expected. In case any student is unable to obtain an opportunity for such practical experience as will fulfill the above requirements he may, upon petition, be permitted by the department to substitute five credit hours of approved academic courses. Petition must be made for a definite substitution and be submitted and acted upon, if possible, before the last opportunity for in­ dustrial experience has been lost. To obtain credit for Electrical Engineering 626 the student must register in the Department of Electrical Engineering on Report Form "A ” within ten days after beginning work for which credit is asked, unless he elects to submit a report on twelve months of practical experienoe. Report “ B” is to be submitted to the Department of Electrical Engineering immediately following the termination o f work. Report on a ten-week period of experience is due not later than the end of final examination week of the first academic Quarter immediately after the completion of the experience. A penalty of ten points will be exacted immediately after that time and ten points will be exacted for every sul>sequent Quarter or fraction thereof o f lateness. 631. Alternating Current Circuits I. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Winter. Three class hours and two calculation hours each week. Electrical Engineering, third year. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 503, Physics 436, and Mathematics 543 or 443. Bridge circuits; network theorems; coupled circuits; impedance transformation or match­ ing; tuned coupled circuits. 632. Alternating Current Circuits II. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Winter and Spring. Three class hours each week. Electrical Engineering, third year. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 631. Prerequisite or concurrent Mathematics 608 or 611. Transients ; polyphase circuits ; Fourier analysis. 633. Alternating Current Circuits III. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Winter and Spring. Three class hours each week. Electrical Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 632. W. C. Davis, supervisor. The propagation of alternating currents over long lines, loading, and electrical filters. 634. Introduction to Non-Linear Circuits. Three credit hours. One Quar­ ter. Winter and Spring. Three class hours each week. Electrical Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 636, 666, 665 and 670. Mr. Warren, Mr. Cosgriff, supervisors. Survey of non-linear impedances and their characteristics; methods of non-linear eirctril analysis; applications to harmonic generation; modulation and demodulation, and the limiting effects of non-linear elements. 636. Circuit Theory of Electron Devices I. Three credit hours. One Quar­ ter. Autumn and Spring. Three class hours and two calculation hours each week. Electrical Engineering, third year. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 632 and 663. Mr. Boone, supervisor. Electronic circuit components (diodes, triodes, tetrodes, pentodes, gas filled tubes and photo tubes) ; circuit theory of triodes; circuit theory of tetrodes and pentodes; audio and video ampli­ fiers ; feedback principles. 637. Circuit Theory of Electron Devices II. Three credit hours. One Quar­ ter. Autumn and Winter. Three class hours each week. Electrical Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 636 and 666. Mr. Boone, supervisor. Gas tube control circuits; single-phase rectifiers and power supplies ; polyphase rectifier cir­ cuits ; radio frequency amplifiers and oscillators ; circuit theory of transistors. 638. Electric and Magnetic Fields. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Winter and Spring. Three class hours each week. Electrical Engineering, third year. Prerequisite, Physics 436, Electrical Engineering 503 and Mathematics 608. Mr. Kraus, supervisor. Electrostatic fields; electric fields o f simple geometries; field mapping and boundary value problems; electric current; magnetostatic fields 1 magnetic fields of simple geometries; magnetic fields o f ferromagnetic materials. 102 C o l l e g e o f E n g i n e e r i n g 639. Electromagnetic Fields and Waves. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three class hours each week. Electrical Engineering, third year. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 638. Mr. Kraus, supervisor. Charged particles in electric and magnetic fields; induction and time-changing fields; Max­ well’s equations; relations between field and circuit theory; plane waves; Poynting vector and energy relations. Not open for graduate credit to students majoring in Electrical Engineer­ ing. 642. Electrical Engineering. Four credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Three class hours and three laboratory hours each week. For students not majoring in Electrical Engineering or Engineering Physics. Aero­ nautical, Ceramic, Chemical, Mine, Industrial, Mechanical and Petroleum Engineering, fourth year; Metallurgical and Welding Engineering, third year. Prerequisite, Physics 433. Mr. Cowan, Mr. Weed, supervisors. An introduction to electric circuit components and analysis. The study of direct and alter­ nating: current circuits, electrical measurements, magnetic circuits, polyphase circuits, and tran­ sients. Not open for graduate credit. 643. Electrical Engineering. Four credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Three class hours, three laboratory hours each week. For students not majoring in Electrical Engineering or Engineering Physics. Chem­ ical, Mine, Mechanical and Petroleum Engineering, fourth year; Welding Engineering, third year; optional in Industrial Engineering, fourth year. Pre­ requisite, Electrical Engineering 642 or equivalent. Mr. Cowan, supervisor. A continuation of electrical engineering fundamentals. Transmission and distribution. D.C. motors and generators and their control. A.C. motora and their application and control. A.O. generators, meterB, power and energy rates, power factor correction, transformers, economics of engineering applications. Not open for graduate credit. 644. Industrial Electronics and Controls. Four credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Three class hours and one three-hour laboratory each week. Metallurgical and Welding Engineering, third year; Industrial, Mechanical, Aeronautical Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 642. Mr. Weed, supervisor. Theory and industrial applications of electronic devices involving photoelectric tubes, vaeuum tubes, and gas filled tubes. The study of control circuits, amplifiers, oscillators, filters, and power conversion. Not open for graduate credit. 649. Feedback Systems. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Spring. Three class hours each week. Electrical Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Mathematics 608 or 611 and Electrical Engineering 636 and 666 or 644 with permission of the instructor. Mr. Weimer, supervisor. Basic principles of feedback, feedback with power amplification, transient solutions and frequency response methods, stability, and application of feedback to communication and control. 662. Circuits Laboratory I. Two credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Winter. One class hour and one three-hour laboratory period each week. Elec­ trical Engineering, third year. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 503. Con­ current, Electrical Engineering 631. Mr. Weed, supervisor. Electrical laboratory measuring instruments and their range of application; circuit m««»- urvments of resistance; reactance, and phase angle over the audio frequency range; resonance and loci; network theorems; a.c. bridges. 663. Circuits Laboratory II. Two credit hours. One Quarter. Winter and Spring. One class hour and one three-hour laboratory period each week. Elec­ trical Engineering, third year. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 662 and 631. Concurrrent, Electrical Engineering 632. Mr. Weed, supervisor. Coupled circuits; impedance matching; three-phase circuits and power measurements; noiv- sinuaoidal waves; and transient*. E l e c t r i c a l E n g i n e e r i n g 103 664. Circuits Laboratory III. Two credit hours. One Quarter. Winter and Spring. One class hour and one three-hour laboratory period each week. Electrical Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 636 and 666. Concurrent, Electrical Engineering 633. Mr. Davis, supervisor. Line parameters; attenuation of voltage and current on a d.c. line; magnitude and phase of voltage and current on an open-wire line; reflected waves on line; coaxial line characteristic*; filters. 665. Non-Linear Circuits Laboratory. Two credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Winter. One class hour and one three-hour laboratory period each week. Electrical Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineer­ ing 632 and 663. Concurrent, Electrical Engineering 637, 667. Mr. Cosgriflf, supervisor. Laboratory study of the characteristics of non-linear impedances; circuit applications of non-linear impedances. 666. Electronics Laboratory I. Two credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Spring. One class hour and one three-hour laboratory period each week. Electrical Engineering, third year. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 632 and 663. Concurrent, Electrical Engineering 636. Mr. Davis, supervisor. Characteristics of electronic component*: audio frequency amplifiers; Class A radio fr«- quency amplifiers ; feedback circuits. 667. Electronics Laboratory II. Two credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Winter. One class hour and one three-hour laboratory period each week. Electrical Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 636 and 666. Concurrently, Electrical Engineering 637. Mr. W. C. Davis, supervisor. The characteristics of gas-filled electron tubes; single phase power supplies; voltage regu­ lators ; inverters ; polyphase rectifiers.

670. Analysis of Electrical Engineering Problems. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Winter. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 632 and Mathematics 610. Mr. Warren, Mr. Weimer, supervisors. Fundamental physical laws of electro-mechanical systems; special mathematical techniques including modeling, non-linear techniques, dimensional analysis, Fourier methods, and numerical techniques. Emphasis is on an analytical approach to problem solving. Not open to students who have credit for Electrical Engineering 770. 707. Advanced Circuits. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 633, 637, and 664. Mr. Boone, supervisor. Advanced electric circuit theory including impedance transformation; Foster’s Re&ctancs Theorem and applications; filters; and equalizers. 709. Advanced Circuit Laboratory. Two credit hours. Autumn Quarter. One class hour and one three-hour laboratory period each week. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 633 and 664. Concurrent, Electrical Engineering 707. Mr. Tice, supervisor. Techniques of radio frequency measurements; application of filters; impedance transform­ ers and equalizers to communication systems. 713. Advanced Electric Machine Theory. Pour credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Pour class hours each week. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 752. Mr. Dreese, supervisor. An analysis of the various revolving fields in electrical machinery; fractional slot windings; synchronous and asynchronous cusps; noise and vibration; composite machines; revolving permeances ; skin effect. 714. Electron Tube Theory and Application. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Three class hours each week. Electrical Engineering, fifth year. Pre­ requisite, Electrical Engineering 637 and 638. Mr. Boone, supervisor. Electric fields, potential distribution, space charge flow, and energy relations in electron tubes; gaseous and variable conductors, transistor electronics. 104 C o l l e g e o p E n g i n e e r i n g 718. Radiation from Antennas. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three class hours each week. Electrical Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 638, 633, and 664. Mr. Kraus, supervisor. Circuit theory and electromagnetic theory of antennas; impedance concept applied to an- tennaa; radiation reaiatance; antenna typea and arrays; propagation. 719. Antenna Laboratory. Two credit hours. Spring Quarter. One class hour and one three-hour laboratory period each week. Electrical Engineering, fourth year. Concurrent, Electrical Engineering 718. Mr. Kraus, supervisor. Techniques of measurements at high frequencies; measurement of current distributions, radiation patterns and terminal impedances. 724. Microwave Circuits Laboratory. Two credit hours. Autumn Quarter. One lecture hour and one three-hour laboratory period each week. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 638, 633, and 664. Concurrent, Electrical Engineering 739. Mr. Tice, Mr. Tischer, supervisors. Measurement of Impedance, power, and field intensity and distribution in wave-guide and transmission lines. 725. Control Systems Laboratory. Two credit hours. Winter Quarter. One class hour and one three-hour laboratory period each week. Concurrent, Electrical Engineering 738. Mr. Weed and Mr. Weimer. Laboratory study of automatic control systems components, phase sensitive amplifiers, magnetic amplifiers, a-c and d-c motor drives, surge testing and operational amplifiers.

728. Industrial Electronics. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 637 and 667. Mr. Weed, supervisor. Fundamentals of industrial electronic control using photo cells, gas tubes, and ignitrona; timing circuits, trigger circuits, and sequence relaying; welder control; radio frequency heating.

733. Servomechanisms. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Mathematics 608 or 611, and Electrical Engi­ neering 636 and 750 or 643 and 644 with permission of the instructor. Mr. Weimer, supervisor. The fundamental servomechanism control system; electrical and mechanical componenta; transient analysis of servomechanism systems with proportional, derivative, and integral eon- trollera; introduction to transfer-function analysis. 734. Servomechanism Laboratory. Two credit hours. Autumn Quarter. One class hour and one three-hour laboratory period each week. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 666 and 753. Concurrent, Electrical Engineering 733. Mr. Weimer, supervisor. Laboratory study of servomechanism equipment.

738. Automatic Control and Electronic Equipment. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Electrical Engi­ neering 637, 667, 733, and 753. Mr. Weed, supervisor. Voltage regulators; a-c and d-c motor drives; amplidynes; phase sensitive amplifiers; mag­ netic amplifiers; surge generators; pulse control; industrial X-ray circuits; dry rectifiers and applications.

739. Microwave Circuits. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 638, 633, and 664. Concurrent Electrical Engineering 724. Mr. Tice, supervisor. Wave guides and transmission lines; generation and detection of microwaves; measurement of impedance, power, and fields ; special techniques.

741. Economics and Organization of the Electrical Industry. Four credit hours. One Quarter. Winter and Spring. Four class hours each week. Elec­ trical Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 632 or 643. Mr. Ayres, supervisor. Principles of engineering economy and financial analysis applied to electrical industry in its principal diviaions; power supply, communications, manufacturing and merchandising. E l e c t r i c a l E n g i n e e r i n g 105 743. Communication Theory. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 634, 637, 665, 667, and 707. Mr. Thurston, supervisor. Theory of communication, information content, frequency spectra, noise, methods of modula­ tion, modulators and demodulators. 744. Communications Laboratory I. Two credit hours. Winter Quarter. One class hour and one three-hour laboratory period each week. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 634, 637, 665, 667, 770, and 709. Concurrent, Electrical Engineering 743. Mr. Tice, supervisor. Theory and laboratory study of non-linear amplifiers and oscillators, modulators and de­ tectors. 747. Communications Systems. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 707 and 743. Mr. Davis, supervisor. A study of the synthesis of amplitude and frequency modulated communication systems, with emphasis on transmitters and receivers. 748. Communications Laboratory II. Two credit hours. Spring Quarter. One class hour and one three-hour laboratory period each week. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 707, 709, and 744. Concurrent, Electrical Engineering 747. Mr. Tice, supervisor. Laboratory study of transmitters and receivers. 750. Electrical Machinery Theory. Four credit hours. One Quarter. Au- tumn and Winter. Four class hours and two calculation hours each week. Electrical Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 631, 632, 662, and 663. Mr. Dreese, supervisor. Theory of transformers and electrical machines of direct current and alternating current types. 751. Electrical Machinery Theory. Four credit hours. One Quarter. Win­ ter and Spring. Four class hours and two calculation hours each week. Elec­ trical Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 750. Mr. Dreese, supervisor. A continuation of Electrical Engineering 750. 752. Electrical Machinery Theory. Four credit hours. One Quarter. Au­ tumn and Spring. Four class hours each week. Electrical Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 751. Mr. Dreese, supervisor. A continuation of Electrical Engineering 751. 753. Electrical Machinery Laboratory. Two credit hours. One Quarter. Winter and Spring. One class hour and one three-hour laboratory period each week. Electrical Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 750. Mr. Smith, Mr. Kimberly, supervisors. Electrical machinery laboratory for Electrical Engineering 750. 754. Electrical Machinery Laboratory. Two credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Spring. One class hour and one three-hour laboratory period each week. Electrical Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 751 and 753. Mr. Smith, Mr. Kimberly, supervisors. Electrical machinery laboratory for Electrical Engineering 751. 755. Electrical Engineering Laboratory. Two credit hours. Autumn Quar­ ter. One class hour and one three-hour laboratory period each week. Electrical Engineering, fifth year. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 752 and 754. Mr. Smith, Mr. Kimberly, supervisors. Electrical machinery laboratory for Electrical Engineering 752. 759. Industrial Electronics Laboratory. Two credit hours. Spring Quar­ ter One class hour and one three-hour laboratory period each week. Con­ current, Electrical Engineering 728. Mr. Weed, supervisor. Laboratory study of automatic control circuits, regulators, radio frequency heating, X-ray, and power electronics applications. 106 C o l l e g e o f E n g i n e e r i n g 760-761-762. Advanced Theoretical Study of Electrical Engineering Prac­ tice and Equipment. Credit hours to be arranged. Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters. Prerequisite, permission of instructor in charge. All instructors.

763. Circuit Theory of Transistors. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 634 and 637 or equivalent. Mr. Boone, supervisor. Circuit theory of the transistor in a variety of circuit applications, both linemr and non-linear.

764. Transistor Circuits Laboratory. Two credit hours. Winter Quarter. One class hour and one three-hour laboratory period each week. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 665 and 667. Concurrent, Electrical Engineering 763. Mr. Boone, Mr. Thurston, supervisors. Laboratory study of the transistor in amplifier, oscillator, and switching circuit applications.

765-766-767. Special Advanced Laboratory. Credit hours to be arranged. Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters. Prerequisite, a beginning course in Electrical Engineering and the consent of the instructor in charge. All in­ structors.

771. Theory of Small Motors. Four credit hours. Winter Quarter. Four class hours each week. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 751. Mr. Tang, supervisor. The study of the theory and application of small motors. Methods of analyzing the per­ formance of single-phase motors.

777. Theory of Alternating Current Equipment. Four credit hours. Spring Quarter. Four class hours each week. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 751 and 754 or permission of the instructor. Mr. Tang, supervisor. The study of three-phase transformers; three-phase induction motors in concatenation; the ACA or brush-shifting motor; methods of varying: the speed of alternating current machines; amplidyne; rototrol; selsyns ; short circuits on electrical systems and equipment.

778. Laboratory Study of Alternating Current Equipment. Two credit hours. Spring Quarter. One class hour and three laboratory hours each week. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 771 or permission of the instructor. Con­ current, Electrical Engineering 777. Mr. Tang, Mr. Smith, supervisors. The laboratory study of three-phase transformers, small motors, methods of varying the speed of alternating current machines, short circuits on electrical equipment, amplidyne and other power amplifiers.

780. Engineering Industrial Problems. Three credit hours. Spring Quar­ ter. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 750 or 643. Mr. Kimberly, supervisor. Layouts of electrical distribution systems for factories and municipalities, electrolysis investi­ gation, special cases of electric drive and control, power plant economics, and engineering aspects of patents.

781. Vacuum Tube Circuits. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 634, 637, 665, and 667. Mr. Davis, supervisor. Integrating and differentiating circuits; counting circuits; timing circuits; pulse circuits; wave forming and wave shaping circuits.

782. Vacuum Tube Circuits Laboratory. Two credit hours. Spring Quar­ ter. One class hour and one three-hour laboratory period each week. Pre­ requisite, Electrical Engineering 634, 637, 665, and 667. Concurrent, Electrical Engineering 781. Mr. Davis, supervisor. Laboratory study of integrating and differentiating circuits; counting circuits; timing circuits; pulse circuits; wave-forming and wave-shaping circuits. E l e c t r i c a l E n g i n e e r i n g 107 790. Introduction to Electric Power Systems. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 633, 752, and 754. Mr. Ayres, Mr. Smith, supervisors. Fundamentals of power system engineering including calculation of fundamental constants of transmission lines and electrical apparatus, short circuit calculations, system stability, relay­ ing, lightning and distribution. 791. High Voltage Laboratory. Two credit hours. Autumn Quarter. One class hour and one three-hour laboratory period each week. Prerequisite, Elec­ trical Engineering 638 and 751. Concurrent, Electrical Engineering 790. Mr. Ayres, Mr. Smith, supervisors. A laboratory study of high voltage insulation. 792. Introduction to Electric Power Systems. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 790. Mr. Ayres, Mr. Smith, supervisors. Continuation of Electrical Engineering 790.

793. Power Systems Laboratory. Two credit hours. Winter Quarter. One class hour and one three-hour laboratory period each week. Prerequisite, Elec­ trical Engineering 755. Concurrent, Electrical Engineering 792. Mr. Ayres, Mr. Smith, supervisors. A laboratory study of alternating current apparatus with respect to its application in Electric Power Systems.

794. Introduction to Electric Power Systems. Four credit hours. Spring Quarter. Four class hours each week. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 792 and 793. Mr. Ayres, Mr. Smith, supervisors. Continuation of Electrical Engineering 792.

FOR GRADUATES An undergraduate student shall not be permitted to take any course in the ‘*800’' or “900" group except by permission of the Graduate Council. 801-802-803. Advanced Theoretical Study of Electrical Engineering Prac­ tice and Equipment. Credit hours to be arranged. Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters.

805-806-807. Advanced Laboratory Study of Electrical Engineering Equipment. Credit hours to be arranged. Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quar­ ters. 815. Transients in Linear Systems. Three credit hours. Autumn Quar­ ter. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 636; concurrent Mathematics 601 or equivalent. Mr. Warren, Mr. Weimer. Modern methods of solution of transient phenomena in electrical, mechanical, and thermal linear systems involving lumped and distributed parameters. 817. Advanced Theory of Antenna Systems I. Three credit hours. Au­ tumn Quarter. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineer­ ing 832 or equivalent. Mr. Kouyoumjian. Application of modern theory to antenna design. Reduction of the vector problem to a scalar problem. Representation of a field in terms o f plane, Bpherical, or cylindrical wavee. Applications to waveguides of arbitrary cross section and antennas of arbitrary shape. Scattering of radio waves. 818. Advanced Theory of Antenna Systems II. Three credit hours. Win- ter Quarter. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 817. Mr. Kouyoumjian. Application of integral equations to antenna problems by the Green’s function technique and SchelkunofTs equivalence principle. Babinet's principle. Approximate solution by the variational technique and exact solution of the Weiner-Hopf method. Radiation from open waveguides, traveling wave slots, echo area of flat plates, equivalent circuits for waveguide structure#. 108 C o l l e g e o f E n g i n e e r i n g 827. Communication Theory I. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 815, con­ current Mathematics 607. Mr. Warren. The application of Fourier Series and Fourier Integrals to the analysis of current prob­ lems. Theory of random signals, autocorrelation and power density spectra. Theory of optimum filters and predictors and other selected topics in modern circuit theory. 828. Communication Theory II. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 827 and Mathematics 607. Mr. Warren. A continuation of Electrical Engineering 827. 830. Network Synthesis I. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 815 and Mathe­ matics 607. Mr. Warren and Mr. Davis. Modern theory of network synthesis with applications to advanced design of filters, equal­ izers and compensators. 831. Network Synthesis II. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 830. Mr. Warren. A continuation of Electrical Engineering 830. 832. Fundamentals of Electromagnetic Theory. Three credit hours. Au­ tumn Quarter. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineer­ ing 638 or equivalent. Mr. Kraus. Maxwell’s equations, scalar, vector and Hertzian potentials, dielectrics and conductors, plane waves in dielectric and conducting: media, impedance of media, traveling and standing waves, energy flow, group velocity, phase velocity, depth of penetration, elliptical polarisation and elliptical cross-field. 833. Electromechanical Systems. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 815. Mr. Weimer. Application of the methods of electric circuit analysis to mechanical, acoustical, electro­ mechanical, and electro-acoustical systems. 834. Analysis of Non-Linear Systems. Three credit hours. Winter Quar­ ter. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 637 and 815. Mr. Warren. An advanced study of methods of analysis for non-linear systems with applications in the field o f electric circuit theory. 841. Electron-Tube Theory and Design. Three credit hours. Autumn Quar­ ter. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 637, or permission of the instructor. Mr. Boone. Analysis of the potential distribution in electron tubes; tube parameters as determined by electrode geometry; design methods to provide specific performance; electronic analysis of elec­ tron tubes including electron inertia effects. 842. Geometrical Electron Optics. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 714, Mathe­ matics 610 or 661, or permission of the instructor. Mr. Thurston. A study of electron optical systems, including the theory of aberrations, of deflecting systems, and of dense electron beams. 844. Theory of Variable Conductors. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 841. Mr. Boone. A generalized study of the theory of variable conductors such as high-vacuum tubea, gaseous conductors, and transistors. 845. Vacuum-Tube Electronics at High Frequencies. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Electrical Engi­ neering 841. Mr. Boone. Energy interchange between electron streams and the fields of cavity resonators; noise analysis; velocity variation tubes. E l e c t r i c a l E n g i n e e r i n g 109 846. Microwave Tubes. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 845. Mr. Thurston. A study of means of generation of microwave power, with emphasis on non-resonant structures.

847. Theory and Design of Servomechanisms. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 815 or permission of the instructor. Mr. Weimer. Review of fundamental servo systems and components; application of transfer function analysis and development of stability criteria; design of linear lead and lag compensator*; carrier systems.

848. Synthesis of Linear Servomechanisms. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 816 and 847. Mr. Weimer. Logarithmic plots of transfer functions; multiple-loop and multiple-input systems; root loci; relation between time and frequency response; sampling servos; statistical properties of noise and servo inputs.

850. Wave Guides and Resonators. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 832. Mr. Kraus. Parallel plane wave-guides, rectangular and cylindrical wave-guides, transmission line theory, resonators, discontinuities in wave-guides and transmission lines.

851. Radiation and Radiating Systems. Three credit hours. Spring Quar­ ter. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 832. Mr. Kraus. Point source theory; arrays of point sources; the antenna as an aperture; the electric dipole and linear antennas; loop antennas; helical antennas; Schelkuoff’s biconical antenna; cylin­ drical antennas and Hallen’s integral equation ; mutual impedance; slot, horn, and complementary antennas; reflectors; lens antennas; microwave optics.

852. Propagation of Electromagnetic Waves. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Electrical Engineering 851. Mr. Tice. Diffraction, reflection, and refraction of waves, antenna over a plane earth, antenna over a spherical earth, propagation in an ionized medium.

898. Interdepartmental Seminar in Radio Astronomy. One to five credit hours. Winter Quarter. Mr. Keller, Mr. Kraus. In cooperation with the Department of Physics and Astronomy a seminar will be conducted on the techniques of radio astronomy and the present state of knowledge of the universe as determined by radio astronomical methods.

899. Interdepartmental Seminar. One to five credit hours. All Quarters. When two or more departments desire to establish an interdepartmental seminar on a subject of common interest, the authorized representatives of the departments concerned shall prepare a course description including the names of faculty members designated to conduct the seminar. The statement shall be submitted to the Curriculum Committee of the Graduate School for prior ap­ proval.

950. Research in Electrical Engineering. Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters. All instructors. Courses carrying this number involve a research problem selected by the student in con­ sultation with his adviser. 110 C o l l e g e o f E n g i n e e r i n g

ENGINEERING DRAWING Office, 218 Brown Hall

PROFESSORS PAFFENBARGER, WILLIAMS, (EMERITUS), MEIKLEJOHN (EMERITUS), FIELD (EMERITUS), COOPER, VIERCK, SHUPE AND MACHOVINA, ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS PHILBY, WATKINS AND PARKINSON, ASSISTANT PROFESSORS REED, HANG, AND YARRINGTON, MR. DAVIS, MR. SCHUMANN, MR. ROMEO. MR. DEVEREAUX, MR. STONE. MR. HASKELL, MR. MILLER, MR. OTSTOT, MR. BELL, MR. A’HARRAH, MR. GIRBERT, MR. BROWN, MR. PETRUSHKA AND ASSISTANTS 400. Elementary Engineering Drawing. Four credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Winter. One lecture and four two-hour laboratory periods each week. Elective in all curricula except engineering. Mr. Philby, supervisor. Lettering, use of instruments, applied geometry, projection drawing, size description, and pictorial representation. Not open to majors in the College of Engineering. 40*1. Principles of Engineering Drawing. Four credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Four two-hour periods of lecture and laboratory each week. Required in all curricula, College of Engineering, first year. Mr. Cooper, supervisor. Lettering, use of instruments, applied geometry, orthographic projection, sections, rotation, pictorial drawing, auxiliary and oblique views, sketching. Not open to students who have credit for Engineering Drawing 400. 402. Principles of Engineering Drawing. Four credit hours. One Quarter. Winter and Spring. One iecture and four two-hour laboratory periods each week. Prerequisite, Engineering Drawing 400 or 401. Elective in all curricula except Engineering. Mr. Reed. Lettering, auxiliary, development of surfaces, dimensioning, elementary working drawings, charts and graphs. 403. Principles of Engineering Drawing. Four credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Four two-hour periods each week for lecture and laboratory. Required in all curricula, College of Engineering, first year. Prerequisite, Engineering Drawing 401. Mr. Shupe, supervisor. Orthographic solutions to space problems including intersections, developments and vectors. Charts, graphs, and diagrams. 405. Principles of Engineering Drawing. Four credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Four two-hour periods each week for lecture and laboratory. Required in all curricula, College of Engineering, first year. Prerequisite, Engineering Drawing 403. Mr. Machovina, supervisor. Graphical solutions involving scales, empirical and derived curves; slide rule; dimensioning; threads; fasteners ; working drawings including special types; technical sketching. 416. Elements of Drawing and Lettering. Two credit hours. Winter Quar­ ter. Six laboratory hours each week. No prerequisites. Elective for student* in Engineering, Arts, Education, Pharmacy. Mr. Philby. Instruction in single stroke commercial gothic, inclined, display lettering and layout. 421. Engineering Drawing. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. One lecture and three two-hour laboratory periods each week. Mechanical Engineering, second year. Prerequisite, Engineering Drawing 406. Mr. Vierck, Mr. Watkins. Working drawings, technical sketching, dimensioning, limits and tolerances, gears, piping, structural practice, and welding. 426. Technical Drawing. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Spring. One lecture and three two-hour laboratory periods each week. Chem­ ical and Metallurgical Engineering, second year; Mining and Petroleum En­ gineering, third year. Prerequisite, Engineering Drawing 405. Mr. Paffen- barger, Mr. Watkins. Dimensioning, working drawing. Conventional representation, technical sketching, measur­ ing and field sketching, pictorial sketching, piping, architectural drawing, gears, structural steel and welding. E n g i n e e r i n g D r a w i n g 111 439. Drawing in Business. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three two-hour lecture and laboratory periods each week. Mr. Parkinson. A study of the fundamentals of engineering drawing including: (a) orthographic projec­ tion, sections and pictorial drawing; (b) concept of dimensions, tolerances and specifications; (c) orientation in threads and fasteners; (d) use of the slide rule; (e) working drawings, blue print reading, and methods of reproducing drawings. Accent in all phases is on subject matter rather than draftsmanship.

537. Graphic Presentation. Five credit hours. Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters. Five two-hour periods of lecture and laboratory each week. Required in the areas of Ceramic Art, Commercial Art, Interior Design, In­ dustrial Design and Medical Illustration. Students must have Sophomore standing. Mr. Philby, supervisor. Graphic presentation in terms of shape and size description. Orthographic Projection, Pictorial Drawing and the application of rendering techniques in monochrome and color.

638. House Planning. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Two two-hour class periods and two hours to be arranged each week. Prerequisite, Home Economics 450, 506, 512, 560, 622, and 623 and junior standing or permission of the instructor. Mr. Shupe. Application of architectural design principles to house planning. Reading architectural drawings and specifications. Judging houses under construction. Not open to students who have credit for Engineering Drawing 538. Not open for credit to graduate students.

704. Chemical Plant Layout and Design. Four credit hours. Spring Quar­ ter. Two class hours and six laboratory hours each week. Chemical Engineer­ ing, fifth year. Prerequisite, Engineering Drawing 426. Mr. Paffenbarger. Sketching and preliminary layout of industrial chemical plants. Design and drawing of a complete plant for the manufacture of ft chemical or related product.

710. Advanced Graphics. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. One lec­ ture and three two-hour laboratory periods each week. Prerequisite, Mathe­ matics 543 or 443 and Engineering Drawing 426 or equivalent. Mr. Hang. Methods of graphical presentation and calculation. Types and application of charts. Graphi­ cal differentiation and integration. Anamorphosis of curves. Nomography.

ENGINEERING MECHANICS Office, 208 Industrial Engineering Building

PROFESSORS WEST. FOLK. POWELL (EMERITUS). AND OTT (EMERITUS). ASSOCI­ ATE PROFESSORS CLARK. TUCKER, GRAHAM, AND NIEDENFUHR, ASSISTANT PROFESSOR GOODSTEIN, MR. LAMBERT, MR. LE1SSA, MR. CHIN, MR. KOZIK, MR. GARIBOTTI, MR. BARNES, MR. MOBLEY 511. Applied Mechanics I. Five credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Four class hours and one two-hour computation period each week. Architecture, second year. Prerequisite, Mathematics 440. Mr. Clark. Algebraical and graphical solutions of concurrent and nonconcurrent coplanar force prob­ lems; resolutions, moments, equilibrium, and resultants; friction; simple trusses and frames; con­ current noncoplanar forces; nonconcurrent noncoplanar forces. Not open to students who have credit for Engineering Mechanics 521 or 601.

512. Applied Mechanics II. Five credit hours. Winter Quarter. Four class hours and one two-hour computation period each week. Architecture, second year. Prerequisite, Engineering Mechanics 511. Mr. Clark. A continuation of 511 including center of gravity and moment of inertia of plane areas and built-up structural sections; tensile, compressive and shearing stresses and strain; welded and riveted joints; flexural and shearing stresses in beams ; bending combined with direct stress ; col- nmn theory; laboratory demonstrations and computation. Not open to students who have credit for Engineering Mechanics 602. 112 C o l l e g e o f E n g i n e e r i n g 513. Applied Mechanics III. Five credit hours. Spring Quarter. Four class hours and one two-hour computation period each week. Architecture, second year. Prerequisite, Engineering Mechanics 512. Mr. Clark. A continuation of 512 including working formulas for columns; crippling and buckling in beams; deflection of beams by area moments ; statically indeterminate beams by area momenta and the three moment equation; torsion of circular sections; combined stresses by Mohr's circle; theories of elastic failure; force, mass, acceleration, velocity; potential and kinetic energy. Not open to students who have credit for Engineering Mechanics 605. 521. Statics. Five credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Five class hours each week. Required in all Engineering curricula. Prerequi­ site, Physics 431. Prerequisite or concurrent, Mathematics 543. Mr. Leissa and others. Resultant and equilibrium of concurrent and non-current coplanar force systems by alge- braical and graphical methods; connected bodies; simple trusses; frames involving three-force members; flexible cables; friction; equilibrium of non-concurrent non-coplanar force systems; center of gravity and moment of inertia of masses and plane areas by integral calculus. Not open to students who have credit for Engineering Mechanics 601. 602. Strength of Materials I. Five credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Four class hours, one two-hour laboratory period each week. Required in all Engineering curricula. Prerequisite, Engineering Mechanics 521. Mr. Folk and others. Tensile, compressive and shearing stresses and deformations; allowable working stresses; combined stress by Mohr’s circle; stresses beyond the elastic limit; analysis of axial forces on riveted and welded joints; torsion; bending and longitudinal shearing stresses and deformations in beams; de lection of beams by double integration; column theory and analysis of working columns formulas. 605. Strength of Materials II. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn. Winter, Spring. Three class hours each week. Welding Engineering, third year. Civil, Mechanical Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Engineering Me­ chanics 602. Mr. Folk and others. Use of Mohr’s Circle in three dimensions; theories of failure of elastic action; resilience in bending and torsion; deflection by area moments; statically indeterminate and tapered beams; energy of bending and shear; curved beams. 607. Dynamics. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Three class hours each week. Agricultural, Civil, Electrical, Glass Technology, Welding, Mechanical, and Mining Engineering, and Engineering Physics, fourth year. Optional, Industrial Engineering, third year. Prerequi­ site, Engineering Mechanics 521. Mr. Graham and others. Dynamics of linear and angular motion from constant forces and forces proportional to displacement; connected bodies; impulse and momentum; combined rotation and translation; work, energy, and power; rotating and accelerated frames of reference. Not open to students who have credit for Engineering Mechanics 617. 610. Mechanics of Fluids. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Three class hours each week. Civil, Mining, and Petroleum Engineering, third year. Agricultural Engineering, Glass Technology, fourth year. Optional, Industrial Engineering, third year. Prerequisite, Engineering Mechanics 607. Mr. Graham. Fluid pressure including stability of simple gravity dams; fundamentals of fluid flow including orifices, weirs, nozzles, venturis, and vortices; pressure of deviated flow; fluid friction; non-turbulent flow in pipes, and steady turbulent flow in pipes and uniform open channels; effect of viscosity; hydraulic models. 617. Dynamics. Five credit hours. Spring Quarter. Five class hours each week. Prerequisite, Mathematics 608 and prerequisite or concurrent Engineer­ ing Mechanics 602. Aeronautical Engineering, third year. Mr. West, Mr. Niedenfuhr. Kinematics of plane motion. Vector treatment of accelerations in three dimensions. New­ ton’s laws and dynamics of particles. Dynamics of rigid bodies. D’Alembert’s principle. Im­ pulse and momentum. Work and energy. Equations of motion for conservative systems. The vibration analysis of single degree of freedom systems. Not open to students who have credit for Engineering Mechanics 607. E n g i n e e r i n g M e c h a n i c s 113

703. Experimental Stress Analysis. Two credit hours. Spring Quarter. Four laboratory hours each week. Prerequisite, Engineering Mechanics 605. Mr. Clark, Mr. Goodstein. Laboratory experiments involving the use of electric strain gages, “stress-coat," brittle models, and photoelastic analysis of welded and other structures ; determination of fatigue limits. 704. Photoelasticity. Two credit hours. Winter Quarter. Four laboratory hours each week. Prerequisite, Engineering Mechanics 605 or equivalent. Mr. Clark, Mr. Goodstein. Determination of the stress distribution in engineering components using the methods of photoelasticity; two and three dimensional models to be constructed and analyzed. 706. Mechanics of Earth Action. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Engineering Mechanics 513 or 602. Mr. Tucker. Study of methods and results of field and laboratory tests. Theoretical analysis of the forces exerted by earth on structures, and the distribution of forces in loaded soils as applied to engineering. Historical evolutions of the subject. 707. Mechanical Vibrations. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Engineering Mechanics 607. Mr. Goodstein. Acceleration, velocity and displacement from variable forces. Vibration, free and forced. Torsional vibration. Dynamic balance. Vibration and whipping of shafts. *710. Intermediate Mechanics of Fluids. Three credit hours. Winter Quar­ ter. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Engineering Mechanics 610, or Mechanical Engineering 605, or equivalent. A continuation of subject matter of Mechanics 610, including such subjects as stability of flotation; discharge under variable head; unsteady flow in pipes; non-uniform flow in open channels ; and the elements of dimensional analysis and dynamic similarity as applied to model testing. 713. Advanced Strength of Materials I. Three credit hours. Autumn Quar­ ter. Three class hours each week. Welding Engineering, fourth year; Aero­ nautical Engineering, structures option, fifth year. Prerequisite, Engineering Mechanics 605 or Aeronautical Engineering 710, and Mathematics 608 or 611. Mr. Niedenfuhr, Mr. Graham. Stress concentration and fatigue; Mohr’s Circle for strains; general relationships of stresses and strains at a point; theories of failure of elastic action ; analysis of stresses and strains in flat plates; torsion of non-circular sections including structural shapes and thin hollow cells; membrance analotrv, curved beams and hooks. 714. Advanced Strength of Materials II. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three class hours each week. Aeronautical engineering, structures option, fifth year. Prerequisite, Engineering Mechanics 605, or Aeronautical Engineering 710, and Mathematics 608 or 611. Mr. Folk, Mr. Graham. Limitations of flexure formula; bending stresses in non-symmetrical sections; lateral shear; thick cylinders; elastic energy of bending and shear; Castigliano’s Theorem; deformations beyond the elastic limit. 715. Theory of Elastic Stability. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Engineering Mechanics 605, Mathe­ matics 608 or 611, and 609 or 626. Mr. Folk, Mr. Graham. Buckling of bars under action of lateral and direct loads; effects of initial curvature, eccentricity and shear deformation ; energy method of determination of critical loads; buckling of tubes; lateral buckling of beams; deflection curves by trigonometric series. 716. Elastic Energy Theory. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Engineering Mechanics 605 and one of the following: Civil Engineering 701, 711, 713, or Aeronautical Engineering 710. Mr. Clark, Mr. Graham. The Elastic Energy concept applied to solutions for deformations and stresses in frames, beams, bents, rings, arches and columns, redundant beams and frames. Bending stresses com­ bined with direct or torsional stresses. Deformations due to shear. Not open to students who have credit for Engineering Mechanics 816. * N ot given in 1958-1959. 114 C o l l e g e o f E n g i n e e r i n g 717. Advanced Engineering Dynamics. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Engineering Mechanics 607 and Mathematics 608 or 611. Mr. West, Mr. Goodstein. Vector form of the equations of statics; analytical statics in three dimensions; kinematics of a particle and of rigid bodies; kinetic energy and momentum; stability of equilibrium; dynamics of a particle and of a rigid body; the gyroscope and its applications; Lagrange’s equations of motion and their application to the more complicated problems of dynamics; engi­ neering applications to problems of machinery, vehicles, ballistics, etc.

725. Theory of Thin Elastic Plates. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Engineering Mechanics 605 and 713, Mathematics 608 or 611, and Mathematics 609 or 626. Mr. Graham, Mr. Folk. Bending of long, rectangular plates to a cylindrical surface; pure bending of plates; thermal stresses; small deflections of laterally loaded plates; general equations of small deflec­ tions of laterally loaded plates; membrane analogue; simply supported rectangular plates; rectangular plates with various edge conditions; plates of various shapes; large deflections of plates ; methods of approximate solution.

799. Special Problems in Advanced Engineering Mechanics. Two to five credit hours. Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters. Prerequisite, thirteen hours of “ 600” courses in Engineering Mechanics and consent of instructor. All instructors. This course is intended to give the advanced student an opportunity to investigate special problems not offered in other regular courses. The student must register for specific problems in the areas indicated below, and may register for more than one at a time. However, he cannot accumulate more than fifteen credit hours for the entire course. (a) Experimental Stress Analysis (b) Dynamics (c) Fluid Mechanics (d) Mechanics of Earth Action (e) Applied Elasticity (f) Strength of Materials (g) Vibrations (h) Plasticity ( j ) Plates and Shells FOR GRADUATES An undergraduate student shall not be permitted to take any course in the "800” or “900” prroup except by permission of the Graduate Council.

80'!. Advanced Theoretical Mechanics. Two to five credit hours. Autumn, Winter and Spring Quarters. Prerequisite, Mathematics 611 and Engineering Mechanics 605, 607 and 610 or equivalent in addition to evidence of sufficient background in the area of study chosen and permission of the department chairman. All instructors. This course is intended to give the advanced student an opportunity to study special topics and subjects not offered in other courses. The student must register for specific topics in the areas indicated below, and may register for more than one at a time. However, he cannot accumulate more than fifteen credit hours for the entire course. (a) Advanced Experimental Methods (b) Advanced Dynamics (c) Hydrodynamics and Fluid Mechanics (d) Mechanics of Earth Action (e) Applied Elasticity (f) Strength of Materials (g) Vibrations (h) Plasticity ( j ) Plates and Shells

807. Vibrations of Continuous Media. Three credit hours. Spring Quar­ ter. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Engineering Mechanics 707, Mathematics 608 or 611, and Mathematics 609 or 626. Mr. West. The equations of motion for strings, membranes, prismatical bars and plates; classical method of solution for vibrations of these bodies under various boundary conditions; approxi­ mate methods of solution for complicated and difficult shapes and boundary values; wave propa- pagation in elastic media. E n g i n e e r i n g M e c h a n i c s 115 808. Non-Linear Vibrations. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Engineering Mechanics 707, and Mathe­ matics 608 or 611. Mr. West. Free vibrations of undamped systems with non-linear restoring forces; phase plane; free vibrations with damping: and the geometry of integral curves; forced oscillations of systems with non-linear restoring forces; self-sustained oscillations; Hill’s equation and its application to the stability of non-linear oscillations. 813-814. Applied Elasticity. Three credit hours. Winter and Spring Quar­ ters. Prerequisite, Engineering Mechanics 605 and Mathematics 608 or 611, and Mathematics 609 or 626, or the equivalent. Mr. Folk, Mr. Niedenfuhr. Experimental and theoretical bases of theory of elasticity; Hooke's Law; stress and strain in three dimensions; equations of equilibrium and compatibility; boundary values; special cases of plane stress, plane strain, and generalized plane stress; bending of beams and plates ; thin and medium thin flat and curved plates; tubes, cylinders and rollers; concentrated loads and the principle of St. Venant; general problem of torsion of prisms and other special cross sec­ tions ; membrane analogy; Castigliano’s and Maxwell’s Theorems ; approximate methods. 817. Analytical Dynamics. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Engineering Mechanics 717. Mr. West. Lagrange’s form of the equations of motion; potential functions; Lagrange’s equations for impulsive motion; principles available for integration; solvable problems of particle and rigid dynamics; Lagrange’s treatment of small oscillations; non-holonomic and dissipative systems; Hamilton's principle and Hamiltonian systems; applications to the more intricate problems of engineering dynamics. 950. Research in Engineering Mechanics. Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters. ENGLISH Office, 115 Derby Hall

PROFESSORS ESTRICH, FULLINGTON, WALLEY, WILSON. DERBY. CHARVAT, SIMP­ SON. UTLEY, ALTICK, BLOOMFIELD. HUGHEY. AND PEARCE, ASSOCIATE PRO­ FESSORS SNOW. LOGAN. ELLIOTT, ROBBINS AND TAYLOR, ASSISTANT PROFES­ SORS DUMBLE, WHITMER, VARANDYAN, HABER, KANE, BLICKLE, FURNISS, SHEDD, WHEELER, BABB, KUHN AND NEWMARK, MRS. ROBINSON. MR. HAZEL- TON, MR. HOWARD, MR. MAURER, MRS. DASHER, MISS LORD, MR. HART, MR. BRANDT, MR. MARKELS, MR. SILVER, MISS BEALL, MISS DUNDAS, MRS. EDWARDS, MR. GRIGSBY, MRS. HICKS. MR. HOCHFIELD, MR. O’KELLY, MRS. PASSE, ASSIS­ TANT INSTRUCTORS, ASSISTANTS AND GRADUATE ASSISTANTS 400. Review of the Elements of Composition. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Three credit hours will be added to gradu­ ation requirements. Director, Mr. Robbins. A review of functional grammar and the elementary principles of written composition; practice in writing. This course is designed for students who are not adequately prepared to undertake the work of English 416. Students may be assigned to the course because of unsatisfactory performance in the placement test or because of inability to maintain a satisfactory standard in English 416. This course may not be taken concurrently with English 416. 4045-407-408. English as a Foreign Language. A sequence of courses de­ signed to train foreign students in the use of written and oral English. To be taken in conjunction with Speech 405. Assignment to both Speech and the appropriate English course is made on the basis of examinations given at the beginning of each Quarter to all new students whose native language is not English. Course credit may not be counted toward graduation. Director, Mr. Newmark. 406. General English for Foreign Students. Five credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Review of English structure for foreign students. Proceeds from basic oral-aural patterns to their applications in writings. 407. Advanced English for Foreign Students. Five credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Develops academic and social effectiveness in the use of advanced patterns in written and spoken English. 116 C o lleg e o f E n g in e e r in g 408. Special Problems in English for Foreign Students. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Individual and class attention is given to the special academic problems of foreign students. Note-taking, examination taking, thesis and report writing, special vocabularies, etc. are given individual attention as needed.

416. Composition and Reading. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Au­ tumn, Winter, Spring. Director, Mr. Robbins. Guided training in expository writing with an emphasis on fundamentals of paragraphing, sentence structure, and mechanics, as illustrated in the student’s own writing and in the essays of professional writers. Not open to students who have credit for English 401, 402, 403, 410, 411, 412, 413, 414, 430, 505, 506, 507, 508.

417. Composition and Reading. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Au­ tumn. Winter, Spring. Prerequisite. English 416 or 410. Guided training in expository writing with continued emphasis on fundamentals, ap­ proached specifically through a study of the techniques of critical reading. Not open to students who have credit for English 401, 402, 403, 411, 412, 413, 414, 430, 505, 506, 507, 508.

418. Composition and Reading. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Au­ tumn, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite, English 417 or 411. Director, Mr. Robbins. Guided training in expository writing: a continuation of English 416 and 417, approached specifically through the study of imaginative literature. Not open to students who have credit for English 401, 402, 403, 412, 414, 430, 505, 506, 507, 508.

501. Readings in Recent Drama. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Au­ tumn and Spring. Mr. Dumble. Wide reading in American and European plays since 1920. Lecture and discussion. Not open to students who have credit for English 670. Not accepted for credit on the English major.

502. Readings in Recent Prose Fiction. Three credit hours. Winter Quar­ ter. Mr. Dumble. Wide reading with particular attention to the novel. Lecture and discussion. Not accepted for credit on the English major.

519. Technical Writing. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Two hours lecture and one hour conference each week. Pre­ requisite, junior standing. Mrs. Blickle and staff. Training in practical writing for industry, business, and research with emphasis on the special requirements and techniques of the professional report. Recommended for and open only to students in the Bachelor of Science curricula.

FINE AND APPLIED ARTS Office, 104 Hayes Hall

PROFESSOR SEVERINO AND STAFF For courses in Fine Arts which may be elected by engineering students, see the Bulletin of the College of Education or School of Fine and Applied Arts. F l i g h t T r a i n i n g 117

FLIGHT TRAINING Ohio State University Airport

MR. SCOTFORD, MR. COVERT, MR. EGGSPEUHLER, MR. HUBBARD, MR. JONES, MR. KAMPE, MR. LANG 400A. Primary Flight Training. No credit. One Quarter. All Quarters. Total of twenty flying hours. Approximately three hours each week. Prerequi­ site, Flight Training 401 and 402, which may be scheduled concurrently. Stu­ dent should contact University Airport before scheduling. This course is for students with little or no previous flying experience. It is designed to train the student in the fundamental techniques in preparation for solo flight. 400B. Primary Flight Training. One credit hour. One Quarter. All Quar­ ters. Total of twenty flying hours. Approximately three hours each week. Pre­ requisite, Flight Training 400A. Students should contact University Airport before scheduling. A continuation of Flight Training 400A. Elementary maneuvers, strange field landings, croes-country procedures. Develops flying technique and aeronautical experience as required by the Civil Aeronautics Administration. 401. Aircraft Operation, Air Traffic Rules, and Meteorology. Two credit hours. One Quarter. All Quarters. Three recitations each week. Practical elementary operation and care of small type aircraft, precautions in handling aircraft on the ground and in the air, air traffic rules, general aviation information for the stu­ dent pilot and aeronautical meteorology. 402. Elementary Aeronautical Navigation. Two credit hours. One Quar­ ter. All Quarters. Three recitations each week. This course covers elementary pilotage, dead reckoning, aeronautical chart reading, drift problems, deviation and variation problems, contact orientation, and radio. 403. Introduction to Flying. One credit hour. One Quarter. All Quarters. Total of ten hours dual flying and twenty hours lecture. Approximately two hours of flying and two hours lecture each week. Student should contact Uni­ versity Airport prior to scheduling. This course has been arranged to give the student a general knowledge of the basic funda­ mentals of flying and methods of cross-country navigation. 501. Aircraft Engines. Two credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Spring. Two recitations each week. Operation and construction of aircraft engines, including cooling, lubrication, carburetion and ignition systems, and operation of aircraft propellers. 502. Aircraft and Theory of Flight. Two credit hours. One Quarter. Win­ ter and Summer. Two recitations each week. Elementary theory of flight, aircraft design and aircraft structures. 503. Aeronautical Meterology. Two credit hours. Autumn and Spring Quarters. Two recitations each week. Prerequisite, Flight Training 401 and Physics 420. A study of meteorology as it affects flying. 504. Intermediate Aeronautical Navigation. Two credit hours. One Quar­ ter. Winter and Summer. Two recitations each week. Prerequisite, Flight Training 402 or equal. Aeronautical charts, methods of navigation, pilotage, dead reckoning, and radio navigation as acquired by the Civil Aeronautics Administration. 510. Secondary Flight Training. One credit hour. All Quarters. Total of forty flying hours. Approximately five hours each week. Prerequisite, Private Pilot Certificate, and Flight Training 501 which may be scheduled concurrently. Students should contact University Airport before scheduling. A continuation of the training received in Primary Flight Training for the purpose of developing a higher degree of coordination and judgment through additional training in more advanced maneuvers and cross-country flying. 118 C o l l e g e o p E n g i n e e r i n g 515. Intermediate Flight Training. One credit hour. All Quarters. Total of forty flying hours. Approximately fire hours each week. Prerequisite, Flight Training 510, 501, and Flight Training 502 and 504 which may be scheduled concurrently. Student should contact University Airport before scheduling. A continuation of the training received in Flight Training 610. Includes night flying, in­ strument flying, and extensive cross-country flying. 520. Advanced Flight Training. One credit hour. All Quarters. Total of forty flying hours. Approximately five hours each week. Prerequisite, Flight Training 510, 515, 502, and 504; and Flight Training 501 and Physics 420 which may be scheduled concurrently. Student should contact University Air­ port before scheduling. A continuation of the training received in Flight Training 515. Emphasis is placed on perfecting the maneuvers and procedures previously introduced. Includes transition to ad­ vanced type aircraft, developing technical and aeronautical experience as required by the Civil Aeronautics Administration for a Commercial Pilot Certificate. 530. Instructor Training. One credit hour. All Quarters. Total of thirty- five flying hours. Approximately four hours each week. Prerequisite, Commer­ cial Pilot Certificate or Private Pilot Certificate with aeronautical experience requirements for Commercial Pilot Certificate; concurrent Flight Training 532, and permission of the Director. Student should contact University Airport before scheduling. Teaches the student how to be a Flight Instructor. It emphasizes clarity of expression in explaining maneuvers and correcting errors. The instructor acts as a student and simulates the usual errors made by the student. 532. Analysis of Flight Maneuvers. Two credit hours. All Quarters. Two recitations and one hour of conference each week. Prerequisite, concurrent Flight Training 530, and permission of the Director. A presentation of flight maneuvers involved in aircraft pilot training with emphasis on: the theory of flight involved in each maneuver; analysis of student errors involved in learning each maneuver, and the actual teaching of each maneuver, which involves both adequate language and clarity of explanation. Included are classroom recitation and criticism of oral explanations and analysis of each maneuver. A portion of the time will be devoted to methods of grading student flights. 540. Instrument Training. One credit hour. All Quarters. Total of twenty flying hours and twenty hours in Link simulated instrument trainer. Approximately five hours each week. Prerequisite: Commercial Pilot Certificate or Private Pilot Certificate with aeronautical experience requirement for Commercial Pilot Certificate; concurrent or prior Flight Training 542 and Physics 420, and permission of the Director. Teaches flight by reference to instruments only and covers basic instrument flight, radio navigation and orientation, and instrument approaches. All procedures are first presented in the Link trainer. 542. Radio Orientation and Procedures. Two credit hours. All Quarters. Two recitations and one hour of conference each week. Prerequisite, concurrent Flight Training 540 and permission of the Director. This course is designed to familiarize the trainee with the fundamentals of instrument fly­ ing and the difficulties likely to be encountered and rectification of same, such as pilot's reaction while flying solely by reference to instruments; the procedures and methods used in navigation; orientation and letdowns by use of radio. The analysis of each maneuver as flown by reference to the primary group of instruments and complete panel instruments. The use of the Dalton Aeronautical Computer is also taught. 550. Multi-engine Flight Training. One credit hour. All Quarters. Total of 12 flight hours. One hour each week. Prerequisite, Commercial Flight Certificate or Private Pilot Certificate with Aeronautical experience require­ ment for Commercial Pilot Certificate and permission of the Director. Students should contact University Airport before scheduling. Presents problems involved in flying multi-engined aircraft with emphasis on emergency procedures, prepares student for CAA flight test for Multi-engine pilot rating. F l i g h t T r a i n i n g 119 NOTE: For course in Introduction to Aviation Psychology, see Psychol­ ogy 627. NOTE: For course in Descriptive Meteorology, see Physics 420.

FRENCH (See Romance Languages and Literatures)

GENERAL STUDIES Office, 107 University Hall

The following course may be elected by students of the College of Engineering on approval of the appropriate department chairman.

520. Factors in Successful Marriage. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Mr. Clarke and others. The objectives of the course: to create an intelligent understanding of the possibilities of successful married life; to aid the student in the development of emotional maturity stressing such factors as a sensible attitude toward sex, a sense of responsibility, etc.; to acquaint the student with those human characteristics that are most closely correlated with successful mar­ riage; to make the student aware of the types of problems that are most frequently faced by married couples and to point out the methods whereby they may be dealt with successfully.

GEOGRAPHY Office, 136 Ilagerty Hall

PROFESSORS SMITH, CARLSON, AND WEIGHT. ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS RANDALL AND HOFFMAN. ASSISTANT PROFESSORS BASILE. HUNKER, VILLMOW. BROWN, SEAWALL, AND PATTEN, MR. DURLAND, LECTURERS AND ASSISTANTS 503. Fundamentals of Economic Geography. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Three class meetings each week. Pre­ requisite, third year standing. Mr. Hoffman, Mr. Hunker. A survey of the elements of the human habitat with particular emphasis on the major world resources. A consideration of the geographical and economic factors which have been and are important in the development of the major industries and the chief industrial areas of the world. Not open to students who have credit for Geography 403 or 504.

710. Military Aspects of World Political Geography. Four credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Four class meetings each week. Pre­ requisite, Geography 401 and 403, or Political Science 613, or 10 Quarter hours in history, or Senior standing in Advanced ROTC. Required of all Seniors in Air Force ROTC. Mr. Randall, Mr. Brown. Essentials in the evaluation of the power position of a state or a group of states, especially in relation to the security position of the United States. A consideration of the geographic, economic and political factors that bear upon the power potential of a state. Not open for graduate credit. For courses in Geography to be used as electives, see the Bulletin of the College of Commerce and Administration. 120 C o l l e g e o f E n g i n e e r i n g

GEOLOGY Office, 103 Orton Hall

PROFESSORS LAMEY, SPIEKER (RESEARCH PROFESSOR), GOLDTHWAIT, FULLER, SCHOPF, LAROCQUE AND BATES, ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS PINCUS, MOORE AND WHITE, ASSISTANT PROFESSORS SUMMERSON, WEISS, MARPLE (CURATOR), SWEET AND ASSOCIATES 401. Elementary Physical Geology. Five credit hours. One Quarter. Au­ tumn, Winter, Spring. Four lectures and one two-hour laboratory period each week. One half day field trip is required except in the Winter Quarter. Mr. White and staff. A study of the materials of the earth’s crust; of the structural features of the earth’s crust and how they were formed; and of the surface features of the earth and their origin. In the laboratory the common minerals and rocks, and topographic maps are studied. Not open to students who have credit for Geology 435 or 451, or General Studies 451.

435. Physical Geology for Engineers. Five credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Winter. Four class meetings and one two-hour laboratory period each week. Two Saturday morning field trips are required. Mr. Pincus. A study of the principles of physical geology, with engineering applications; laboratory study of common minerals and rocks, and topographic and geologic maps. Not open to students who have credit for Geology 401 or 451, or General Studies 451.

451. Introduction to Geology. Five credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Winter. Four class meetings and one two-hour laboratory period each week. One half-day field trip is required. Mrs. Marple. A study of the development of the earth’s surface and its inhabitants of the past, with special emphasis on the collection and evaluation of geological evidence and on the nature of geological reasoning; interpretation of landscape and utilization of earth materials. Not open to students who have credit for Geology 401 or 435 or General Studies 451.

504-505. Elementary Map Study. 504, two credit hours, Autumn and Winter; 505, three credit hours, Winter and Spring. Geology 504 has two two-hour laboratory periods each week; 505 has three two-hour laboratory periods each week. Prerequisite for 504 is Geology 401 or 435 or 451. Pre­ requisite for 505 is Geology 402 and 504. Geologic interpretation of topographic and geologic maps and oblique and vertical aerial photographs. These courses should be taken in consecutive Quarters.

520. Invertebrate Palentology. Five credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Spring. Prerequisite, Geology 402. Mr. LaRocque, Mr. Sweet. A systematic survey of the groups of the invertebrate animals significant in the geologic record.

525. The Common Rocks. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Winter. One class meeting and two two-hour laboratory periods each week. Prerequisite, Geology 401 or 435, Mineralogy 501 and Mineralogy 502 which may be studied concurrently. Mr. Moore. A study of the common rocks, their associations and occurrances, and elementary concepts regarding their origin.

526. The Common Mineral Deposits. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Winter and Spring. One class meeting and two two-hour laboratory periods each week. Prerequisite, Geology 525. Mr. Pincus. A study of the materials composing the common mineral deposits, their associations And relations; elementary concepts regarding the origin of mineral deposits. G e o l o g y 121 605. Economic Geology: Metals. Five credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Five class meetings each week. Prerequisite, four Quarters of geology or of geology and mineralogy, and Mineralogy 402; also Geology 526 is desirable. Mr. Lamey. A study of the characteristics and origin of metallic mineral deposit*. 606. Economic Geology: Non-Metals and Coals. Five credit hours. Win­ ter Quarter. Five class meetings each week. Prerequisite, four Quarters of geology or of geology and mineralogy, and Mineralogy 402; also Geology 526 is desirable. Mr. Bates. A study of noil-metallic materials except petroleum. Origin, properties, classification and distribution of the industrial minerals and rocks, and coal, with special emphasis on the eoals o f Ohio. 607. Economic Geology: Petroleum. Five credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three class meetings and two two-hour laboratory periods each week. Pre­ requisite, four Quarters of geology or of geology and mineralogy. Mr. Bates. A study of the principles of petroleum geology. 608. Stratigraphic Geology of Ohio. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Given in alternate years. Prerequisite, Geology 525 and 618 and/or consent of the instructor. Mr. Sweet and Mr. Weiss. Field trips, lectures, readings, and reports. 631. Subsurface Geology. Five credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Two class meetings and three two-hour laboratory periods each week. Prerequisite, Geology 602, 607, 618, and 619, or senior standing in Petroleum Engineering. Mr. Bates. A study of techniques and methods of subsurface geologic correlation and illustration and a survey of geophysical methods with special reference to the petroleum industry. 635. Introductory Geophysics. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three class meetings each week. Prerequisite, five hours of elementary physical geology, ten hours of elementary physics, plus twenty hours of physics or geology, or physics and geology; or five hours o f elementary physical geology and senior standing in Engineering. Mr. Pincus. Principles and techniques of geophysics, with emphasis on gravity and isostasy, geomag­ netism, and seismology, and their application to geophysical prospecting. For other courses in Geology which may be elected by engineering students gee the Bulletin of the College of Arts and Sciences.

FOR GRADUATES An undergraduate student shall not be permitted to take any course in the ” 800” or “900” group except by permission of the Graduate Council. For description of graduate courses in this department, see the Bulletin of the Graduate School. HISTORY Office, 211 University Hall

PROFESSORS DULLES, GRIMM, RAGATZ, AND WALTERS *512. Great Figures of Modern Europe. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Staff. A study of modern European history through an examination of the lives and times of great figures. Lectures, readings, and discussions. 537. Recent History of the United States (1898-1928). Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Mr. Dulles, Mr. Bremner, Mr. Varg and staff. The impact of modern industrialism upon American imperialism, society, government, and foreign policy. Laissez-faire and government regulation, the Progressive movement and the First World War. * Not given in 1968-1959. 122 C o l l e g e o f E n g i n e e r i n g 538. Recent History of the United States (since 1928). Three credit hours. One Quarter. Winter and Spring. Mr. Dulles, Mr. Bremner, Mr. Varg and staff. A continuation of History 637, but may be taken separately. Prosperity and depression!, the New Deal, the United States in international affairs, the Second World War.

590. Contemporary Europe (1920 to the Present). Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Staff. Beginning with the settlement of the Paris Peace Conference, this course aims at a study of the principal currents of European history since 1920, the failure of the international security organisation, and the dissolution of the European system under the impact of totalitarian move­ ments, World War II, and Soviet imperialism since 1945.

INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING Office, 125 Industrial Engineering Building

PROFESSORS LEHOCZKY, EDMONDSON, KNIGHT (EMERITUS). AND MOORE, ASSOCI­ ATE PROFESSORS HOWLAND, MORRIS AND PEPPER, ASSISTANT PROFESSORS BAKER, BISHOP AND ROCKWELL, MR. BABEL, MR. BROWN, MR. KIBBEY, MR. MILLER, AND MR. TORGERSEN $404. Foundry Practice. Three credit hours. Autumn and Spring Quar­ ters. Six hours of lecture and laboratory work each week. Industrial Arts Education. Prerequisite, second year standing in the College of Education or written permission from the chairman of the Department of Industrial Engi­ neering. Mr. Moore and others. A course designed primarily for studenta who expect to enter the Industrial Arts teaching field. Special consideration will be given to molding and casting brass, bronze, aluminum, mag­ nesium, copper, and light gray iron castings. Laboratory practice in bench, floor and machine molding; plaster molding, non-ferrous furnace and cupola operation; core making. Foundry materials: sands, clays, facings, fluxes, and core binders. Safety glasses must be worn in laboratory. See footnote. Not open to students in the College of Engineering. Not open to students who have credit for Industrial Engineering 405.

$420. Machine Shop Practice. Five credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Spring. Ten hours of lecture or laboratory work each week. Industrial Arts Education, third year. Prerequisite, second year standing in the College of Education including a course in Engineering Drawing or written permission from the chairman of the Department of Industrial Engineering. Mr. Moore and others. Laboratory practice on the basic machine tools such as the lathe, planer, shaper, and so forth. The course is designed to enable the student to acquire skills, information, and procedure* necessary for the teaching of the subject at a secondary school level. Safety glasses must be worn in laboratory. See footnote. Not open to studentsin the College of Engineering. Not open to students who have credit for Industrial Engineering 419.

510. Special Problems. Two to five credit hours. Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters. Conference and laboratory. Prerequisite, permission of the instructor. Mr. Moore. The course is designed to permit qualified students with credit for basic laboratory coursea in Industrial Engineering to do advanced work not otherwise offered in specific courses. The stu­ dent may investigate problems of machinability such as power requirements and surface finish, or other problems related to the laboratories. t Courses Industrial Engineering 404, Welding Engineering 415, Industrial Engineering 420, Industrial Engineering 519, and Industrial Egineering 521, require the use of a pair of safety glasses; however, each student need own only one pair for all courses. In the event that the student must have prescription lenses, he shall obtain his safety glasses during the Quarter pre­ ceding their first use. This may be done through the Optometry Clinic, Room 15, Optometry Building, or through any registered optometrist. These glasses are also a requirement on certain other coursea involving shop laboratory work, inspection trips and similar activities I n d u s t r i a l E n g i n e e r i n g 123 J519. Manufacturing Processes. Five credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, and Spring. Four hours lecture and six hours laboratory each week. Industrial Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, and Welding Engineering, second year. Agricultural Engineering, third year. Prerequisite, second year standing in the College of Engineering or written permission from the chair­ man of the Department of Industrial Engineering. Mr. Moore and associates. Fundamentals and interrelationships of the principal manufacturing processes. Laboratory work in the areas of foundry, machine tools, heat treating, and welding. Safety glasses re­ quired in laboratory (See footnote).

$521. Machine Tool Applications. Five credit hours. One Quarter. Win­ ter and Spring. Three hours lecture and four hours laboratory each week. Industrial Engineering, second year. Prerequisite, Industrial Engineering 519 or written permission from the chairman of the Department of Industrial Engineering. Mr. Moore and others. Industrial engineering aspects of machine tool usage. Emphasis upon process choice and economic factors. Safety glasses required in laboratory (See footnote).

546. Industrial Engineering Applications of Statistics. Three credit hours. Two Quarters, Autumn and Winter. Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory. Industrial Engineering, third year. Prerequisite, Mathematics 543. Mr. Brown. Industrial Engineering problems and their solution by statistical methods involving probability, binomial distribution, sampling theory, regression, correlation and other. The theory is supplemented by problems which involve the use of computing laboratory equipment.

602. The Principles of Engineering Management. Five credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Spring. Industrial Engineering, third year. Prerequisite, Industrial Engineering 519 or equivalent and permission of the instructor. Mr. Baker. A consideration from an engineering standpoint of the fundamental laws of engineering management.

614. Manufacturing Equipment and Methods. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Two class meetings and two one-hour laboratory periods each week. Not open to students from the College of Engineering. Mr. Edmondson. A survey including lectures, laboratory demonstrations and field trips, to acquaint the stu­ dent in labor economics with industrial production methods and equipment.

622. Industrial Processes and Materials. Three credit hours. One Quar­ ter. Autumn and Winter. Three hours lecture each week. Industrial Engineer­ ing, third year. Prerequisite, Industrial Engineering 521. Mr. Kibbey. A comprehensive survey of equipment, economics, and material requirements of manu­ facturing processes. Not open to students who have credit for Industrial Engineering 621.

630. Junior Inspection Trip. Two credit hours. One week at the end of the Winter Quarter. Industrial Engineering, fourth year. Staff. A group visit to various industrial plants. The plants selected are generally grouped in one industrial community, or area, hence the total expense per student need not exceed $40. A written report is required. Students must register for the course and pay the laboratory fee at the beginning of the Winter Quarter. Open only to majors in Industrial Engineering. t Courses Industrial Engineering 404, W elding Engineering 415, Industrial Engineering 420, Industrial Engineering 519, and Industrial Engineering 521, require the use of a pair of safety glasses; however, each student need own only one pair for all courses. In the event that the student must have prescription lenses, he shall obtain his safety glasses during Ihe Quarter pre­ ceding their first use. This may be done through the Optometry Clinic, Room 15, Optometry Building, or through any registered optometrist. These glasses are also a requirement on certain other courses involving shop laboratory work, inspection trips and similar activities. 124 C o l l e g e o p E n g i n e e r i n g 633. Motion and Time Study. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Two recitations and one two-hour laboratory period each week. Prerequisite, Business Organization 676, 677 and Economics 522. Required for majors in Industrial Management and Personnel. Mr. Torgersen. The objectives, scope, and techniques of methods analysis are considered from the stand­ point of the factory and office supervisor. Case problems and laboratory exercises are designed to provide students with rudimentary skill in its application of technique. Contemporary time study practices are surveyed and evaluated. Laboratory exercises are designed to demonstrate basic problems and increase student understanding, but not to provide sufficient training for actual application of techniques. Open only to students majoring in Business Organization. Not open to those who have credit for any one of the following courses: Industrial Engi­ neering 663, 664, or 714.

639. Practical Experience in an Industrial Organization. Six credit hours. Ten weeks during the Summer between the fourth and fifth years. Industrial Engineering, fourth year. Mr. Baker. To be obtained in some engineering or industrial organization. The student shall present a satisfactory report upon the work done. This report shall include a discussion on the industrial engineering aspects of the work done in the organization with which he was connected, with notes on the system, methods, and processes of manufacture, and other observed data worthy of record. The occupation, the work done, and the report shall be subject to approval. If a student has had twelve months or more of satisfactory practical experience, he may be permitted to substitute a report upon the work so done for the above requirements.

662. Production Control. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Spring. Three recitations or lectures each week. Industrial Engineering, third year. Mr. Bishop. Basic functions and structure of production control organization; concepts and methods of forecasting, planning, and controlling industrial production with emphasis on formulation and presentation of production control data.

663. Methods Analysis and Time Study. Five credit hours. Autumn and Winter Quarters. Two hours of lecture and six hours of laboratory each week. Industrial Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Mathematics 547, Industrial Engineering 521, and 602. Mr. Torgersen and others. Principles, applications, and purposes of methods analysis and time study. Process and operation analysis. Micromotion study. Principles of motion economy. Time study to include determination of allowances, rating, and time standards. Laboratory work provides an oppor­ tunity for student experience in the use of specific techniques. Not open for credit to graduate students in Industrial Engineering.

664. Work Measurement and Standards. Five credit hours. Winter and Spring Quarters. Three hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory each week. Industrial Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Industrial Engineer­ ing 663. Mr. Torgersen. Principles, applications, and purposes of Work Measurement and Standards. Characteristics and limitations of techniques are discussed in detail, including link analysis and ratio delay. Laboratory work provides an opportunity for student experience in the use of specific techniques and study of their characteristics. Not open for credit to graduate students in Industrial Engineering.

667. Tool Engineering. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Spring. Six hours consisting of two hours lecture, and four hours design- drafting each week. Prerequisite, Industrial Engineering 521 and 622. Mr. Edmondson and others. A course in the design of tools, jigs and fixtures. Attention given to the forms, life and efficiencies of cutting tools. The basic elements of fixture design, such as form, locating points, clamping devices, and the use of standardized parts. Lectures and design-drafting practice leading to the requirements of the more complicated tools. I n d u s t r i a l E n g i n e e r i n g 125 706. Industrial Quality Control. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Au­ tumn and Winter. Three lectures and recitations each week. Industrial Engi­ neering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Mathematics 547 and Industrial Engineering 602, 662. Mr. Bishop. The application of Probability Theory, Statistics and Control Theory to the derivation and application of sampling plans, control charts and other devices used in industrial quality control. 708. Plant Equipment and Design. Five credit hours. One Quarter. Au­ tumn, Winter, Spring. Three lectures or recitations and six hours of laboratory each week. Industrial Engineering, fifth year. Prerequisite, Industrial Engi­ neering 663, 664 and 667. Mr. Morris. A study, both from the technical and the economic points of view, of equipment used in manufacturing plants. Included are small tools, machine tools, mass production equipment, quality control equipment, materials handling and general and special purpose equipment. A study of the general problem of plant design, including structure, space utilization, layout and floor, and related topics such as power requirements and distribution, heat, light, ventilation, transportation and so forth. Design of a plant for the processing of a specified product. Not open for credit to graduate students in Industrial Engineering. , 709. Production Engineering. Five credit hours. One Quarter. Winter and Spring. Three lectures or recitations and six hours of laboratory each week. Prerequisite, Industrial Engineering 663, 664 and 667. Industrial Engi­ neering, fifth year. Mr. Edmondson. Production engineering involves the integration and correlation of the several areas of Industrial Engineering activity in terms of a product. Included are production design, equipment planning, tool design, production and its control, quality control, cost reduction, standardization, process development, product development and others. Not open for credit to graduate students in Industrial Engineering. 714. Time and Motion Study. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Spring. Three recitations each week. Mining and Welding Engineering, fifth year. Prerequisite, advanced standing in the College of Engineering. Mr. Rockwell. Principles, aims, methods and applications of time and motion study including job analysis, job standardization, formula construction, job evaluation and wage evaluation. Not open to students majoring in Industrial Engineering. Not open to students who have credit for Industrial Engineering 663, 664. 715. Principles of Industrial Engineering. Three credit hours. One Quar­ ter. Winter and Spring. Three recitations each week. Mechanical and Welding Engineering, fifth year. Prerequisite, advanced standing in the College of Engineering including two or more shop courses or their equivalent in industrial experience. Mr. Baker. A general survey of the industrial engineering phases of a manufacturing establishment with emphasis upon the relationship of the several phases to other engineering activities. Included are the development of engineering organizations, the management of men, materials, machines and equipment, time and motion study, job and wage evaluation, standardization, waste elimina­ tion, and so forth. Not open to students majoring in Industrial Engineering. Not open to students who have credit for Industrial Engineering 602 or Business Organization 676 and 677. 761. Engineering Economy. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Spring. Three lectures and recitations each week. Industrial and Welding Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Mathematics 543 or 443, Accounting 624 and Industrial Engineering 662, or Welding Engineering 641. Mr. Morris. Quantitative analysis from the standpoint of cost control of machines, equipment and labor. 764. Production Programming. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Winter and Spring. Three recitations or lectures each week. Industrial Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Industrial Engineering 662, 706 and 761. Mr. Bishop. Mathematical formulation and solution of problems of scheduling, inventory control, logistics, etc. The course covers various linear models. 126 C o l l e g e o p E n g i n e e r i n g 771. Safety Engineering. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Three lectures each week. Industrial and Mechanical Engi­ neering, fourth year. Welding Engineering, fifth year. Prerequisite, Industrial Engineering 519 and six hours additional credits in other laboratory courses in­ volving mechanical equipment. Mr. Rockwell. The nature, causes, and costs of industrial accidents and occupational diseases. Methods of accident prevention, physical supervisory, and educational. Ohio laws, regulations, and aids. 798. Advanced Studies in Industrial Engineering. Three to twenty-four credit hours. All Quarters. Prerequisite, fifth year standing and written per­ mission of the instructor. Section sizes restricted. The student must register for specific classes in areas as indicated below, and may register for more than one at a time. However, he cannot accumulate more than twenty-four credit hours for the entire course. (A) Job Evaluation. (B) Organized Labor and Industrial Engineering Methodology. (C) Industrial Applications of Statistics. (D) Quality Control. (E) Engineering Economy. (F) Production Planning and Control. (G) Contemporary Problems in Plant Layout and Design. (H) Materials Handling. (I) Time Standards and Estimates. (J) Human Factors in Systems Design. (K) Organization of Industrial Engineering Functions. (L) Production Engineering. (M) Industrial Safety Problems.

799. Special Problems in Industrial Engineering. One to six credit Hours. Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters. Prerequisite, fifth year stand­ ing and written permission of the instructor. This course is intended to give the advanced student an opportunity to pursue special stud­ ies not offered in fixed curricula, in areas related to courses such as Industrial Engineering 66S, 664, 706, 708, 709, 761, 764, 771. FOR GRADUATES An undergraduate student shall not be permitted to take any course in the “ 800” or ” 900” groups except by permission of the Graduate Council. 801-802-803. Seminar in Industrial Engineering. Two credit hours. Au­ tumn, Winter and Spring Quarters. Required of all graduate students majoring in Industrial Engineering. Graduate Staff. 811. Methods Engineering. Three to twelve credit hours. Autumn, Win­ ter, and Spring Quarters. Prerequisite, Industrial Engineering 663 and 664. Mr. Lehoczky, Mr. Baker. Advanced work in one or more special phases of time study, motion study, job evaluation, wage analysis and payment systems, speed and effort rating. The viewpoint of unions and problems arising from labor-management relationships. 812. Advanced Methods and Standards. Three credit hours. Winter Quar­ ter. Prerequisite, Industrial Engineering 798J. Mr. Howland. Advanced work in the procedures for analysis and determination of standards for non- repetitive tasks. 821. Problems in Production Engineering. Three to twelve credit hours. Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters. Prerequisite, Industrial Engineering 709. Mr. Edmondson. Advanced work in one or more phases of Production Engineering involving problems to production design, equipment planning, tool design, quantity and quality control, cost reduction, development, and so forth.

828. Advanced Studies in Plant Design and Materials Handling. Three to twelve credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite, Industrial Engineering 708. Mr. Morris. Advanced work in one or more special phases of plant design and materials handling. I n d u s t r i a l E n g i n e e r i n g 127 840. Operations Research. Three credit hours. Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters. General prerequisites must include Industrial Engineering 706 and 761. Industrial Engineering Graduate Faculty. Advanced work on the methodology and techniques of Operations Research. 842. Operations Research I. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Pre­ requisite, Calculus, Probability Theory and Statistical Methods, as well as permission of the instructor. Mr. Howland. Introduction to the nature and problems of Operations Research and the study of actual case histories in the field. 843. Operations Research II. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Pre­ requisite, Industrial Engineering 842. Mr. Morris. The position of the model in Operations Research and the study of the important techniques and formal approaches to research problems. 844. Operations Research III. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Pre­ requisite, Industrial Engineering 843. Mr. Bishop. Consideration of advanced topics in operations Research including research methodology in the various sciences, the problem of measurement and evaluation, and the conduct of actual Operations Research investigations. 851. Personnel Research in Engineering Industries. Three to twelve credit hours. Autumn, Winter and Spring Quarters. Prerequisite, Industrial Engi­ neering 602 and 664, and Business Organization 690. Mr. Lehoczky, Mr. Baker. Advanced work on a graduate level in one of the several phases of personnel management in engineering industries. An integral part of the program which is established under the leader­ ship of the Personnel Research Board. 861. Research in Decision Processes. Three to twelve credit hours. Au­ tumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters. Prerequisite, Industrial Engineering 761, and Industrial Engineering 764. Mr. Morris. Advanced work in decision theory and processes, including criterion research, decision making under uncertainty and in conflict situations, and gaming techniques.

862. Decision Theory. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Winter and Spring. Prerequisite, Industrial Engineering 706 and 761 and permission of the instructor. Mr. Morris. Introduction to normative decision models and their applications. 863. Control Theory. Three credit hours. Autumn, Winter, and Spring. Prerequisite, Industrial Engineering 706, 764, and 798D. Mr. Bishop. Advanced work in the theory of control of industrial operations. 866. Programming and Control Research. Three to twelve credit hours. Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters. Prerequisite, Industrial Engineering 706, 761 and 764. Mr. Bishop. Advanced work in the several phases of programming and control theory. Consists pri­ marily of application of mathematical methods to the formulation and solution of process pro­ gramming and control problems. 871. Safety Engineering Research. Three to twelve credit hours. Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters. Prerequisite, Industrial Engineering 771. Mr. Rockwell. Advanced work in one or more phases of safety engineering; plant design, equipment da- sign, aecidcnt prevention programs and others. The course is designed to be an integral part of a general program in safety engineering and cannot be taken alone. 899. Interdepartmental Seminar. One to five credit hours. All Quarters. When two or more departments desire to establish an interdepartmental sem­ inar on a subject of common interest the chairman or authorized representa­ tives of the departments concerned shall prepare a course description includ­ ing the names of faculty members designated to conduct the seminar. The statement shall be submitted to the Curriculum Committee of the Graduate School for prior approval. 128 C o l l e g e o f E n g i n e e r i n g 950. Research in Industrial Engineering. Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters. Mr. Lehoczky and others. Research work in several phases of Industrial Engineering on the advanced level. Open only to advanced graduate students who are majoring in Industrial Engineering.

INTERNATIONAL STUDIES Office, 100 University Hall

ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR NEMZER 410. Basic Issues in World Affairs. Two credit hours. Winter Quarter. Two one-hour class meetings each week. No prerequisite. Classes will be led by members of the social science and humanities departments. Mr. Nemzer, supervisor. Lectures, discussions, and collateral reading. This course is designed as an introduction to International Affairs and is open to any student. The course is intended to serve two groups: students interested in the International Studies curriculum, and any student interested in International Affairs.

JOURNALISM Office, 203 Journalism Building

PROFESSORS KIENZLE AND POLLARD, ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR WAGNER, MR. O'BRIEN 508. Technical News Writing. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Open to juniors and seniors only. A special section of this for non-journalism radio majors is offered in the Autumn Quarter only. Mr. O’Brien, Mr. Wagner. A non-professional course in journalistic writing, designed especially for agricultural tech­ nical, professional, and radio students. Presuming no prior journalism experience for the stu­ dent, it gives a brief survey of the field with elementary training in the gathering and writing of news and the writing of news-feature articles for trade and class publications. Emphasis is given to news in the agricultural, technical, professional, industrial, and business field. Not open to students who have credit for Journalism 403 or equivalent, or 602. For courses in Journalism to be used as electives, see the Bulletin of the School of Journalism.

LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE (See bulletin of The School of Architecture and Landscape Architecture)

MATHEMATICS Office, 306 University Hall

UNIVERSITY RESEARCH PROFESSOR RADO, PROFESSORS HELSEL, HALL, MANN, REICHELDERFER. MICKLE. RYSER, WHITNEY, AND KREYSZIG, ASSOCIATE PRO­ FESSORS PEPPER, MILLER, AND KLEINFELD, ASSISTANT PROFESSORS JONES, ZIEBUR, FISHER, REEVES, SHAPIRO, SPECTOR, HARTMANIS, HILDEBRANDT, AND HUGHES, INSTRUCTORS, ASSISTANT INSTRUCTORS, AND GRADUATE AS­ SISTANTS PROFICIENCY EXAMINATIONS Students who have had previous informal training in the content of Mathematics 421, 422, 440, 541, 442, or 543 but for which no college credit has been attained, may obtain permission from the Department of Mathematics to take a proficiency examination in any of these subjects, pro­ vided that the total of Em credit obtained does not exceed thirty hours. These examinations will be given at 8 a.m. on the first Saturday of each Quarter in the office of the Department of Mathematics. Permission to take such examinations must be obtained at the department office no later than the preceding Thursday. To pass a proficiency examination in any one of these courses, a grade of not lees than B is necessary, and this grade carries with it an Em grade for five hours. M a t h e m a t i c s 129

MATHEMATICS PLACEMENT TEST Each entering student must take a mathematics placement test (unless he has K transfer credit for a college mathematics course). Every student is tested in arithmetic and elementary algebra. A student who expects to take college mathematics is also tested in intermediate algebra, advanced algebra, and trigonometry. Any student who shows a serious deficiency in arithmetic and elementary algebra must take a review course, Mathematics 400, even though he plans to take no college mathematics. Before a student can enroll in Mathematics 416 or Mathematics 421 he must either pass the intermediate algebra portion of the placement test or take the review course, Mathematics 401. If a student demonstrates a strong background in advanced algebra and trigonometry, he will be given Em credit in either Mathematics 416 or Mathematics 421 and be placed in a more advanced course. 401. Intermediate Algebra. Five credit hours. Five credit hours will be added to the degree program of any student taking this course. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. An additional fee will be charged. Prerequisite, Mathematics 400 or the equivalent as measured by an examination. All in­ structors. This course is a review of topics usually covered in one and half units of high school algebra. 421. College Algebra and Trigonometry. Five credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite, a passing score in the pre-college mathematics test, or Mathematics 401. All instructors. Real numbers, order relation, functions, graphs, exponential and logarithmic functions, trigonometric functions and their graphs, addition formulas, periodicity; boundedness, amplitude, law of sines, law of cosines. Not open to students who have credit for Mathematics 416. 422. College Algebra and Trigonometry. Five credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite, Mathematics 421. All instructors. Complex numbers, polynomials, remainder and factor theorems, systems of equations, matrices, determinants, permutations, combinations, binomial theorem, probability, sequences, mathematical induction, inverse functions, trigonometric equations. Not open to students who have credit for Mathematics 417. 440. Calculus for Engineers. Five credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite, Mathematics 422 or 417 or the permission of the department. All instructors. Limits, derivatives and differentials, integration and summation. Not open to students who have credit for Mathematics 418. 541. Calculus for Engineers. Five credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite, Mathematics 440. All instructors. A continuation of Mathematics 440. The topics presented include conic sections, trlgono- metric functions, exponential and logarithmic functions, parametric equations, and polar co­ ordinates. Not open to students who have credit for Mathematics 536. 542. Calculus for Engineers. Five credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite, Mathematics 541. All instructors. A continuation of Mathematics 541. Integration of elementary forms by various davieas, applications of integration including first and second moments. Not open to students who have credit for Mathematics 537. 543. Calculus for Engineers. Five credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite, Mathematics 542. All instructors. A continuation of Mathematics 642. Infinite series, space coordinates, partial derivatives, multiple integrals. Not open to students who have credit for Mathematics 538. 547. Statistical Methods in Engineering. Five credit hours. One Quarter. Winter and Spring. Industrial Engineering, third year. Prerequisite, Mathe­ matics 543, or 538. All instructors. Basic ideas of probability and frequency distribution. Definition and application of the statistics most commonly used in engineering such as mean, standard deviation, coefficient of correlation. Quality control. Use of control chart and charts for fraction defective. 130 C o l l e g e o p E n g i n e e r i n g 601. Advanced Calculus. Five credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite, Mathematics 543 or 538. The theory of limits, functions, continuity; definition and meaning of ordinary and partial derivatives; definition of definite integrals, proper and improper; fundamental theorems of the integral calculus; functions defined as integrals containing a parameter; mean values theorems; convergence of series; power series; implicit functions. 607. Introduction to the Theory of Functions of a Complex Variable. Five credit hours. Winter Quarter. Prerequisite, Mathematics 601. The primary purpose of this course is to acquaint the student with fundamental facts about analytic and harmonic functions that are indispensable in applied mathematics. Topics discussed include power series expansions, the formula of Cauchy, residues, conformal mapping, elementary functions in the complex domain.

608. Differential Equations for Engineers. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Winter. Prerequisite, Mathematics 543, or the equivalent. Ordinary differential equations and systems of equations, with applications.

609. Fourier Series and Boundary Value Problems for Engineers. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Prerequisite, Mathematics 608 or its equivalent. Fourier series, application of Fourier series to the solution of boundary value problems involving partial differential equations, Bessel functions.

611. Differential Equations. Five credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Winter. Prerequisite, Mathematics 543 or 538. Equations of first and second orders; linear equations with constant coefficients; solutions in series; numerical approximations; the existence theorem of Picard; systems of ordinary equations; the Legendre and Bessel equations with certain applications.

622. Vector Analysis for Engineers. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Prerequisite, Mathematics 608 or its equivalent. Vector algebra, vector differential operators, line integrals, vector integral theorems, curvilinear coordinates; applications.

624. Complex Variables for Engineers. Three credit hours. Spring Quar­ ter. Prerequisite, Mathematics 608 or its equivalent. Introduction to complex variables, analytic functions, complex integral theorems, power series, residues, conformal mapping.

626. Fourier Series and Boundary Value Problems. Five credit hours. Spring Quarter. Prerequisite, Mathematics 608 or 611. Mr. Alden. Expansion of functions in the Fourier Series and in series of Legendre polynomials and of Bessel functions; solution of boundry values problems from mathematical physics. Not open to students who have credit for Mathematics 721.

661. Vector Analysis. Five credit hours. Spring Quarter. Engineering Physics, fourth year. Prerequisite, Mathematics 601 and Physics 433, or the equivalent. The algebra and calculus of vectors; applications to mechanics. Partial differential operators, transformation theorems for integrals. An introduction to the theory of the electrostatic potential. 670. Matrices and Determinants. Five credit hours. Winter Quarter. Pre­ requisite, two years of college Mathematics or permission of the instructor. Mr. Hughes. This course covers the fundamentals of elementary matrix theory. Particular emphasis is given to the following topics: determinants and systems of linear equations, vector spaces, rank, the characteristic polynomial, and similarity and congruence transformation.

672-673. Mathematical Statistics. Five credit hours. Autumn and Winter Quarters. Prerequisite, Mathematics 543 or 538. Mr. Mann. Permutations, combinations. Total, compound, conditional probability. Discrete distribu* tions. Continuous distributions. Binominal, Poisson, normal, chi-square, t, F distributions. Limit theorems of probability Theory of testing simple hypotheses. Particular applications involving t tests, chi-square tests, F tests, non-parametric test. Confidence intervals. Regression analysis. Analysis of variance in a four-way classification. M a t h e m a t i c s 131 674. Theory of Probability. Five credit hours. Spring Quarter. Pre­ requisite, Mathematics 672. Mr. Mann. Discrete probability spaces, random walk, Markov chains, stochastic processes, strong laws of probability.

692. Numerical Analysis I. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Pre­ requisite, Mathematics 543 or 538, or permission of the instructor. Mr. Hilde- brandt. Finite differences, interpolation, summation, difference equations, solution of equations, numerical integration and differentiation, numerical solution of differential equations.

693. Numerical Analysis Laboratory. Two credit hours. Autumn Quar­ ter. Two two-hour laboratory periods each week. Prerequisite or concurrent, Mathematics 692 or permission of the instructor. Mr. Hildebrandt. The course is intended to provide training in the use of machines (including the desk calculator and punched-card equipment) in numerical computation. Examples will be selected from the following areas of numerical analysis: finite differences, interpolation, solution of equations, numerical integration and differentiation, numerical solution of differential equations.

*694. Numerical Analysis II. Five credit hours. Spring Quarter. Four one-hour lectures and one two-hour laboratory each week. Prerequisite, Mathe­ matics 692 and 693 or permission of the instructor. Mr. Whitney. Numerical solution of differential equations, inversion of matrices, characteristic roots of matrices, linear programming.

695. Programming for Digital Computers. Four credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three one-hour lectures and one two-hour laboratory each week. Pre­ requisite, Mathematics 692 and 693 or permission of the instructor. Mr. Reeves. Introduction to mechanized computation, the card-programmed calculator, nondecimal arithmetic, the functions of computer components, existing order codes, coding techniques.

698. Numerical Solution of Differential Equations. Four credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three one-hour lectures and one two-hour laboratory each week. Prerequisite, Mathematics 692, 693, and a course in differential equations, or permission of the instructor. Mr. Reeves. Solution of ordinary differential equations: Milne’s method, Simpson’s, etc. Solution of two point boundary problems. Solution of hyperbolic, elliptic and parbolic partial differential equations.

721. Mathematical Methods in Science I. Five credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Prerequisite, Mathematics 601, 611 or Mathematics 608, 609, 610, or permission of the instructor. Mr. Ziebur. Linear differential equations with continuous coefficients, solutions about regular singular points; special functions, Bessel functions and Legendre polynominals; Sturm-Liouville systems; generalized Fourier series; boundary value problems, solutions of Laplace’s equation in rec­ tangular, polar, cylindrical, and spherical coordinates.

722. Mathematical Methods in Science II. Five credit hours. Winter Quarter. Prerequisite, Mathematics 601, 611 or Mathematics 608, 609, 610 or permission of the instructor. Mathematics 722 may be taken without 721. Mr. Ziebur. Orthonormal sets of functions; formulation of typical problems in the ealenhis of variations with classical necessary conditions. Lagrange’s equations of motion and Hamilton's principle; applications to physical problems and Sturm-Liouville systems. Tensor analysis with applications to elasticity, classical mechanics, and relativity.

723. Mathematical Methods in Science III. Five credit hours. Spring Quarter. Prerequisite, fifteen hours of mathematics on the 600 and 700 ltval or permission of the instructor. Mathematics 723 maybe taken without 721 or 722. Mr. Ziebur. Theory of determinants and matrices; real quadratic and hermitian forms ; applications to problems in physics and engineering. Fundamentals of the theory of finite groups; faetor groups, characteristics theory; applications. * Not given in 1958-1969. 132 C o l l e g e o f E n g i n e e r i n g 725. Integral Equations and Their Applications. Five credit hours. Au­ tumn Quarter. Prerequisite, Mathematics 608 or 611. Orthogonal functions, linear integral equations of first and second kind, relations to ordinary differential equations, Volterra’s equation, boundary value problems, practical methods of solution. 726. Eigenvalue Problems. Five credit hours. Winter Quarter. Pre­ requisite, Mathematics 608 or 611. Examples, distribution of eigenvalues, self-adjointness, definiteness, Green’s functions, minimal properties, approximation of eigenvalues, eigenfunction expansions, Ritz method, iteration method, matrix eigenvalue problems, finite differences. 727. Applied Operational Calculus. Five credit hours. Spring Quarter. Prerequisite, Mathematics 608 or 611, and 624 or 627. Laplace transformation in real domain, applications in physics and engineering, differential equations, Laplace transformation in complex domain, application to partial differential equations, Fourier transform, applications. 734. Statistical Inference. Five credit hours. Winter Quarter. Pre­ requisite, Mathematics 731. Mr. Whitney. Point, interval estimation, maximum likelihood estimators, principles of estimation, tests of hypotheses, Neyman-Pearson theory, power function non-parametric tests, sequential tests, decision functions. For other courses in Mathematics to be used as electives by engineering students see the Bulletin of the College of Arts and Sciences.

FOR GRADUATES An undergraduate student shall not be permitted to take any course in the “800’* group except by permission of the Graduate Council. For description of graduate courses in this department see the Bulletin of the Graduate School.

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Office, 247 Robinson Laboratory

PROFESSORS MARCO. BEITLER, BOLZ. BROWN (EMERITUS), BUCHER, MARQUIS (EMERITUS), MOFFAT, NORMAN (EMERITUS), ROBERTS, STINSON, AND ZIM­ MERMAN, ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS SMITH AND STARKEY, ASSISTANT PROFES­ SORS HAN, HUDELSON, JONES, AND JORDAN, MR. ANGRIST, MR. BOYD, MR. BRIDGE, MR. BUXTON, MR. DOEBELIN, MR. FOSTER, MR. GATTS, MR. HORNUNG, MR. KERN, MR. MARANDI, MR. McLARNAN, MR. NASH, MR. SEPSY, MR. WILLIAM­ SON AND MR. WOLGEMUTH 439. Practical Experience. Five credit hours. Ten weeks during the Sum­ mer Quarter before beginning the work of the third year. Prerequisite, Mechanical Engineering 590 and Industrial Engineering 519 or Welding Engi­ neering 418. Mr. Marco, supervisor. The student shall present a satisfactory report upon the work done. The occupation, the work done, and the report shall be subject to approval. A student seeking credit for this course must apply to the office of the department for information and must register for the course by adding it to his Autumn Quarter schedule. If a student has had twelve months or more of satis­ factory practical experience, he may be permitted to substitute a report upon the work so done for the above requirements. 50*8. Applied Thermodynamics. Four credit hours. Spring Quarter. Four class hours each week. Industrial Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Chemistry 418 or 419, Mathematics 543, Physics 432. Mr. Jones, supervisor. Application of the principles of engineering thermodynamics to heating, ventilating, air con­ ditioning, refrigeration, and related processes utilized in industry. 528. Aircraft Materials. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Three class hours each week. Aeronautical Engineering, third year. Prerequisite, Chem­ istry 419 and Physics 432. Mr. Moffat, supervisor. A study of the production and properties of materials used in the aircraft industry, includ­ ing ferrous and non-ferrous metals and their alloys, plastics, woods, glues, rubber and high temperature materials. M e c h a n i c a l E n g i n e e r i n g 133

590. Introduction to Mechanical Engineering. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Spring. Three class hours each week. Civil Engineer­ ing, third year, and Mechanical Engineering, second year. Prerequisite, Chemistry 418 or 419, Mathematics 542 and Physics 432. Mr. Smith, supervisor. An elementary study of the functions, principles of operation and construction of mechanical engineering equipment and systems. Not open to students required to take Mechanical Engineering 508 or Mechanical Engineering 601 or Mechanical Engineering 736, unless written permission of the instructor is secured. 601. Thermodynamics. Five credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Five class hours each week. Aeronautical, Agricultural, Electrical, and Welding Engineering, third year. Prerequisite, Chemistry 418 or 419, Mathe­ matics 543 and Physics 432. Mr. Zimmerman, supervisor. The beginning of a study of engineering thermodynamics; an analytical study of laws which govern energy transformation. 603. Steam Power Engineering. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Winter. Three class hours each week. Mechanical Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Mechanical Engineering 605 and 606. Mr. Bucher, super­ visor. A descriptive and analytical study of steam-generating and steam-using equipment. 604-605. Thermodynamics. Five credit hours each Quarter; 604, Autumn and Winter; 605, Winter and Spring. Five class hours each week. Mechanical Engineering, third year. Prerequisite, Mechanical Engineering 590. Mr. Zim­ merman, supervisor. A study of the fundamentals of mechanical engineering thermodynamics, including the thermodynamics of fluid flow. 606. Combustion. Four credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Spring. Four class hours each week. Mechanical Engineering, third year. Prerequisite, Mechanical Engineering 601 or 604-605. Mr. Smith, supervisor. A study of the combustion and utilization of solid, liquid, and gaseous fuels. 611. Ileat Transfer. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Three class hours each week. Aeronautical and Mechanical Engi­ neering, third year; Engineering Physics, fifth year. Prerequisite, Mechanical Engineering 605, or Aeronautical Engineering 642 and Mechanical Engineer­ ing 601, or Engineering Mechanics 610 and Physics 603. Mr. Jordan, super­ visor. A study of the fundamental laws of heat transfer including application to heat exchange equipment.

615. Kinematics of Machines. Five credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Winter. Three class hours and two three-hour laboratory periods each week. Mechanical Engineering, third year. Prerequisite, Mathematics 541, Engineering Drawing 405, and Physics 431. Mr. Starkey, supervisor. A study of displacements, velocities, and accelerations of machine members using graphical and numerical methods of analysis. 620. Dynamics of Machinery. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Spring. Three class hours each week. Mechanical Engineering, third year. Prerequisite, Mathematics 608, Engineering Mechanics 607 and Mechanical Engineering 615. Mr. Starkey, supervisor. A study of the interrelationships among forces, motions, and masses as related to rigid or elastic machine members, including force analysis, vibration, impact, and balancing. 621. Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow. Five credit hours. One Quarter. Winter and Spring. Electrical Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Me­ chanical Engineering 601. Mr. Jones, supervisor. A study of the fundamental principles of heat transfer and fluid flow in the design of heat •zchanve equipment with applications to electrical machinery and apparatus. 134 C o l l e g e o f E n g i n e e r i n g 625. Fundamentals of Internal Combustion Engines. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Winter. Three class hours each week. Mechanical Engineering, fourth year, and Petroleum Engineering, fifth year. Prerequisite, Mechanical Engineering 605 and Mechanical Engineering 606. Mr. Stinson, supervisor. A study of internal combustion engines and their auxiliaries.

627. Materials of Engineering. Five credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Winter. Five class hours each week. Agricultural Engineering, fourth year, and Mechanical Engineering, third year. Prerequisite, Chemistry 418 or 419 and Physics 432. Mr. Moffat, supervisor. A study of the properties and application of materials used in engineering structure and machines.

630. Inspection Trip. Two credit hours. Taken between the Winter and Spring Quarters. Mechanical Engineering, fourth year. Mr. Buxton, super­ visor. An inspection of various industrial plants, research laboratories, and publie utilities. A written report is required.

664. Mechanical Engineering Laboratory. Two credit hours. One Quar­ ter. Autumn and Winter. One four-hour laboratory period and two hours of laboratory report writing each week. Mechanical and Petroleum Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Mechanical Engineering 611 and 620. Mr. Buxton, supervisor. A study of the principles of operation and performance characteristics of measuring instru­ ments used in mechanical engineering.

665. Mechanical Engineering Laboratory. Three credit hours. One Quar­ ter. Winter and Spring. One four-hour laboratory period and five hours of laboratory report writing each week. Mechanical Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Mechanical Engineering 603 and 664. Mr. Buxton, supervisor. Experience in methods of mechanical laboratory procedure and engineering report writing.

673. Hydraulic Engineering. Four credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Two class hours and one four-hour laboratory period each week. Civil Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Physics 432 and Engineering Mechanics 610. Mr. Han, supervisor. A study of the flow of fluids, applied hydraulics, and hydraulic machinery ; laboratory exer­ cises in related subjects.

703. Internal Combustion Engines. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Three class hours each week. Elective in Mechanical Engineering, fifth year. Prerequisite, Mechanical Engineering 625. Mr. Stinson, supervisor. A study of combustion chambers, valve mechanisms, and the dynamic balance of internal combustion engines.

704. Internal Combustion Engines. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three class hours each week. Elective in Mechanical Engineering, fifth year. Prerequisite, Mechanical Engineering 625. Mr. Stinson, supervisor. Force analysis as related to the design of engine components such as pistons, bearings, valve springs, and crankshafts.

710. Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning. Four credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Winter. Four class hours each week. Mechanical Engi­ neering, Bachelor’s program, fifth year. Mechanical Engineering combined program, optional, fourth year. Prerequisite, Mechanical Engineering 611. Mr. Hudelson, supervisor. A study of the heating and cooling requirements of buildings; fundamentals of design of various systems and the application of mechanical equipment to such systems. M e c h a n i c a l E n g i n e e r i n g 135 716. Refrigeration and Air Conditioning. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three class hours each week. Elective in Mechanical Engineering, fifth year. Prerequisite, Mechanical Engineering 710. Mr. Hudelson, super­ visor. A study of the processes and machinery used in refrigeration, and of the methods and equip­ ment used for controlling condition of air for comfort, health, and industrial purpose*.

720. Principles of Energy Conversion in Turbomachinery. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Winter and Spring. Three class hours each week. Me­ chanical Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Mechanical Engineering 605. Mr. Zimmerman, supervisor. A study of the principles of energy conversion and transfer, performance and physical characteristics of power-abaorbing, power-generating and power-transmitting turbomachinery.

725. Diesel Engines. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three class hours each week. Elective in Mechanical Engineering, fifth year. Prerequisite, Mechanical Engineering 625. Mr. Stinson, supervisor. An advanced study of Diesel-engine design, operation, and economics.

726. Gas Turbine Power Plants. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Winter. Three class hours each week. Mechanical Engineering, Bachelor’s program, fifth year. Mechanical Engineering combined program, optional, fourth year. Prerequisite, Mechanical Engineering 625. Mr. Zimmer­ man, supervisor. A study of the principles, performance, and design of gas turbine power plants.

727. Machine Design. Five credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Winter. Five class hours each week. Mechanical and Welding Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Engineering Mechanics 605 and Mechanical Engi­ neering 627 or Metallurgical Engineering 631. Mr. Starkey, supervisor. A study of the application of the general principles and empiricisms of mechanics of solids to the creative design of mechanical equipment.

728. Machine Design. Five credit hours. One Quarter. Winter and Spring. Three class hours and two three-hour laboratory periods each week. Mechanical Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Mechanical Engineering 620 and 727. Mr. Starkey, supervisor. A continuation of Mechanical Engineering 727.

733. Machine Design. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Winter and Spring. Three class hours each week. Welding Engineering, fourth year. Pre­ requisite, Mechanical Engineering 727. Mr. Starkey, supervisor. A continuation of Mechanical Engineering 727.

736. Machine Design. Five credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, and Spring. Five class hours each week. Aeronautical, Agricultural, Chemical, Electrical, Industrial and Mining Engineering, fourth or fifth year. Pre­ requisite, Engineering Mechanics 602. Mr. Starkey, supervisor. A study of the application of the general principles and empiricisms of mechanics of solids to the creative design of mechanical equipment.

743. Machine Design. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Spring. Three class hours each week. Mechanical Engineering combined pro­ gram, fourth year and Welding Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Me­ chanical Engineering 728 or 733. Mr. Starkey, supervisor. The continuation of Mechanical Engineering 728 or 733.

744. Machine Design. Five credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Spring. Three class hours and two three-hour laboratory periods each week. Mechanical Engineering, Bachelor’s program, fourth year. Prerequisite, Me­ chanical Engineering 728. Mr. Starkey, supervisor. The continuation of Mechanical Engineering 728. 136 C o l l e g e o p E n g i n e e r i n g 745. Steam Power Plants. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three class hours each week. Elective in Mechanical Engineering, fifth year. Pre­ requisite, Mechanical Engineering 603. Mr. Bucher, supervisor. A continuation of Mechanical Engineering 608.

754. Industrial Hydraulics. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three class hours each week. Elective in Mechanical Engineering, fifth year. Pre­ requisite, Mechanical Engineering 720 or 673. Mr. Beitler, supervisor. A study of the principles and methods used in industrial hydraulics.

755. Nuclear Power Plants. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three class hours each week. Elective in Mechanical Engineering, fifth year and Engineering Physics, fifth year. Prerequisite, Physics 615, Mechanical Engi­ neering 611, and Mechanical Engineering 727 or 736. Mr. Jones, supervisor. A study of thermal and mechanical design aspects of nuclear power plants and processes.

760. Principles of Automatic Control. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Winter and Spring. Three class hours each week. Mechanical Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Mathematics 608 and Mechanical Engineering 664. Mr. Marco, supervisor. A study of the principles and operation of automatic feed-back control systems, including servomechanisms and process controls.

761. Advanced Mechanical Engineering Instrumentation. Pour credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three class hours and one two-hour laboratory period each week. Elective in Mechanical Engineering, fifth year. Prerequisite, Mechanical Engineering 664 or equivalent. Mr. Marco, supervisor. An analytical and experimental study of measurement, including: description of static and dynamic instrument performance, study of some important primary elements, recording, trans­ mission and interpretation of data.

770. Professional Aspects of Mechanical Engineering. One credit hour. Autumn Quarter. One class hour each week. Mechanical Engineering, Bach­ elor’s program, fifth year. Prerequisite, fifth year standing in Engineering. Mr. Marco, supervisor. A study of codes of ethics, licensing laws, responsibilities to professional societies and the relationship to labor and to management of the professional mechanical engineer. Not open for graduate credit.

779. Mechanical Engineering Laboratory. Three credit hours. One Quar­ ter. Autumn and Spring. One four-hour laboratory period and five hours of laboratory report writing each week. Mechanical Engineering, Bachelor’s program, optional on combined program, fourth year. Prerequisite, Mechanical Engineering 665. Mr. Bucher, supervisor. Advanced mechanical engineering laboratory, including steam boiler experiments.

780. Mechanical Engineering Laboratory. Three credit hours. One Quar­ ter. Autumn and Spring. One four-hour laboratory period and five hours of laboratory report writing each week. Mechanical Engineering, fifth year. Prerequisite, Mechanical Engineering 625 and 665. Mr. Roberts, supervisor. Advanced mechanical engineering laboratory, including internal combustion engine experi­ ments. 798. Advanced Studies in Mechanical Engineering. Three to five credit hours. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Elective in Mechanical Engineering. This course may be repeated to a total of fifteen credit hours. Prerequisite, permis­ sion of the instructor. All instructors. Advanced topics in the various phases of Mechanical Engineering. The particular topics, the number of credit hours, and the instructor will be announced in the Quarter previous to the one in which the course is to be offered. M e c h a n i c a l E n g i n e e r i n g 137 799. Special Problems in Advanced Mechanical Engineering. Two to ten credit hours. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Elective in Mechanical Engineering. Open to fifth year and graduate students in Mechanical Engineering. Pre­ requisite, permission of instructor. All instructors. This course is intended to give the advanced student opportunity to pursue special studies not otherwise offered. Work undertaken will be selected from automotive and internal combus­ tion machinery, combustion and fuels, heat transfer, heating, ventilating: and air conditioning, industrial hydraulics, machine design, refrigeration, steam power plants, and thermodynamics. A student may repeat this course until he has obtained a maximum of 24 credit hours. He may accumulate not more than 10 credit hours in any one of the above subdivisions. FOR GRADUATES An undergraduate student shall not be permitted to take any course in the *‘800” or "OOO” groups except by permission of the Graduate Council. 801-802. Advanced Applied Thermodynamics. Three credit hours each Quarter. 801, Autumn; 802, Winter. Three class hours each week. Prerequi­ site, Mechanical Engineering 601 or 604-605 and Mathematics 608 or equiva­ lent. Mr. Zimmerman. An analytical study of the thermodynamics of fluid flow, accurate equations of state, gen­ eralized property relationships, and a continuation of Mechanical Engineering 604-605.

807-808. Advanced Heat Transfer. Three credit hours each Quarter. 807, Winter; 808, Spring. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Mechanical Engineering 611 and Mathematics 608 and 609 or equivalent. Mr.. Marco. A study of the general heat transfer equations and their application to heat transfer in polids and through fluids. The use of numerical and graphical analysis will be included.

810-811. Internal Combustion Power Plants. Three credit hours each Quarter. 810, Autumn; 811, Winter. Three class hours each week. Prerequi­ site, Mechanical Engineering 625. Mr. Stinson, Mr. Zimmerman. An advanced study of reciprocating and rotating internal combustion power plants.

812. Advanced Internal Combustion Power Plant Problems. Credit hours to be arranged. Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters. Prerequisite, Mechani­ cal Engineering 810 or 811. This work may include conferences, library, draw­ ing board, and laboratory work. Mr. Smith, Mr. Stinson, Mr. Zimmerman.

820. Refrigeration. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Mechanical Engineering 710. Mr. Hudelson. An advanced study of the theory and practices of refrigeration.

821. Advanced Air Conditioning. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Mechanical Engineering 710. Mr. Hudelson. An advanced study of the principles of air conditioning.

822. Advanced Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Problems. Credit hours to be arranged. Autumn, Winter, and Sprirg Quarters. Prerequi­ site, permission of the instructor. This work may include conferences, library, drawing board, and laboratory work. Mr. Hudelson.

830-831. Advanced Steam i’ower Plants. Three credit hours each Quarter. 830, Autumn; 831, Winter. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Me­ chanical Engineering 603. Mr. Bucher. An advanced study of steam power plants, cycles, and components.

832. Advanced Steam Power Plant Problems. Credit hours to be arranged. Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters. Prerequisite, Mechanical Engineering 830 or 831. This work may include conferences, library, drawing board, and laboratory work. Mr. Bucher. 138 C o l l e g e o p E n g i n e e r i n g 840. Advanced Machine Design Analysis. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Mechanical Engineering 727 and Mathematics 608 or equivalent. Mr. Marco. The application of modern theories of failure, such as fatigue and creep, to the determina­ tion of safe working stresses. 841. Dynamics of High Speed Machinery. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Mechanical Engineering 727 and Mathematics 608 or equivalent. Mr. Starkey. An advanced study of the interrelationships among forces, motions and masses as related to rigid elastic machine members. 842. Advanced Machine Design Problems. Credit hours to be arranged. Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters. Prerequisite, Mechanical Engineering 840 or 841. This work may include conferences, library, drawing board, and laboratory work. Mr. Marco, Mr. Starkey. 850. Advanced Fluid Dynamics. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three class hours each week. Prerequisite, Mechanical Engineering 605 and Mathematics 608 or equivalent. Mr. Han. An advanced study of dynamics of fluids. 852. Advanced Hydraulic Problems. Credit hours to be arranged. Au­ tumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters. Prerequisite, Mechanical Engineering 850. This work may include conferences, library, drawing board, and laboratory work. Mr. Zimmerman, Mr. Hudelson, Mr. Han. 95Q. Research in Mechanical Engineering. Credit hours to be arranged. Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters. Courses carrying this number involve research problems selected by the student in consul­ tation with his adviser. MECHANICS (See Engineering Mechanics)

METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING Office, 114 Lord Hall (For Mining Engineering Courses, see page 143) PROFESSORS FONTANA, DEMOREST (EMERITUS), LORD, MUELLER (EMERITUS), NOLD (EMERITUS), SPEISER, SPRETNAK, ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR WILLIAMS, ASSISTANT PROFESSORS EICHEN, FRANTZ, LUCAS. AND ST. PIERRE 408. Introduction to Metallurgical Engineering. Two credit hourg. Win­ ter Quarter. Two lectures or recitations. Metallurgical Engineering, second year. Mr. Fontana. An introductory course in metallurgical engineering. 420. Industrial Experience. Five credit hours for each summer’s work. Two summers or twenty weeks of approved work in metallurgical industries. Report due during middle of Quarter following Summer involved. Mr. Fontana. Register for course and submit report on experience during the autumn Quarter following the summer in which industrial experience was obtained. $501. Introduction to Foundry Technology. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Two one-hour lectures and one two-hour laboratory each week. Metallurgical Engineering, second year. Mr. Williams. Survey of the factors involved in the production of metallic parts by the casting procedure. Safety glasses must be worn in laboratory. See footnote. % The laboratory portion of this course requires that safety glasses be worn by everyone. Safety glasses can be secured by payment for same at Laboratory Supply Store, McPherson Laboratory and then being fitted with glasses at the tool room, Room 100, Industrial Engineering Building. In the event that the student must have prescription safety lenses, he shall obtain his safety glasses during the Quarter preceding his enrollment in the course. This may be dons through the Optometry Clinic, Room 16, Optometry Building, or through any registered optometrist. M etallurgical E n g i n e e r i n g 139

560. Metallography. Four credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Spring. Two lectures, two three-hour laboratory periods each week. Chemical Engineering, fourth year. Metallurgical Engineering, third year, and Welding Engineering, third year. Prerequisite, one year of college chemistry and two Quarters of college physics. Mr. Lord. A course introductory of physical metallurgy. Microscopic examinations of metals and alloys. Phase equilibria in alloys. Quantitative distribution of structural features. The phase rule applied to alloy systems. Structure analysis of iron-carbon alloys in the slowly cooled and in the heat-treated condition. Laboratory work in preparation of specimens for microscopic study. Solidification and heat treatment of metals and alloys. Practice in taking photomicro­ graphs. 611. Production and Properties of Structural Materials. Four credit hours. Spring Quarter. Four lectures each week. Civil Engineering, third year. Mr. Eichen. The methods of manufacture of structural metal shapes and the properties of these shapes as influenced by manufacturing methods and the composition and treatment of the metals. Plastics, ceramics, and corrosion are discussed. 630-631. Physical Metallurgy I, II. Three credit hours each. 630, Winter Quarter; 631, Spring Quarter. Three lectures or recitations each week. Metal­ lurgical Engineering, third year and Welding Engineering, third year. Pre­ requisite, Metallurgical Engineering 560 or equivalent, or the consent of the instructor. Mr. Eichen. Fundamental principles of bonding, crystallinity, freezing: of metals, grain growth, theory of alloying, ordering, phase diagrams, diffusion, precipitation from solid solution, allotropy in metals, and plastic deformation are treated. 632. Physical Metallurgy. Four credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Three lectures or recitations and one three-hour laboratory each week. Metallurgical Engineering, fourth year and Welding Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Metallurgical Engineering 630 and Metallurgical Engineering 631 or per­ mission of the instructor. Mr. Eichen. Chemical activity of metals, oxidation of metals, decomposition of austenite, X-ray methods, and powder metallurgy are treated. The laboratory includes experiments to illustrate the various principles which are covered in the lectures. 640. Foundry Molding Materials. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Three lecture hours each week. Metallurgical Engineering, elective fourth year. Prerequisite, third year standing in the College of Engineering and Metallurgical Engineering 501 or Industrial Engineering 405. Mr. Williams. A study of the granular materials, bonding agents and water as they relate to the preparation of suitable mixtures to be used in the molding operations. The study will include the effects of thermal shock upon such compacted masses and the components of such masses. 641. Foundry Molding Methods, Gating and Risering. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three lectures each week. Metallurgical Engineering, elective fourth year. Prerequisite, third year standing in the College of Engineering and Metallurgical Engineering 501 or Industrial Engineering 405. Mr. Williams. A study of the manufacture of sand molds by hand and machine precedures. Also an introductory study into the principles of filling a mold cavity with liquid metal and the production of a sound casting. 645. Inspection Trip. Two credit hours. Spring Quarter. Metallurgical Engineering, third year. All instructors. The trip Is given immediately at the termination of the Spring Quarter and is taken to various sections of the country; the eastern trip including Pennsylvania, New York, New Jersey, and eastern Ohio; the western trip including Michigan, Indiana, Illinois, Kansas, and Missouri; the southern trip including West Virginia, Virginia, Tennessee, and Alabama; and the north­ ern trip including Michigan, Ontario, and northern New York. The entire expense need not exceed $90.00 for any one trip. 650. Pyrometry. Two credit hours. Winter Quarter. One lecture or recitation, one three-hour laboratory period each week. Metallurgical En­ gineering, third year. Prerequisite, Physics 433. Mr. Lord. Lectures, laboratory, and problem work on the calibration and use of thermoelectric, optical, and total radiation pyrometers. 140 C o l l e g e o f E n g i n e e r i n g 651. Fuels. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Winter. Three lecture or recitations each week. Ceramic Engineering, fourth year; Metallurgical, and Mining Engineering, third year. Glass Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Physics 432. Mr. Williams. Origin and manufacture of solid, liquid, and gaseous fuels. Chemical compositions and vari­ ations of fuels. Carbonization and destructive distillation processes. Gasification processes. Thermochemistry and thermodynamics of combustion and gas reactions with much problem work. 654. Fuel Analysis. Two credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Winter. One lecture and one three-hour laboratory period each week. Metallurgical Engineering, fifth year, Petroleum Engineering, fifth year. Prerequisite, Phy­ sics 432; concurrent, Metallurgical Engineering 651. Mr. Lord. Laboratory work, demonstration, and instruction in the analysis of fuel and flue gases and solid fuels. Operation of the gas calorimeter. 661. Principles of Pyrometallurgy. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Three lectures each week. Metallurgical Engineering, third year. Prerequisite, third year standing in Engineering. Mr. St. Pierre. Material and heat utilization in pyrometallurgical processes. Stoichiometry, heat and material balances, heals of reaction, and heat utilization. Phases in pyrometallurgical systems. Not open for graduate credit for students majoring in Metallurgical Engineering. 662. Mineral Preparation. Four credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week. Metallurgical Engi­ neering, third year. Prerequisite, third year standing in Engineering; con­ current, Engineering Mechanics 521. Mr. St. Pierre. Size reduction of solids, separation of solids by size classification and composition classi- fication, blending, agglomeration, and sintering. Not open for graduate credit to students majoring in Metallurgical Engi­ neering. 663. Pyrometallurgical Processes. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three lectures each week. Metallurgical Engineering, third year. Prerequisite, third year standing in Engineering. Mr. St. Pierre. Material and heat flow in pyrometallurgical processes. Solids and fluids. Not open for graduate credit to students majoring in Metallurgical Engi­ neering. 703. Advanced Metallography of Steel. Three credit hours. Winter Quar­ ter. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week. Metal­ lurgical Engineering, fourth year. Welding Engineering, fourth year. Prereq­ uisite, Metallurgical Engineering 632. Mr. Lord. Lectures on special treatments and processes applied to steel. Subcritical transformation. Carburizing, cyaniding, nitriding, and carbo-nitriding. Hardenability. Stainless steels and special iron alloys. Laboratory studies with the microscope of all types of steel structures. Photomicro­ graphs taken of typical structures. 704. Physical Metallurgy of Alloy Steels and Non-Ferrous Alloys. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week. Metallurgical Engineering, Welding Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Metallurgical Engineering 703. Mr. Lord. Lectures on properties and microstructures of copper, brass, and bronze; aluminum alloys; magnesium and magnesium alloys; and current developments in titanium alloy steels. Laboratory work in melting and casting the alloys into ingots. These are studied with the microscope. Special etching procedures are used. Time-temperature cooling curves are made and studied in relation to the solid state transformations. 706. Metallurgical Construction. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Three lectures or recitations each week. Metallurgical Engineering, fifth year. Prerequisite, one year of college physics and one year of calculus, Metallurgical Engineering 663 and 651. Mr. Eichen. Fundamentals of heat transfer by conduction, convection, and radiation are discussed. Refractories and heat sources are studied and applications of the principles are made to industrial furnaces. M etallurgical E n g i n e e r i n g 141 710. Metallurgical Investigations. Three to five credit hours. Three Quar­ ters. Autumn, Winter, Spring. One recitation or lecture, two to lour three- hour laboratory periods each week. Optional, Mining Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, permission of the department. The Staff. The class is divided into groups for investigation along the lines of their special interests as follow s: (a) The Properties of Metals and Alloys. (b) Production and Refining of Metals. (c) Mineral and Coal Beneficiation. (d) Fuels. (e) Metallurgical Equilibria. (f) Corrosion Engineering. (g) Foundry (h) Powder Metallurgy. All investigations are under close direction of instructors. Comprehensive report required. This course may be repeated for a total of nine hours credit.

712. Metallurgical Thermodynamics. Three credit hours. Autumn Quar­ ter. Three lecture periods each week. Metallurgical Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Chemistry 683. Mr. St. Pierre. The application of thermodynamics to the study of metallurgical reactions and operations with emphasis on the practical aspects of thermodynamics in metallurgy. The use of thermo­ dynamics to determine the feasibility and limitations of the metallurgical reactions and the calculation of equilibria. Solution of actual problems.

715. Advanced Steel Making. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three lectures each week. Metallurgical Engineering, fifth year. Prerequisite, or concurrent Metallurgical Engineering 763. Lectures and problems on the making of steel in the Bessemer, Electric, and Open Hearth furnaces from the thermodynamic point of view and the metallurgical aspects of making steel.

720. Advanced Ore Dressing. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Two lectures, one three-hour laboratory period each week. Mining Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Metallurgical Engineering 662. Mr. St. Pierre. Design of flow sheets for ore concentration, coal cleaning, and non-metallic mineral separa­ tion. The general technique of cyanidation of gold ores and other leaching processes and the re­ fining of the recovered products.

723. Casting Manufacturing Procedures. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Three lectures each week. Metallurgical Engineering, elective fifth year. Prerequisite, Metallurgical Engineering 501 or Industrial Engineering 405. Mr. Williams. A description and analytical study of investment, die, centrifugal, permanent, mold, shell, vacuum, and slush casting methods.

724. Casting Control. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three lectures each week. Metallurgical Engineering, elective fifth year. Prerequisite Metal­ lurgical Engineering 640 or 641. Mr. Williams. A study of the factors involved in the elimination of defective products.

730. Corrosion of Metals and Alloys. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Spring. Two lectures and two hours of laboratory each week. Prerequisite, fourth year standing in Chemical or Metallurgical Engineering. Metallurgical Engineering, fifth year. Mr. Fontana. Theory and forms of corrosion with a study of the variables involved. Methods of corrosion testing and actual testing in laboratory. Interpretation and expression of corrosion data. Meth­ ods of combating corrosion. Properties and uses of corrosion-resistant materials.

731. Advanced Corrosion. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three lectures or recitations each week. Prerequisite, Metallurgical Engineering 730. Mr. Fontana. Advanced studies of corrosion with emphasis on theory. Designing of equipment to minl- miz« corrosion. Study of new developments in corrosion and corrosion resistant materials. Re­ view of outstanding literature. The reporting and interpretation of corrosion data. Economic considerations of corrosion resistant equipment. 142 C o l l e g e o p E n g i n e e r i n g 735. Mechanical Metallurgy. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three lecture periods each week. Prerequisite, Mechanics 521 and 602 and Metal­ lurgical Engineering 704. Metallurgical Engineering, fifth year. Mr. Spretnak. Behavior of metals under applied simple and combined stress systems. The subjects dis­ cussed include theory of elasticity, fundamentals of plasticity, plastic deformation, recrystallation, and interpretation of mechanical test results.

740. Advanced Physical Metallurgy. Three credit hours. Autumn Quar­ ter. Three lecture periods each week. Prerequisite, Metallurgical Engineering 704. Mr. Spretnak. Detailed discussion of nucleation theory, preparation of single crystals, metallic crystals and grains, interpretation of microstructure in terms of interfacial tensions, grain growth, alloying.

745. Shaping and Forming Metals. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Thi-ee lecture periods each week. Prerequisite, Metallurgical Engineering 735. Metallurgical Engineering, fifth year. Mr. Eichen. Fundamental aspects of deformation of metals by forging, rolling, wire drawing, tube drawing, extrusion, piercing, and deep drawing.

755. Metallurgy of Cast Metals. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three lecture periods each week. Prerequisite, Metallurgical Engineering 704. Metallurgical Engineering, fifth year. Mr. Spretnak. Survey of melting procedures, fundamentals of freezing of metals in molds, including direc­ tional solidification, gases in metals, cast structure and properties.

760. Engineering Metallurgy. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Three lecture periods each week. Prerequisite, or concurrent, Metallurgical Engineer­ ing 704. Mr. Spretnak. Selection of metals and alloys for various engineering applications. Discussion of statisti­ cal methods in metallurgical investigations and application to evaluation of quality character­ istics of engineering metals. Basic features of service failures. Non-destructive testing.

761. Principles of Extractive Metallurgy. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week. Metal­ lurgical Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Metallurgical Engineering 661, 662, 663, and Chemistry 683. Mr. St. Pierre. Reactions between solids and aqueous solutions, solid-gas reactions at elevated temperatures including roasting, and reduction of metal oxides. Formation of chlorides, nitrides, and hydrides. Not open for graduate credit for students majoring in Metallurgical Engi­ neering.

762. Principles of Extractive Metallurgy. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week. Metal­ lurgical Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Metallurgical Engineering 761. Mr. St. Pierre. Reactions in matte-slag, metal-oxide, metal-salt systems. Reactions between liquid metals and solids, liquid metals and gases, and liquid slags and gases. Not open for graduate credit for students majoring in Metallurgical Engi­ neering.

763. Process Metallurgy. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three lectures each week. Metallurgical Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Metallurgical Engineering 762. Mr. St. Pierre. Matte smelting, blast furnace smelting, and electrolytic reduction. Special techniques for reduction. Refinement of liquid metals by oxidation. Converters, open hearth and electric furnace. Special refining techniques. M etallurgical E n g i n e e r i n g 143 770-771-772. Theory and Properties of Metals. Three credit hours each. 770, Autumn Quarter; 771, Winter Quarter; 772. Spring Quarter. Three lec­ tures or recitations each week. Prerequisite, Metallurgical Engineering 704, Chemistry 683 and Mathematics 608 or permission of the instructor. Mr. Speiser. Interpretation of development in modern theories of the metallic state and their relations to the physical properties of metals. Subjects include dependence of physical properties on structure; regularities in the constitution of alloy systems; stability of alloy systems; plastic deformation ; reorientation of crystals during deformation and recrystallization ; preferred orien­ tation ; cleavage and cohesion ; and diffusion of metals. 780. Structures of Metals and Alloys. Three credit hours. Autumn Quar­ ter. Three lectures or recitations each week. Senior or graduate standing in Metallurgical Engineering. Prerequisite, Mathematics 608-609-610 and Chem­ istry 683 or permission of the instructor. Mr. Speiser. Application of X-ray diffraction and electron diffraction theory to the study of the structure of metals and alloys. Discussion of phase diagrams of alloys by X-ray methods. Determination of pole figures and orientation. FOR GRADUATES An undergraduate student shall not be permitted to take any course in the “800" or "900” group except by permission of the Graduate Council. 801. Graduate Seminar. One credit hour. Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters. Required of all graduate students in the Department of Metallurgical Engineering. This course may be repeated provided the total credit does not exceed six hours. Mr. Fontana and staff. Discussion of current thesis problems and outstanding current literature in Metallurgical Engineering. Round table discussion of selected metallurgical topics.

835. Advanced Mechanical Metallurgy. Three credit hours. Spring Quar­ ter. Three lecture periods each week. Prerequisite, Metallurgical Engineering 735. Mr. Spretnak. Detailed discussion of elasticity, plasticity, plastic deformation, dislocation theory of plastic flow and fracture. Effect of state of stress on plastic flow. *843. Metallurgical Kinetics. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Three lectures or recitations each week. Prerequisite, Metallurgical Engineering 712. To be given in alternate years. Mr. Speiser. Application of rate theory to transport phenomena in metals and alloys, and to metallurgy- cal reactions. 844. Advanced Metallurgical Thermodynamics. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Winter. Three lectures or recitations each week. Pre­ requisite, Metallurgical Engineering 712. Mr. Speiser. Thermodynamics of liquid and solid alloy systems. Numerous problems. 845. Metallurgical Thermodynamics. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Winter and Spring. Three lectures and recitations each week. Prerequisite, Metallurgical Engineering 844. Mr. Speiser. Continuation of Metallurgical Engineering 844 with major emphasis on practical applica­ tions. Numerous problems. 950. Research in Metallurgy. Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters. The Staff.

mining engineering Office, 212 Lord Hall 431. Industrial Work. Five credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Ten weeks of approved work in a mine or mining plant, or an approved equivalent. Min­ ing Engineering at the close of the second or third years. Register for the course the following Autumn Quarter and submit report before November 1. A written report on the operation and design of the plant, including flow sheet, sketches, and drawings is required. A letter of evaluation from the student’s summer employer is required. * Not given in 1958-1959. 144 C o l l e g e o f E n g i n e e r i n g 502. Mining Surveying. Four credit hours. Spring Quarter. Two recita­ tions and two periods of field work each week. Mining Engineering, second year. Prerequisite, Civil Engineering 401 or 412. The Staff. Principles of underground surveying. Theory and practice in the application of the plane table method.

504. Introduction to Mining Engineering. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Three recitations per week. Mining Engineering, second year. Mr. Lucas. Principles of mining engineering are put forth with a presentation of world mining practices. Various sources of technical literature in the field are discussed and evaluated. Orientation of the student in this field is the primary objective.

601. Prospecting and Preliminary Operations. Three credit hours. Win­ ter Quarter. Three recitations each week. Mining Engineering, third year. Petroleum Engineering, third year. Prerequisite, Geology 435 or equivalent. Mr. Slider. Principles of prospecting and boring with special emphasis on geologic and economic inter­ pretations. Support of excavations and the materials used.

602. Explosives and Rock Work. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three recitations each week. Mining Engineering, third year. Prerequisite, one year of college chemistry, Geology 435, or equivalent. Mr. Lucas. Explosives and their chemistry with special emphasis on mining. Tunneling, quarrying, stripping, excavations support, and underground stress analysis.

603. Principles of Mining Methods. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Three recitations each week. Mining Engineering, third year. Prerequisite, Geology 435 or equivalent. Mr. Frantz. Development, location of openings, methods of mining.

632. Inspection Trip. Two credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Mining En­ gineering. Taken immediately after the final examination period of Spring Quarter. Required at the end of the third or fourth years. Register for the course the following Autumn Quarter and submit report before November 1. Ten-day trip to various mines, both underground and surface. A typical trip may include visits to coal, metal and non-metallic mines with additional visits to mineral processing and preparation plants. A written report is required.

704. Mine Gases and Ventilation. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Three recitations each week. Mining Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Mining Engineering 603, Engineering Mechanics 610, and Chemistry 681 or concurrent. The principle mine gases including poisonous and explosive gases. Principles of fluid mechanics as they apply to ventilation of mines.

707. Mine Transportation Systems. Four credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Three class hours and one two-hour computation period each week. Mining Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Mining Engineering 603 and Engineer­ ing Mechanics 607. Mr. Frantz. Important topics of mine haulage, transportation, hoisting, and drainage are discussed. Design problems related to lecture topics are discussed and solved in computation period.

731. Materials for Mining and Petroleum Plants. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Two recitations and one period of drawing room work each week. Mining Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Mechanics 602. Materials for mine and petroleum plant structure.

739. Safety Engineering in Mines. Two credit hours. Spring Quarter. One class hour and one laboratory period each week. Mining Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, senior standing. Mr. O’Rourke. Principles of Mine Safety, Safety Organization, and Administration. Mine rescue work, mine fires and explosions. M i n i n g E n g i n e e r i n g 145 750. Mining Investigations. Three to ten credit hours. Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters. Conference, library, and laboratory work. Required in Mining Engineering, fifth year. Prerequisite, senior standing in Mining Engineering or approval of the instructor. This course may be repeated until the student has accumulated not to exceed twenty-four credit hours. Mr. O’Rourke, Mr. Lucas. (a) Study and Investigation of some phases of mine development and operation. (b) Study of mine ventilation and laboratory work with ventilating equipment. (c) Study of mine wastes. (d) Design of mines, mining plants. (e) Mine examinations and reports, including estimation of mineral reserves, valuation reports, costs, and administration. FOR GRADUATES An undergraduate student shall not be permitted to take any course in the “ 800" or “ 900” group except by permission of the Graduate Council.

801. Mine Planning and Design. Three to ten credit hours. Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters. Conference, library, and laboratory work. Pre­ requisite, satisfactory courses in Mining Engineering, mineral beneficiation, and geology, and permission of the instructor. Staff. The work of the course is carried on by individual conferences, library, and laboratory work. Economic and engineering analysis of a mining property from geologic and prospecting data, mine design, planning of operations, etc.

950. Research in Mining Engineering. Autumn, Winter, Spring, and Summer Quarters. Staff.

MILITARY SCIENCE ARMY RESERVE OFFICERS TRAINING CORPS Office, 204 Military Science Building

c o l o n e l c u n i n a n d s t a f f

In accordance with the Morrill Act, passed in 1862, under which the University was established, military instruction must be included in the curriculum. Pursuant to this and through governmental contract, the University has established a Senior Division of the Army Reserve Training Corps (ROTC). The Department of Military Science administers this unit and its 4 year program of instruction. The entire program is designed to produce qualified junior officers who have the character, ability and attributes essential to their progressive development as officers in the United States Army. Upon successful completion of ROTC, and attaining his baccalaureate degree, the graduate is eligible for a commission as a Second Lieutenant in the United States Army Reserve and, in the case of those of sufficiently high standing, for a like commission in the Regular Army. By action of the Board of Trustees the University, as a prerequisite for graduation, re­ quires all male undergraduate students, unless otherwise excused, to complete successfully 6 Quarters of ROTC work during their first 6 Quarters of residence. Completion of the first two years of the Army ROTC Program fulfills this prerequisite. The Program is in two parts: the Basic Course extending over the freshman and sophomore years and the Advanced Course during the junior and senior years. Successful completion of the Basic course, or credit in lieu thereof for prior equivalent training or service, is a pre­ requisite for the Advanced Course. Credit toward graduation is given for the Military Science courses on the same basis as for other courses offered in the University. Enrollment in the Advanced Course is elective on the part of the student but is confined to those selected by the Professor of Military Science and Tactics. Such selection is based upon grades attained in Military Science and other academic work and upon demonstrated officer potential. Students selected for and formally enrolled in the advanced course are paid approximately $27 a month, exclusive of a six period of summer camp, during which time they will receive approximately $106 plus travel allowance to and from camp. Upon graduation and receiving a commission the graduate may expect to: (a) serve on active duty for a two year period and remain a member of a Regular or Reserve Component of the Army until the sixth anniversary of receipt of his commission ; or (b) serve on active duty for training for 6 months and remain a member of a Reserve Unit until the eighth anniversary of his commission. The type of service to be required will vary from time to time depending upon the needs of the service then existing. 146 College of E ngineering

Details of courses of instruction are as follows:

MILITARY SCIENCE I (Freshmen) 401, 402, 403. Autumn, Winter, Spring. (Each course given each Quarter.) Courses must be completed, in sequence, prior to enrolling in the succeeding 400 series courses. Two credit hours per Quarter. One two-hour recitation period and one hour of drill per week. Organization of the Army and ROTC. Individual Weapons and Marksman­ ship. American Military History. School of the Soldier and Exercise of Com­ mand. MILITARY SCIENCE II (Sophomores) 501, 502, 503. Autumn, Winter, Spring. (Each course given each Quarter.) Courses must be completed, in sequence, prior to enrolling in the succeeding 500 series courses. Two credit hours per Quarter. One two-hour recitation period and one hour of drill per week. Map Reading. Crew Served Weapons and Gunnery. School of the Soldier and Exercise of Command. MILITARY SCIENCE III (Juniors) 601 (Autumn Quarter), 602 (Winter Quarter), 603 (Spring Quarter). Three credit hours per Quarter. Two two-hour recitations and one hour of drill per week. Crew Served Weapons and Gunnery. Small Unit Tactics and Communica­ tions, Leadership. Military Teaching Methods. Organization and Missions of the Arms and Services. School of the Soldier and Exercise of Command.

MILITARY SCIENCE IV (Seniors 701 (Autumn Quarter), 702 (Winter Quarter), 703 (Spring Quarter). For all Military Science IV courses— Three credit hours per Quarter. Two two-hour recitations and one hour of drill per week. Operations. Logistics. Military Administration Personnel Management. Service Orientation. School of the Soldier and Exercise of Command.

MINERALOGY Office, 140 Lord Hall

PROFESSORS FOSTER AND McCAUGHEY (EMERITUS). ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR EHLERS, ASSISTANT PROFESSORS COLEMAN AND WENDEN 501. Crystallography. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Two lecture or quiz periods and one two-hour laboratory period each week. Metallurgical and Mining Engineering, second year; Chemical Engineer­ ing, third year. Prerequisite, Chemistry 412 or 417. Mr. Ehlers, Mr. Coleman, Mr. Wenden. Principles of crystallography. The study of the most important of the thirty-two crystal groups using models and crystallized minerals. Not open to students who have credit for Mineralogy 401. 502. Descriptive Mineralogy. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Winter and Spring. Two lecture or quiz periods and one two-hour laboratory period each week. Metallurgical and Mining Engineering, second year; Chemical Engineering, third year. Prerequisite, Mineralogy 401 or 601. Mr. Coleman, Mr. Wenden. Physical and chemical properties, origin, association, and occurrence of the more important minerals. Sight identification of minerals by the use of their important physical characteristics and associations. Continuation of Mineralogy 501. Not open to students who have credit for Mineralogy 402. M i n e r a l o g y 147 503. Mineralogy of Gems. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period each week. Prerequisite, a general course in college chemistry or physics or geology. Mr. Wenden. Elementary consideration of the physical and optical properties of gems, including laboratory identification of some of the common varieties. Not open to students who have credit for Mineralogy 402 or 502.

506. Crystallography and Descriptive Mineralogy. Five credit hours. Au­ tumn Quarter. Three lecture or quiz periods and two two-hour laboratory periods each week. Ceramic Engineering and Glass Technology, second year. Prerequisite, Chemistry 412 or 417. Mr. Wenden. An elementary course covering crystallography and the physical properties of non-metallic minerals, their associations, occurrences, and uses. Not open to students who have credit for Mineralogy 401, 402, 501 or 502.

511-512. Crystallography and Descriptive Mineralogy. Five credit hours. Two Quarters. 511, Autumn and Spring; 512, Autumn and Winter. Three lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods each week. Geology majors. Prerequisite, Chemistry 412 or 417. Mr. Coleman, Mr. Wenden. Principles of crystallography, using models, crystals, and cleavage fragments. Physical and chemical properties, origin, association, occurrence, and sight identification of about 160 of the most important minerals. 511 not open to students who have credit for Mineralogy 401, 501, or 506. 512 not open to students who have credit for Mineralogy 402, 502, or 506.

*601. Advanced Crystallography. Five credit hours. Spring Quarter. Study of the thirty-two crystal groups and their representative crystals. Laboratory prac­ tice with the two circle goniometer in the measurement of crystals and in the drawing and projection of crystals.

605. Thermochemical Mineralogy. Four credit hours. Autumn Quarter; five credit hours, Spring Quarter. Four or five lectures each week. Ceramic Engineering, third year; Metallurgical Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, an acceptable course in physical chemistry or its equivalent. Mr. Foster. Thermal properties of minerals. Phase equilibrium in mineral systems at high temperatures and their application to problems of refractories, ceramic systems, and metallurgical slags.

621. Microscopic Mineralogy. Five credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Spring. Two lectures and three two-hour laboratory periods each week. Mining Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Mineralogy 402 or 502, and a college course in physics covering light. Mr. Foster, Mr. Ehlers. The use of a polarizing microscope in the identification of minerals in fine powder and thin section. Determination of the optical constants of minerals and crystallized substances with the polarizing microscope.

625. Microscopic Mineralogy. Five credit hours. Winter Quarter. Two lectures and three two-hour laboratory periods each week. Ceramic Engineer­ ing, fourth year; Glass Technology, fifth year. Prerequisite, Mineralogy 406 or 506, and 605, Ceramic Engineering 620, and a course in physics covering light. Mr. Foster, Mr. Ehlers, Mr. Wenden. The use of a polarizing microscope in the identification of minerals in fine powder. Deter­ mination of the optical properties of ceramic minerals and the crystalline phases developed in eeramic technology. Not open to students who have credit for Mineralogy 621.

* Not given in 1958-1959. 148 C o l l e g e o f E n g i n e e r i n g 701. Mineralogical Investigations. Three to five credit hours. One Quar­ ter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Library, conference, and advanced laboratory work. Prerequisite, Mineralogy 621 and permission of the instructor. Mr. Foster, Mr. Ehlers, Mr. Coleman, Mr. Wenden. (a) Microscopic Petrography. Study and investigation of igneous, metamorphic, and sedi­ mentary rocks in thin section. (b) Soil Mineralogy. Mineralogical investigation of loose rock, such as soils, sand, and clays. (c) Applied Microscopic Mineralogy. Application of the principles of microscopic min­ eralogy to the determination of melting and transformation temperature of minerals; micro­ scopic study of refractories, ceramic products, and glasses. (d) X-ray Crystal Analyst*. Practice in the application of X-rays to the study of minerals and crystallized materials. Not open to students who have credit for Mineralogy 631. 706. Advanced Thermochemical Mineralogy. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three lectures each week. Prerequisite, Mineralogy 605. Mr. Foster. Formation and solid solution of silicate minerals in multiple component systems. Continua­ tion of Mineralogy 605. Not open to students who have credit for Mineralogy 606. 722. Microscopic Petrography. Four credit hours. Winter Quarter. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods each week. Prerequisite, Mineral­ ogy 621. Mr. Ehlers. Use of the petrographic microscope in the identification of minerals in thin sections of rocks. Microscopic investigation of igneous, metamorphic, and sedimentary rocks, correlating texture, mineral composition, alteration, and geological agencies affecting these. Not open to students who have credit for Mineralogy 622. 741. Thesis. Five or six credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite, senior standing in the curriculum leading to the bachelor degree in Ceramic, Mining, Chemical, or Metallurgical Engineering. Mr. Foster, Mr. Ehlers, Mr. Wenden. 754. X-ray Mineral Analysis. Four credit hours. Winter Quarter. Two hours lecture and recitation and two three-hour laboratory periods each week. Prerequisite, an acceptable course in crystallography and one year of college physics. Mr. Coleman, Mr. Wenden. X-ray crystallography, the application and the underlying principles of X-ray crystal anal­ ysis for mineral identification, for phase identification in synthetic silicate systems, and in metal­ lurgy. Measurement and calculation for single crystal, powder and back reflection methods. Not open to students who have credit for Mineralogy 654, Chemistry 654, or Physics 654. 755. Structure of Silicate Minerals. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three hours lecture and recitation each week. Prerequisite, acceptable courses in crystallography, mineralogy, chemistry, or physics. Mr. Wenden, Mr. Coleman. Application of the principles of crystal structure and isomorphism to study of the physical properties of silicate materials, including clay minerals.

FOR GRADUATES An undergraduate student shall not be permitted to take any course in the “ 800" or ‘‘900” group except by permission of the Graduate Council. 801. Seminar in Mineralogy. Three to five credit hours. Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters. Mr. Foster, Mr. Ehlers. This course consists of conference and reports on the developments in mineralogical research and their application to the problems of mineralogy and mineral technology. 950. Research in Mineralogy and Petrography. Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters. Library, conference, and laboratory. Mr. Foster, Mr. Ehlers, Mr. Wenden. N a v a l S c ie n c e 149

MINING ENGINEERING (See page 143)

NAVAL SCIENCE NAVAL RESERVE OFFICERS TRAINING CORPS Office, The Armory

CAPTAIN C. E. McCOMBS, USN, AND STAFF

Regular and Contract NROTC students normally take Naval Science courses during four consecutive years. The sequence of courses is the same for all officer candidate students for the first two years. At the end of the second year, officer candidate students have the option of selecting specialization in Supply or Marine specialties, in which case there is a variation in course pres­ entation during the final years. In the case of the Contract Program, the student is unsubsidized except for uniforms and an allowance of $27 per month in the junior and senior years. Students interested in this pro­ gram should make application to the Professor of Naval Science prior to the closing of Autumn registration. These students are required to participate in only one Summer cruise activity. They are commissoned in the Reserve upon graduation, but serve only two years on commissioned active duty with the Navy. Students entering the Regular NROTC Program are pre-selected through nation-wide com­ petitive examination in December of the previous year. They become candidates for Regular commissions in the Navy or the Marine Corps and receive a four-year scholarship. These stu­ dents participate in three summer activities, two of which are cruises at sea in ships of the Navy and the third is a field trip to amphibious and aviation bases. Upon graduation and com­ missioning they serve four years on active duty. During their senior year. Regular and Contract NROTC students may apply for flight training upon commissioning. Students from high schools and colleges who are qualified may apply for either program. Any student may enroll in a Naval Science course on approval of the Professor of Naval Science. Normal sequence of courses is as follows: (given in sequential Quarters) First Y ear: A ll officer candidates—441, 442, 448 Second Y ear: All officer candidates— 541, 542, 548 Third Y ear: Line candidates— 641, 642, 648 Marine candidates— 651, 652, 658 Supply candidates—661, 662, 668 Fourth Y ear: Line candidates— 748, 744, 745 Marine candidates— 751, 752, 758 Supply candidates— 761, 762, 748

441. Naval Orientation. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Three recitations and two one-hour laboratory periods each week. The study of Naval Orientation covering customs, discipline, organization, vessels of the U. S. Navy, seamanship, communications, and tactics.

442. Naval History. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three reci­ tations and two one-hour laboratory periods each week. A continuation of Naval Science 441. Naval History covering the period up to World War I with particular emphasis on the principles of war and influence of sea power upon history.

443. Naval History. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three recita­ tions and two one-hour laboratory periods each week. A continuation of Naval Science 442. Naval History covering the period from the be­ ginning of World War I up to the present time.

541. Naval Weapons, Part I. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Three recitations and two one-hour laboratory periods each week. A broad study of naval ammunition and armament with particular emphasis on dual purpose weapons and the surface fire control problem.

542. Naval Weapons, Part II. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three recitations and two one-hour laboratory periods each week. A study of the anti-aircraft fire control problem with emphasis given to systems currently used by fleet units; organization and functions of the Combat Information Center. 150 C o l l e g e o f E n g i n e e r i n g 543. Naval Weapons, Part III. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three recitations and two one-hour laboratory periods each week. Principles of underwater sound and the anti-submarine warfare problem. A study of guided missiles emphasizing propulsion, control, and guidance.

641. Naval Engineering. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Three recitations and two one-hour laboratory periods each week. Broad general concept of the fundamental theory behind the construction and operation of a typical modern naval engineering installation. Relation of the elements of the installation one to another.

642. Naval Engineering and Introduction to Navigation. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three recitations and two one-hour laboratory periods each week. Basic theory of nuclear ship propulsion plants; principles of ship stability and buoyancy in the practice of damage control; dead reckoning and piloting in navigation.

643. Navigation. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three recitations and two one-hour laboratory periods each week. Basic and advanced celestial navigation; celestial methods in solution of navigational problems.

651. Evolution of the Art of War. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Three recitations and two one-hour laboratory periods each week. For candi­ dates for commission in the U. S. Marine Corps only. A survey of the historical development of weapons, tactics, and material, and an illustra­ tion of the classic principles of war by a study of selected battles and campaigns from Alexander to Appomattox.

652. Evolution of the Art of War and Basic Strategy and Tactics, Part L Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three recitations and two one-hour lab­ oratory periods each week. For candidates for commission in the U. S. Marine Corps only. A continuation of the evolution of the art of war from Appomattox to present time.

653. Basic Strategy and Tactics, Part II. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three recitations and two one-hour laboratory periods each week. For candidates for commission in the U. S. Marine CorDS only. A survey of modern strategical and tactical principles, using contemporary historical event* as illustrative material.

661. The Supply Corps, Organization and Logistics, and Naval Finance. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Three recitations and two one-hour lab­ oratory periods each week. For candidates for a commission in the Supply Corps only. Introduction to the Navy, The Supply Corps, Logistics, and Naval Finance, including property, appropriation and cost accounting.

662. Naval Accounting and Basic Supply Afloat. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three recitations and two one-hour laboratory periods each week. For candidates for a commission in the Supply Corps only. Further study of the Naval non-industrial accounting: system ashore and a study of material identification, classification, and procurement afloat, including the relating accounting records.

663. Advanced Supply Afloat. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three recitations and two one-hour laboratory periods each week. For candidates for a commission in the Supply Corps only. A continuation of the study of supply afloat including the naval accounting system afloat and the receipt, storage, and stock control afloat.

7,43. Naval Administration. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three recitations and two one-hour laboratory periods each week. Uniform Code of Military Justice. The psychology of human relations, and techniques of leadership; career planning. N a v a l S c ie n c e 151 744. Naval Operations. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Three recitations and two one-hour laboratory period each week. To acquaint the student with those responsibilities which will face him in shipboard opera­ tions, such as meterology, relative motion, tactical communications and instructions, and rules of the nautical road. 745. Naval Operations and Introduction to Naval Administration. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three recitations and two one-hour laboratory periods each week. A study of shipboard communications as a part of the Operations Department. A study of problems of administration and organization encountered aboard ship. 751. Amphibious Warfare Part I. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Three recitations and two one-hour laboratory periods each week. For candi­ dates for commission in the U. S. Marine Corps only. A brief history of amphibious warfare and its development; a study of the principles of amphibious warfare technique. 752. Amphibious Warfare Part II. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three recitations and two one-hour laboratory periods each week. For candi­ dates for commission in the U. S. Marine Corps only. A continuation of the study of the principles of amphibious warfare technique* and an ex­ amination of the application of these principles in selected examples of modern history. 753. Leadership, Uniform Code of Military Justice. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three recitations and two one-hour laboratory periods each week. For candidates for commission in the U. S. Marine Corps only. The psychology of human relations and techniques of leadership as applied by Marine leader; Uniform Code of Military Justice; career planning.

761. Ship’s Store and Clothing and Small Stores. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Three recitations and two one-hour laboratory periods each week. Prerequisite, Naval Science 661, 662, and 663. For candidates for commission in the Supply Corps only. A study of ship’s store and clothing supply affoat, including their accounting, organization, functions, techniques, and related reports. 762. Commissary. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three recitations and two one-hour laboratory periods each week. Prerequisite Naval Science 661, 662, 663 and 761. For candidates for a commission in the Supply Corps only. A study of commissary, including organization, accounting, function, techniques and related reports.

NUCLEAR ENGINEERING The Faculty of the College of Engineering recognizes the need for engineers to have a knowledge of nuclear engineering and atomic power. However, the faculty feels that this area of learning is not now a distinct discipline nor that it should have departmental or curricular status. Certain courses are suggested as electives for students seeking training in this field. These courses are listed below. The program in nuclear engineering is ad­ ministered by a committee of the Engineering faculty. Chemical Engineering 765—Introduction to Nuclear Chemical Engineering Chemical Engineering 766—Nuclear Chemical Engineering Mechanical Engineering 755. Nuclear Power Plants Physics 614. Introduction to Modern Physics Physics 615. Introduction to Nuclear Physics See also the curriculum in Engineering Physics, Option III, Nuclear Physics. 152 C o l l e g e o f E n g i n e e r i n g

PETROLEUM ENGINEERING (See page 90)

PHILOSOPHY Office, 10 University Hall

PROFESSOR NELSON AND STAFF 400. Types of Philosophy. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. No prerequisite. All instructors. An elementary study of the essentials of the various types of philosophy which have been Influential in world literature, history, and science; Naturalism; Pragmatism, Dualism, Idealism, Mysticism. Not open to students who have credit for Philosophy 401. For courses in philosophy to be used as electives, see the Bulletin of the College of Arts and Sciences.

PHOTOGRAPHY Office, 4 Brown Hall

PROFESSORS DAVIS AND WAGNER. ASSISTANT PROFESSOR BINAU. MR. BALL 510. Application of Photographic Processes to Television. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Two lectures and two laboratory hours each week. Mr. Wagner. A general course in the application of photographic processes to television with emphaiii on motion picture production. Lectures, laboratories, and field trips on motion picture camera techniques as applied to television. Processing, editing, and sound recording in connection with films for television. Photographic problems in telecasting motion picture films. Preparation of still picture material for television transmission. Relationship of station film unit to other station activites. 511. Photography. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods each week. Not open to freshmen. Mr. Binau. Lectures and practice in the fundamentals of photographic processes. The use of the camera, characteristics of photographic emulsions, light filters and their uses, exposure problems, processing of negatives, contact printing, photographic optics, photographic chemistry. 520. Engineering Photography. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period each week. Elective. No prerequi­ sites. Mr. Davis. The application of special photographic techniques such as high speed still photography, high speed motion picture photography, and time lapse photography to the solution of engineer­ ing problems. The use of visual aids in the presentation of engineering data. A study of the methods used to reproduce engineering drawings, sketches and tracings, i.e., the production and use of blueprints, photostats, and other similar photographic processes. Not open to students having credit for Photography 511. 525. News Photography. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Two lec­ tures and three laboratory hours each week. Not open to freshmen. Prerequi­ site, Photography 511 or permission of the instructor. (Open only to students in the School of Journalism.) Mr. Ball. Fundamentals of press photography and picture editing. Study of specialized techniques and equipment pertaining to the field of photo-journalism. Experience in covering assignments. 615. Motion Picture Photography. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period each week. Prerequisite, Photography 510, or 511, or 625, or permission of the instructor. Mr. Wagner. An advanced course in motion picture production, with special emphasis on the 16-mm. field. The mechanics and principles of specialized motion picture cameras, film editing, photographic sound recording and reproduction, and production planning. Not open to students who have credit for Photography 515. P h o t o g r a p h y 153 625. Scientific Photography. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Two lectures and recitations and two two-hour laboratory periods each week. Pre­ requisite, one year of chemistry and/or one year of Physics. Mr. Davis, Mr. Binau. This course ia designed for students of physics, chemistry, astronomy, biology, and other sciences who need a knowledge of the principles and techniques of photography as an aid to their scientific work. Special attention iB given to the nature of photographic processes, characteristics of photographic materials, and the application of photography to science. The laboratory exer­ cises will be selected as far as possible to meet the needs of individual students. Not open to students having credit for Photography 511.

650. Advanced Photography. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods each week. Prerequisite, Pho­ tography 511 or 625. Mr. Binau. A continuation of Photography 511 or 625, dealing mainly with projection printing, special effects, photo-engraving, lens testing, color photography, miniature camera work.

699. Minor Problems in Photography. Three to five credit hours. Autumn, Winter and Spring Quarters. Conference, library, and laboratory work. Pre­ requisite, Photography 511 or 625, 650, fifteen hours of chemistry and/or physics, and consent of the instructor. This course may be repeated until the student has accumulated not to exceed ten credit hours. Mr. Davis, Mr. Wagner, Mr. Binau. This course is designed to permit a properly qualified student to avail himself of the library and laboratory facilities of the department for adding to his knowledge and techniques in some •abject in photography and for carrying out minor investigations.

PHYSICAL EDUCATION

MEN’S DIVISION Office, 124 Physical Education Building

PROFESSORS LARKINS, OBERTEUFFER, SNYDER, ASHBROOK, CUSHMAN, L. HESS. PEPPE, DUFFEE, STALEY, MOONEY, AND HAYES, ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS C. WIRTHWEIN, HIXSON, STAHL, KAROW, BENNETT, MONTONARO, ASSISTANT PROFESSORS BIGGS, H. WIRTHWEIN, KAPLAN, STATEN, HEWLETT, FREDERICKS, T. W. TAYLOR, AND MAND, MR. SARKKINEN, MR. F. TAYLOR, MR. FEKETE, MR. STROBEL, MR. BEETHAM, MR. KNUTTGEN, MR. ERSING, MR. KLEINMAN, MR. SHEEHAN AND ASSISTANTS

WOMEN’S DIVISION Office, 201 Pomerene Hall

PROFESSORS MORDY, ARMSTRONG, SLIEPCEVICH, AND D. WIRTHWEIN, ASSOCI­ ATE PROFESSORS ALLENBAUGH, GILMAN. WATSON, AND STEIN, ASSISTANT PROFESSORS ALKIRE, HARDING, YOST, RUPERT. HAYS, CRAFTS, AND SCHROE- DER, MRS. SOHL, MISS DENDY, MISS GRUTZMACHER, MISS HARTMAN, MISS TAVARES, MISS GRAVES, MISS HULL, MISS BEYRER, MISS CONKLIN, MRS. WHITE AND ASSISTANTS

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 401-402-403. Physical Education (Men). One credit hour. All Quarters. Two hours each week. Required of every freshman. Staff. Opportunity in this course is given to elect, from a large number of group and individual sports and dance, one activity which will contribute to the organic development and the recrea­ tional life of the student. Instruction in the techniques of play, the rules and strategies and th* social behaviors involved in each activity is given. Special instruction for the physically handi­ capped is available. All work in this course is based on a physical examination given at the beginning of the entering Quarter.

404. Physical Education (Men). No credit. All Quarters. Two hours each week. This course may be taken not to exceed three times. A continuation of Physical Education 401, 402, 408. 154 C o l l e g e o f E n g i n e e r i n g 421-422-423. Physical Education (Women). One credit hour. All Quarters. Two hours each week. Required of every freshman. Staff. Opportunity in these courses is given to elect, from a large number of group and individual sports and dance, one activity which will contribute to the organic development and the recrea­ tional life of the student. Instruction in the techniques of play, the rules and strategies and the social behaviors involved in each activity are given. Special instruction for the physically handi­ capped is available. All work in these courses is based on a physical examination given at the beginning of each year. These courses may not be counted toward a degree for Physical Education Majors. 425-426-427. Physical Education (Women). One credit hour. All Quar­ ters. Three hours each week. Required of all Sophomores. Staff. A continuation of Physical Education 421-422-423.

ELECTIVE COURSES FOR MEN DISQUALIFIED FOR MILITARY AND AIR SCIENCE 525-526-527. Physical Education. One credit hour. All Quarters. Three hours each week. Open to freshmen disqualified for elementary courses in Military and Air Science. Staff. These courses are similar in content to Physical Education 401-402-408. 528-529-530. Physical Education. One credit hour. All Quarters. Three hours each week. Open to sophomores disqualified for elementary courses in Military and Air Science. Staff. These courses offer advanced training and instruction in various athletic sports.

HEALTH EDUCATION 400. Hygiene (Men and Women). One credit hour. All Quarters. Men: One meeting each week. Women: 12 class meetings each Quarter. Required of every freshman unless Physical Education 410 is taken during the first year of residence in the University. Sections for men, Mr. Cushman; sections for women. Miss Sliepcevich. This course is designed to help the college student solve his problem in the area of physical, mental, and social health. Emphasis is placed on (1) providing basic scientific information, (2) promoting the acceptance of wholesome attitudes, and (3) assisting the student in the de­ velopment of positive health practices which contribute to effective living.

PHYSICS AND ASTRONOMY Office, 107 New Physics Building

PHYSICS PROFESSORS H. NIELSEN, DAUNT, KORRINGA, KRAUS, LANDE, OETJEN, POOL, SHAFFER, C. SHAW, SMITH (EMERITUS), AND WILLIAMS, ASSOCIATE PROFES­ SORS BELL, DICKEY, HARRIS, HEER, HESTHAL. JASTRAM, KURBATOV, NELSON, C. NIELSEN, PREBUS, AND ZUMSTEIN, ASSISTANT PROFESSORS BROWN. ERICK­ SON, HAUSMAN, HERRING, JOSSEM, MILLS, SESSLER, AND J. SHAW 420. Descriptive Meteorology. Five credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Four recitations and one two-hour laboratory period each week. No prerequisite. Mr. J. Shaw. An introductory course in meteorology for increasing the understanding of local weather phenomena and describing commonly observed weather changes. The laboratory period includes instrumental observations, the use of meteorological data and study of weather maps. 431. General Physics for Engineers and Physical Scientists: Mechanics. Five credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Four lectures and recitations and one two-hour laboratory period each week. Prerequisite, one entrance unit in physics or Physics 411; concurrent, Mathematics 536 or 541. Mr. Williams and staff. 432. General Physics for Engineers and Physical Scientists: Heat, Sound, and Light. Five credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Four lectures and recitations and one two-hour laboratory period each week. Pre­ requisite, Physics 431 and Mathematics 536 or 541. Mr. Williams and staff. P h y s i c s a n d A s t r o n o m y 155 433. General Physics for Engineers and Physical Scientists: Electricity and Magnetism. Five credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Four lectures and recitations and one two-hour laboratory period each week. Prerequisite, Physics 431 and Mathematics 536 or 541. Mr. Williams and staff.

435. Electricity and Magnetism. Four credit hours. One Quarter. Win­ ter and Spring. Three lectures and recitations and one two-hour laboratory period each week. Prerequisite, Physics 431 and Mathematics 536 or 541. Mr. Dickey and staff. 436. Electricity and Magnetism. Five credit hours. One Quarter. Au­ tumn and Spring. Three lectures and recitations and two two-hour laboratory periods each week. Prerequisite, Physics 435 and Mathematics 537 or 542. Mr. Dickey and staff. NOTE: Physics 435 and 436 may be taken in place of 433 giving such a course in electricity and magnetism as is provided for electrical engineers.

PREREQUISITES FOR “ 6M” COURSES Unless otherwise indicated, the prerequisites for “ 600” and “700” courses in physies are one year of calculus and one year of college physics. “700” courses are open to third year under­ graduates only by permission of the instructor. 601. Intermediate Physical Mechanics. Three credit hour*. One Quarter. Autumn and Winter. Mr. Shaffer. A fundamental intermediate course serving as preparation for other physics courses. Se­ lected topics from classical mechanics are used to introduce students to a few fundamental analytical methods used in advanced physics courses. Required of all undergraduate physies majors. Not open for graduate credit to students majoring in physics. 803. Intermediate Heat. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Mr. Erick­ son. Introduction to the theory of heat with applications. Not open for graduate credit to students majoring in Physics. 605. Geometrical Optics. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Winter. Three recitations and demonstration lectures each week. Mr. Oetjen. Advanced theory of geometrical optics including thick lenses, types of mirrors, combinations of lenses and mirrors, apertures and aberrations in optical systems. 606. Introductory Physical Optics. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Winter and Spring. Mr. Oetjen. Introduction to diffraction; interference and polarization phenomena. Application of th«M phenomena in the desfcro and performance of optical instruments. Not open for graduate credit to students majoring in Physics. 608. Intermediate Electricity and Magnetism. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Prerequisite, Physics 601 or equivalent. Mr. Dickey. An intermediate mathematical treatment of electric and magnetic fields. Problem solving will be emphasized. Not open for graduate credit to students majoring in physics. 610. Electron Physics. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Prerequisite, Physics 601 or equivalent. Mr. Bell. Free electron gas theory of metals including thermionic emission, photoelectric emission, contact potentials, electro-thermal and magneto-electric effects. Discharge of electricity in gases. 614. Introduction to Modern Physics. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Winter. Mr. H. Nielsen. An intermediate discussion of some fundamental ideas of modern physics to prepare students for the specialized courses in that field. Topics include fundamental particles of matter; qualita­ tive concepts of quantum theory and their historical development; emission and absorption proc­ esses ; introductory ideas of atomic and molecular structure. Required of all undergraduate Physic majors. Not open for graduate credit to students majoring in Physics. 156 C o l l e g e o f E n g i n e e r i n g 615. Introduction to Nuclear Physics. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite, Physics 601 and 614 or fifth year standing in the College of Engineering. Mr. Heer. Properties of the atomic nucleus. Disintegration processes; particle and photon emission; fission ; fusion. Detection techniques for nuclear radiations. Energy levels and selection rules. Not open for graduate credit to students majoring in Physics. 616. Advanced Physical Laboratory. Three credit hours. Any Quarter. This course may be repeated until a maximum of twenty-four credit hours has been obtained. Two three-hour laboratory periods each week. Prerequi­ site, one year of college physics. Mr. Jossem, Mr. Shaw. This course is intended to provide training in advanced experimental physics. Emphasis is placed on independent work. Experiments may be chosen from the fields of acoustics, me­ chanics, electricity and magnetism, heat and thermodynamics, optics, spectroscopy, physical electronics, atomic physics, nuclear physics, solid state physics, and (Winter only) x-ray physics. 628. Electronic Techniques in Physical Measurements. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Two three-hour laboratory periods each week. Mr. Bell, Mr. Dickey. A laboratory study of fundamental electronic instruments and circuits used in physical research. 635. Geometrical Optics Laboratory. Two credit hours. Winter Quarter. One four-hour laboratory period each week. Concurrent or prerequisite, Physics 605. Mr. Oetjen. Selected intermediate experiments in geometrical optics. 636. Physical Optics Laboratory. Two credit hours. Spring Quarter. One four-hour laboratory period each week. Concurrent or prerequisite, Physics 606. Mr. Oetjen. Selected intermediate experiments in physical optics. *643. General Meteorology. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Pre­ requisite, fifteen hours of natural science, including one of the following courses: Agronomy 501; Botany 402; Geography 403; Geology 402; Physics 412 or 432; Zoology 402. The study of the atmosphere and its phenomena. Personal observation and predication of weather events. Not open to students who have credit for Physics 510. 647. Physics of the Lower Atmosphere. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Prerequisite, Physics 601 or equivalent. Mr. J. Shaw. Atmospheric processes including cloud physics, natural and artificial precipitation, atmos­ pheric electricity, circulation, transmission of radiation. *648. Physics of the Upper Atmosphere. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Prerequisite, Physics 601 or equivalent. Mr. J. Shaw. The structure of the upper atmosphere as obtained from studies of the ionosphere, oxonos- phere, aurorae, meteors, and use of rockets. 701. Minor Problems in Physics. One to fifteen credit hour*. All Quar­ ters. Conference, library and laboratory work. Prerequisite, satisfactory ad­ vanced courses in experimental and theoretical physics. A student may repeat this course and may spend all or any part of his time on it during a Quarter. All instructors. This course is designed to permit any properly qualified student to avail himself of the library and laboratory facilities of the department carrying out a minor investigation or for adding to his knowledge and technique in some branch of physics. A student may elect to work in experimental or theoretical physics or physical meteorology. 702. Kinetic Theory of Gases. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Prerequisite, Physics 603 or equivalent, and Mathematics 601 and 611, or 608 and 609. Mr. Daunt. Introduction to kinetic theory of gases with applications to physical systems. Not open to students who have credit for Physics 604. * Not given in 1958-1959. P h y s i c s a n d A s t r o n o m y 157 *709. Wave Motion and Sound. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Prerequisite, Physics 601 and Mathematics 611 or equivalent. Given in alter­ nate years. Mr. Shaw. Theory of wave motion; production, propagation and detection of sound waves; measure­ ments and applications. Not open to students who have credit for Physics 621. 711. Physics of Ionized Gases. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Pre­ requisite, Physics 608 and 702 or equivalent. Mr. C. Nielsen. Ionization processes and the fundamental properties of ions; collective phenomena in ion clouds, e.g., plasma oscillations, pinch effect, hydromagnetic phenomena. Applications to particle detection, collective phenomena in solids, cosmic and auroral phenomena, the thermonuclear problem. 712. Fundamentals of Electricity and Magnetism. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Prerequisite, Physics 601 and 608 or equivalent and Mathe­ matics 661. Mr. Heer. Mathematical theory of classical electricity and magnetism. 713. Electromagnetic Field Phenomena. Three credit hours. Winter Quar­ ter. Prerequisite, Physics 601, 712 or equivalent, and Mathematics 611 or equivalent. Mr. Dickey. An introductory course in Maxwell’s theory of the electromagnetic field. Not open to students who have credit for Physics 613. 718. Modern Atomic Spectroscopy. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Prerequisite, Physics 601 and 614 or equivalent. Mr. Cooper, Mr. Williams. Structure of the atom; the vector model; coupling of angular momenta. Classification of line spectra, including such topics as quantum numbers, selection rules, line strengths, Zeeman and Stark effects, and forbidden transitions. Not open to students who have credit for Physics 618. 719. Spectra and Structure of Molecules. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Prerequsite, Physics 601 and 614 or equivalent. Mr. Bell, Mr. Shaffer. Review of experimental methods and data on band spectra of molecules; empirical classifi­ cation of spectra and correlation with molecular energy states; relation of energy expressions to molecular structure; selection rules and intensities of transitions; macroscopic properties of molecules obtained from band spectra: applications to chemical problems. Not open to students who have credit for Physics 619. 720. X-ray Physics. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Prerequisite, Physics 601 and 614 or equivalent. Mr. C. Shaw, Mr. Jossem. Fundamental properties of X-rays and their interactions with matter. Modern theory and experiment in X-ray emission, abcorption, scattering and dispersion. Applications to solid state and nuclear physics. Not open to students who have credit for Physics 620. 721. Fundamentals of Nuclear Physics. Three credit hours. Winter Quar­ ter. Prerequisite, Physics 718 or equivalent. Mr. Jastram. Detailed consideration of topics involved in experimental nuclear research; beta decay, shell structure, internal conversion, resonance, scattering, elementary particles, angular correla­ tion, collision dynamics. Recommended preparation for this course includes Physics 718 and a concurrent or previous course in quantum mechanics. 723. Nuclear Reactors and Neutron Physics. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Prerequisite, Physics 615 and 702 or equivalent. Mr. Pool. Neutron sources; scattering and capture of neutrons; nuclear fission ; resonance phenom­ ena ; material damage; diffusion ; power production. 726. Methods of Theoretical Physics. Three credit hours. Autumn Quar­ ter. Prerequisite, Physics 601 or equivalent. Mr. Nielsen, Mr. Bell. An introductory course coordinating the methods of solving problems in such fields of classical physics as dynamics of particles and systems of particles, wave motion, electrodynamics, heat flow, etc. The course is especially adapted to needs of students in chemistry and engineering but is also open to students majoring in physics. Not open to student who have credit for Physics 626. * Not given in 1958-1959. 158 C o l l e g e o f E n g i n e e r i n g 727. Methods of Quantum Mechanics I. Three credit hours. Winter Quar­ ter. Prerequisite, Physics 601 and 614 or equivalent. Mr. Nielsen, Mr. Bell. Introduction to Schrodinger and matrix techniques of quantum mechanics; application* to simple problems, particularly those of chemical interest; perturbations, quantum mechanical resonance; etc. Not open to students who have credit for Physics 627.

728. Methods of Quantum Mechanics II. Three credit hours. Spring Quar­ ter. Prerequisite, Physics 727. Mr. Nielsen, Mr. Bell. A continuation of Physics 727 with applications to more complicated problems; mechanic* of atoms and molecules; approximate methods of solution.

*730. Analysis of Physical Measurements. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Prerequisite, Physics 601, 614 and six hours of advanced laboratory or equivalent. Mr. C. Nielsen. This course deals with the nature of physical measurements; types of data and their analyti­ cal treatment; relations between physical situations and mathematical distribution*; curve fitting; errors; application of analytical methods to typical physical problems.

733. Nucleonic Measurements and Instrumentation. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn and Spring. This course may be repeated until a maxi­ mum of six credit hours is obtained. Two three-hour laboratory periods each week. Prerequisites must include Physics 615 and permission of the in­ structor. Mr. Pool. Emphasis will be placed upon the interpretation of nuclear measurements secured from the latest types of nuclear instruments, probing the characteristic radiations of numerous radioactive sources. The neutron experiments will be centered around a subcritical reactor. Not open to students who have credit for Physics 633.

734. Nuclear Reactor Laboratory. Three credit hours. Winter and Sum­ mer Quarters. General prerequisites must include Physics 633 and 723 or equivalent and the permission of the instructor. Two three-hour laboratory periods each week. Mr. Pool . Experiments dealing with neutron diffusion, neutron shielding, radioactivity production, pile oscillation, reactor control, buckling, and other pile parameters will be performed. During the course of these experiments the Argonaut critical reactor will be started and operated by the student. This course may be repeated until the student has obtained a maximum of six credit hours.

740-741-742. Introduction to Theoretical Physics. Three credit hours. Autumn, Winter and Spring Quarters. Prerequisite, Mathematics 601 and Physics 601 or equivalent. Mr. Shaffer. A fundamental course in classical mechanics including reference frames and their transfor­ mations ; dynamics of particles and systems of particles; dynamics of rigid rotators; Hamilton’s principles; Lagrange’s equations ; special relativity; introductory elasticity and fluid dynamics. Not open to students who have credit for Physics 623-624-625.

FOR GRADUATES

An undergraduate student shall not be permitted to take any course in the “800” or “ 900” group except by permission of the Graduate Council. For description of graduate courses in this department see the Bulletin of the Graduate School.

ASTRONOMY Offices, Emerson McMillin Observatory and 107 New Physics Building For courses in Astronomy to be used as electives, see the Bulletin of the College of Arts and Sciences. * Not given in 1968-1959. P o l i t i c a l S c ie n c e 159

POLITICAL SCIENCE Office, 106 University Hall

PROFESSORS MANSFIELD, WALKER, HELMS, AUMANN, ZINK, SPITZ, AND HEIM- BERGER, ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS NEMZER, KAWAI, AND JAFFA, ASSISTANT PROFESSOR HERSON, MR. MILLER. MR. LOTT. MR. CHRISTOPH, MR. KETTLER. MR. MARSHALL, MR. ROMOSER, AND ASSISTANTS

ELEMENTARY COURSE OFFERINGS Principal Commerce and Arts (B.A.) Engineering and Audienee Education Agriculture Prerequisite None History 421-422-423 None First Political Science 401 Political Science 507 Political Science 599 Course (5 hours) American (5 hours) Fundamentals (3 hours) Introduction National Government of Government to Political Science Normal Political Science 510 Political Science 508 Political Science 595 Sequence (5 hours) American (5 hours) Government (3 hours) Local Govern­ State and Local of the United States ment in the United States Government or or Political Science 509 Political Science 509 (5 hours) Foreign (5 hours) Foreign Governments Govern menta

Upper Class Course Prerequisites Unless otherwise specified in course descriptions below, two courses in political science, or a declared major in a social science, or the consent of the course instructor. In the case of Arts College juniors and seniors, the history and social science requirements of the B.A. curriculum take the place of these prerequisites. The elementary courses in the department provide sequences of 6, 10 or 15 hours, appropri­ ate to differing interests and curriculum and schedule requirements. One 10-hour sequence (401 and 510) takes American government as its focus; another (401 and 595) keeps to the national government level, here and abroad. A 6-hour sequence (599 and 595) moves from basic principles to manifestations o f government close to home. A 10 or 15-hour sequence (507 and 508 or 509, or both) begins with institutions and ideas, and covers systematically the major national governments of the world. Inter-college and off-campus transfer students may enter the second course in any of these sequences from the first course in either of the others.

*530. International Tensions. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. No prerequisite other than sophomore standing or above. Open to all students; required of second-year AFROTC cadets. Staff. Causes of international tensions and conflicts; international security organizations; basic issues in world politics.

595. Local Government in the United States. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Winter and Spring. Mr. Herson and staff. County, municipal and special governmental districts comparatively treated; their legal status, political significance, governmental structure and functions; their relations with state and national governments.

599. Introduction to Political Science. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Not open to students with previous credit in Political Science. Mr. Lott and staff. An acquaintance with the most significant political institutions, processes and problems, including ; political parties, elections, legislation, civil service, and courts; the parliamentary and authoritarian governments of Europe; international government. Lectures, readings, and dis­ cussions.

* Not given in 1958-1959. 160 C o l l e g e o f E n g i n e e r i n g

PSYCHOLOGY Office, 325 Arps Hall

PROFESSOR BURTT 403. Introductory Psychology. Five credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite, Zoology 401-402 or Botany 401-402, or twenty hours of natural science. All instructors. An Introduction to psychology for students with science background; designed to round out the natural science sequence in the College of Engineering and in B.Sc. curricula of the College of Arts and Sciences. Not open to students who have credit for Psychology 401 or 402.

501. Psychological Problems in Engineering. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three lecture hours each week. Open only to juniors and seniors in the College of Engineering. Mr. Burtt, Mr. Pitts, Mr. Shartle. Selection and motivation of employees; psychology in industrial efficiency and in selling; handling men; the human factor in engineering;. 605. Physiological Psychology. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three lectures each week. Prerequisite, Psychology 401-402 or 403. Mr. Meyer. A study of some of the physiological correlates of psychological phenomena. The properties of integrated organ systems, with emphasis upon the characteristics of their elements. Psychoso­ matic abnormalities will be considered.

606. Advanced Physiological Psychology. Three credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three lectures each week. Prerequisite, Psychology 605. Mr. Meyer. A study of further physiological correlates of psychological phenomena. Sensory and motor procefMi^s will be special topics for treatment.

623. Engineering Psychology. Three or four credit hours depending on whether laboratory is taken. Autumn Quarter. Three lecture hours and one (optional) laboratory period each week. Prerequisite, ten hours in Psychology; or six hours in psychology plus nine hours in engineering courses covering motion and time study, quality control, or machine design. Mr. Fitts. Application of the methods and techniques of experimental psychology to problems of designing equipment for efficient human use. Topics to be considered will include the following: display of information to the eye—visibility, legibility, check-reading; display of information to the earth—speech intelligibility, tonal signal systems; design of controls for efficient human use—placement, coding, mode of actuation; problems in the design of man-machine systems.

PUBLIC SPEAKING (See Speech)

ROMANCE LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE Office, 111 Derby Hall

PROFESSOR BABCOCK AND STAFF For courses in the Romance Languages to be used as electives, see the Bulletin of the College of Arts and Sciences.

SHOPWORK (See Industrial Engineering) S o c ia l A dministration 161

SOCIAL ADMINISTRATION Office, 303 Stillman Hall

PROFESSOR SHIMP, ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR LIVINGSTON 603. Social Work— Its Structure and Function. Three credit hours. Au­ tumn Quarter. Mr. Leedy, Mr. Livingston. The social bases of social work. The scope of its activities. Its organization on national, state and local lines. Its relationship to the other professions and the community. Not open for graduate credit.

SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY Office, 112 Hagerty Hall

PROFESSOR SLETTO, ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR BULLOCK, AND STAFF

SOCIOLOGY 401. Introductory Sociology. Five credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. Mr. Cuber and staff. A study of the fundamental concepts of sociology and an introduction to the analysis of social problems. Not open to students who have credit for Sociology 410, 507 or 511.

511. Principles and Problems of Sociology. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Mr. Bullock. A study of fundamental concepts of sociology. The nature of society; groups; populations; institutions and social change. Attention will be given to current major social problems through­ out the course. Not open to students who have credit for Sociology 401-402, 410 or 507.

512. Human Relationships in Industry. Three credit hours. Winter Quar­ ter. Prerequisite, Sociology 511 or five hours of Sociology or its equivalent with permission of the instructor. Mr. Bullock. A study of social processes and problems associated with contemporary industry. Attention will be given to such matters as the growth of formal and informal organizational structure, communication processes, and problems of attitude and morale.

SPEECH Office, 205 Derby Hall

PROFESSORS YEAGER, KNOWER, MOSER, AND BLACK, AND STAFF 401. Effective Speaking. Five credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. No prerequisite. Open to freshmen. Mr. Knower and staff. The principles of speech composition and delivery. Practice in preparing and presenting short informative, entertaining, and persuasive speeches. Audience analysis and control. Em­ phasis is placed upon speaking as a thinking process. The methods in which the student is trained are applicable to social and business conversation as well as to public address.

405. Speech for Foreign Students. Five credit hours for undergraduates who make satisfactory progress in the course.J One Quarter. Autumn and Winter. Five meetings each week. Open to freshmen. This course may be re­ peated. Mr. Black, Mrs. Morrison. A course in speech improvement for students whose native language is not English. Inten­ sive ear training to identify differences in sounds, stress, and intonation patterns and practice to acquire the correct articulation, pronunciation, and rhythm of American speech. Conversa­ tion, discussion, and reading to enlarge the speaking vocabulary and to acquaint the Btudent with common idioms. Concurrent registration in English 406 required. t Five hours will be added toward graduation. 162 C o l l e g e o f E n g i n e e r i n g 501. Principles of Effective Speaking. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Autumn, Winter, Spring. No prerequisite. Open only to juniors and seniors. Mr. Knower and staff. Practice in preparing and presenting short informative and persuasive speeches on technical material. The principles of speech composition. Audience analysis and control. Delivery and oral language. Not open to students who have credit for Speech 401. 506. Persuasion. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Winter and Spring. Three recitations each week. Prerequisite, one of the following: Speech 401, 402 or 501. Mr. Fotheringham, Mr. Ross, Mr. Goyer. Influencing individuals and audiences by means of spoken appeals. Analysis of the forces which lead to belief and action. Studies in the nature of the response of different types of audiences. Methods of dealing with different mental states. Practice in devising and presenting oral appeals to meet difficult speaking situations.

SURVEY OF ENGINEERING 401-402. Elements of Engineering. One credit hour. 401, Autumn Quar­ ter; 402, Winter Quarter. The total credit is two hours for the two Quarters. One lecture each week. Both courses required of all freshmen in Engineering. May be taken in the order 401-402 or 402-401. Lectures given by the Dean and Assistant Dean, faculty members of the College of Engineering, and practicing engineers. A course of lectures relating to engineering in general and of such a character as will in­ spire young engineering students and assist them first to make sure that they are fitted to become engineers, and second, to assist in selecting the particular field of engineering which they should follow. Talks by leaders in industry. 501. Senior Assembly. One credit hour. Autumn Quarter. One lecture each week. Required in the fifth year of all engineering curricula. Lectures given by the Dean, Faculty members and practicing engineers.

WELDING ENGINEERING Office, 128 Industrial Engineering Building

PROFESSORS R. S. GREEN AND McMASTER, ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR McCAULEY. MR. FOUST (EMERITUS), MR. W. L. GREEN. AND ASSISTANTS $415. Forging, Heat Treating, and Welding. Three credit hours. One Quarter. Winter and Spring. Six hours of laboratory and lecture each week. Practice in the principles of heat treating; oxyacetylene and electric welding. The work in this course is designed to aid students preparing to teach industrial arts, to achieve skills, procedure and information necessary for teaching these subjects at the secondary level. Safety glasses must be worn in the laboratory. See footnote. Not open to students who have credit for Welding Engineering 418. $418. Welding and Heat Treating. Three credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Six hours of lecture and laboratory each week. Agricultural Engineering, third year. Prerequisite, second year standing in the College of Engineering or the written permission of the Chairman of the Department of Welding Engineering. Lecture materia] presenting the essentials of the welding and heat treating processes from an engineering standpoint. Laboratory exercises in heat treating, oxyacetylene and metallic arc welding are given to demonstrate fundamental principles. Inspection and control of welding operations are considered. Safety glasses must be worn in the laboratory. See footnote. $ Courses Industrial Engineering 404, 405, 420, 519, 521 and Welding Engineering 415, 418, 701, 702, 703, 739, 741, and 742 require the use o f a pair of safety glasses; however, each student need own only one pair for all courses. In the event that the student must have prescription lenses, he shall obtain his safety glasses during the Quarter preceding this first use. This may be done through the Optometry Clinic, Room 15, Optometry Building, or through any registered optometrist. These glasses are also a requirement in certain other courses involving shop laboratory work, inspection trips, and similar activities. W e l d in g E n g i n e e r i n g 163 449. Practical Experience in a Welding Organization. Six credit hours. Ten weeks during the twelfth Quarter and before beginning the work of the fourth year. Welding Engineering, third year. To be obtained in some engineering organization. The student shall present a satisfactory report upon the work done. This report shall include a discussion on the welding engineering aspects of the work done in the organization with which he was connected, with notes of the systems, methods, and processes of manufacture, and other observed data worthy of record. The occupation, the work done, and the report shall be subject to approval. If a student has had twelve months or more of satisfactory practical experience, he may be permitted to substitute a report upon the work so done for the above requirements.

610. Applied Engineering Analysis. Four credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three lectures or recitations, one three-hour laboratory period each week. Welding Engineering, third year. Prerequisite, Physics 433 and Mathematics 543. The analysis of engineering systems by the application of fundamental principles of con­ servation of matter and energy, and operational techniques. Not open for graduate credit.

640. Welding Engineering Inspection Trip. Two credit hours. One week between the Winter and Spring Quarters. Welding Engineering, fourth year. A group visit to various industrial plants. The plants selected are generally grouped in one community. A written report is required. Not open for graduate credit.

646. Welding Science and Its Applications. Three credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three lectures or recitations and six hours of preparation each week. Prerequisite, Engineering Mechanics 602 and fourth year standing in Engineer- lng. A study of the engineering fundamentals of welding. Design, materials, and processes are considered as related to the welding field.

649. Practical Experience in Welding Industry. Six credit hours. Ten weeks during the sixteenth Quarter and before the beginning of the fifth year. Welding Engineering, fourth year. To be obtained in an industrial organization which concerns itself with welding and welding problems. The student shall present a satisfactory report upon the work done. This report shall include a discussion on the welding engineering aspects of the work done in the organization with which he was connected, with notes on the systems, methods, and processes of manufacture, and other observed data worthy of record. The occupation, the work done, and the report shall be subject to approval. If a student has had twelve months or more of satisfactory practical expe­ rience, he may be permitted to substitute a report upon the work so done for the above require­ ments. Not open for graduate credit.

J701. Physics of Welding. Four credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Three lectures or recitations, one three-hour laboratory period each week. Welding Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Industrial Engineering 519, Engineer­ ing Mechanics 605. The application of basic physical principles in the welding processes. Safety glasses must be worn in the laboratory. See footnote.

t Courses Industrial Engineering 404, 405, 420, 519, 521 and Welding Engineering 415, 418, 701, 702, 703, 739, 741, and 742 require the use of a pair of safety glasses; however, each student need own only one pair for all courses. In the event that the student must have prescription lenses, he shall obtain his safety glasses during the Quarter preceding their first use. This may be done through the Optometry Clinic, Room 15, Optometry Building, or through any registered optometrist. These glasses are also a requirement in certain other courses involving shop laboratory work, inspection trips, and similar activities. 164 C o l l e g e o f E n g i n e e r i n g $702. Principles of Resistance Welding. Four credit hours. Winter Quar­ ter. Three lectures or recitations each week, one three-hour laboratory period each week. Welding Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Electrical Engi­ neering 644, Mathematics 608. Theory and operation of equipment. Recommended practicea, codes, standards, and applies- tions. Installation, maintenance, and instrumentation. Safety glasses must be worn in the laboratory. See footnote. J703. Non-Destructive Testing. Four credit hours. Spring Quarter. Thre« lectures or recitations and one three-hour laboratory period each week. Pre­ requisite, Electrical Engineering 644, Mathematics 608. The course deals with the fundamental principles of the theory and operation of numerous types of non destructive testing equipment in laboratory as well as lecture. Defects of material and processes are studied and the best sensing equipment to reveal them is evaluated. Safety glasses must be worn in the laboratory. See footnote. £739. Principles of Welding. Four credit hours. Autumn Quarter. Three lectures or recitations, one three-hour laboratory period each week. Welding Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Industrial Engineering 519, Electrical Engineering 642 and 643, Mathematics 608. Theory and operation of arc welding equipment. Theory of the welding arc and classification and use of electrodes. Theory and operation of gas welding equipment and other special processes. Safety glasses must be worn in the laboratory. See footnote. 740. Welding Engineering Inspection Trip. Two credit hours. One week between the Winter and Spring Quarters. Welding Engineering, fifth year. A group visit to various industrial plants. The plants selected are generally grouped in one community. A written report is required. Not open for graduate credit. 5:741. Theory of Welding. Five credit hours. Winter Quarter. Four class hours each week and three laboratory hours each week. One three-hour labora­ tory period each week. Welding Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Weld­ ing Engineering 739, Metallurgical Engineering 632, Mechanical Engineering 601. The application of basic metallurgical principles in the welding processes. The weldability of metals is ntudied. Laboratory work involves physical and metallographic examination of welded specimens. Safety glasses must be worn in the laboratory. See footnote. J742. Applications of Welding Engineering. Four credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three lectures or recitations, and one three-hour laboratory period each week. Welding Engineering, fourth year. Prerequisite, Welding Engi­ neering 741. The principles by which manufacturing procedures for materials may be developed. An analysis of processing methods; material, physical, and mechanical properties; inspection ; per­ formance and service testing. Safety glasses must be worn in the laboratory. See footnote. 743. Welding Design. Five credit hours. Autumn Quarter Three one- hour lectures and three two-hour laboratory/computation periods each week. Welding Engineering, fifth year. Prerequisite, Welding Engineering 742, Engineering Mechanics 713, and Civil Engineering 733. The analysis and design of statically determinate and indeterminate members and structures. A study of welding procedures for shop fabrication and field erection . % Courses Industrial Engineering 404, 405, 420, 519, 521 and Welding Engineering 415, 418, 701, 702, 703, 739, 741, and 742 require the use o f a pair of safety glasses; however, each student need own only one pair for all courses. In the event that the student must have prescription lenses, he shall obtain his safety glasses during the Quarter preceding their first use. This may be done through the Optometry Clinic, Room 15, Optometry Building, or through any registered optometrist. These glasses are also a requirement in certain other courses involving shop laboratory work, inspection trips, and similar activities. W e l d in g E n g i n e e r i n g 165 744. Welding Design. Five credit hours. Winter Quarter. Three lectures or recitations and two three-hour laboratory periods each week. Welding Engi­ neering, fifth year. Prerequisite, Welding Engineering 742, Mechanical Engi­ neering 743. The analysis and design of machine elements and frames to a given set of shop conditions and facilities. Emphasis is placed on cost factor considerations.

745. Welding Design. Five credit hours. Spring Quarter. Three lectures or recitations and two three-hour laboratory periods each week. Welding Engi­ neering, fifth year. Prerequisite, Welding Engineering 702 and 744. The design of resistance welded products. A selection of process and equipment and a study of tooling used in high production work.

748. Special Problems in Welding Engineering. Three to fifteen credit hours. Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters. Prerequisite, Welding Engineer­ ing 741. This course is intended to give the student an opportunity to pursue special studies not offered in the fixed curriculum in the areas related to courses 701, 702, 708, 789, 741, and 742. This work may be taken in more than one area. Not open for graduate credit.

754. Thesis. Three to twelve credit hourB. Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters. Each three credit hours to be earned by six laboratory hours each week. Not open for graduate credit.

841. Advanced Problems in Welding Engineering. Two to six credit hours in any one Quarter. The course may be repeated for a total of not more than twenty-four credit hours. Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters. Pre­ requisite, written permission of the instructor. This course is intended to give the student an opportunity to pursue special studies not of­ fered in the fixed curriculum. Work may be taken under one or more of the special topics In the field including theory of welding processes and their physical mechanics, weldability of materials, advanced studies in welding design, theory and methodology of nondestructive testing, and fundamental application of welding processes to industrial technology.

950. Research in Welding Engineering. Autumn, Winter, and Spring Quarters. Research work in several phases of Welding Engineering on the advanced level. Open only to advanced graduate students who are majoring in Welding Engineering. N 0 L M J K c F THE CAMPUS OF THE OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY

1957

000 N . 0 •0

w > 0 ... §]DO . '"' Cotllt !!!!!!I.a 11!11 •w .,~ ... 111111 J j N 0 ~~;~ ...

......

. Water Resourcu P1lol Plont 0 • 0 .• j 0

0

T[Nf" AV£ M N 0 L A B c E F See next page for MAP INDEX CAMPUS MAP INDEX

BUILDINGS Student Services ...... L8 A1 Poultry Science ...... 89 Administration Bids:...... K5 Teaching Aids Lab M4 J10 Preventive Med 8 Agricultural Labs ...... A2 Townshend Hall ...... J6 G9 P sy ch ia try ...... 40 Agriculture ...... B2 Tuberculosis Hospital ... G10 M4 Psychology ...... 11 Alumni House ...... K5 University Hall ...... K5 H9 Radiology ...... 35 Armory ...... M5 University Hospital...... H9 L5 Romance Languages 26 Arps H a ll ...... M4 University School M3 M4 Social Adm ...... 41 Baker H a ll ...... M9 Veterinary Clinic ...... J5 M7 Sociology & Anth. ... 9 Beef Cattle Barn ...... B3 Veterinary Lab ...... J5 L5 Speech ...... 26 Board of Health Lab . . . . H10 Water Resources Center . H8 H9 Surgery ...... 85 Botany and Zoologry J9 Water Res. Pilot Plant ...E 9 M3 University School ...42 B.&Z. Annex ...... J8 Women’s Field House .... H8 C6 Veterinary Anatomy 52 B.&Z. Greenhouses...... H9 J5 Veterinary Clinics ..43 Bradley Hall ...... K9 C6 Veterinary Med 52 Brown Hall ...... K5 DEPARTMENTS OF C6 Vet. Parasitology .. .52 Brown Hall A nnex ...... K6 J5 Vet. Pathology ...... 43 Browning Amphitheater . K8 INSTRUCTION C6 Vet. Phys., Pharm. . .52 Campbell Hall ...... J8 M7 Accounting ...... 9 C6 Vet. Preventive Med. 62 Canfield Hall ...... K9 J3 Aeronautical Eng. ...A J5 Vet. Surgery ...... 48 Chemical Abstracts L3 A2 Agr. Biochemistry ..20 K3 Welding Eng...... 29 Chemistry Lab ...... L8 B2 Agr. Ec. & Rur. Soc. 4 J8 Zool. & Entomologry .25 Communications Lab J4 J3 Agr. Education ...... 21 Cyclotron Lab ...... E5, 6 H3 Agr. Eng...... 22 Dairy Cattle Barn ...... B4 B2 Agr. Ext...... 4 THE COLLEGES Dentistry ...... H9 J7 Agronomy ...... 31 K3 Graduate S c h o o l 3 Derby Hall ...... L5 H2 Air Science ...... 23 B2 Agriculture ...... 4 Dormitory E ...... L9 J10 Anatomy ...... 17 K5 Arts & Sciences ...... 6 Electrical Eng...... J4 B3 Animal Science ...... 24 M7 Commerce & Adm. .. 9 Engr. Annexes A,B,C J3 K5 Architecture ...... 15 H9 Dentistry ...... 10 Engr. Exp. Station ...... K3 J5 Bacteriology ...... 18 M4 Education ...... 11 Faculty Club ...... L7 J8 Bot. & Plant Path. . .25 L4 Engineering ...... 14 French Field House F2 M7 Bur. o f Bus. Res 9 N6 Law ...... 16 Garage and Laundry ...... H4 M4 Bur. o f Ed. Res...... 11 J10 Medicine ...... 17 Hagerty Hall ...... M7 M4 Bur. of Spec, and J5 Pharmacy ...... 18 Hamilton Hall ...... J10 Adult Education .... 11 C6 Veterinary Med 52 Hayes Hall ...... L6 M7 Business Org...... 9 Hog: Barn ...... B4 L4 Ceramic Eng...... 27 Home Management House K9 L4 Chemical Eng...... 14 THE SCHOOLS Horticulture & Forestry . .J7 L4 Chemistry ...... 14 H.&F. Greenhouses H7 K5 Arch. & Land. Arch. 15 K5 Civil Eng...... 15 Aviation (At Airport) Hughes Hall ...... M6 L5 Classical Languages .26 Industrial Engr...... K3 M5 Fine & Applied Arts .12 B3 Dairy Science ...... 24 J8 Home Economics .... 5 Ives Hall ...... H3 A2 Dairy Technology ...20 J4 Journalism ...... 7 Journalism ...... J4 H9 Dentistry ...... 10 M5 Music ...... 18 Kinsman Hall ...... H10 M7 Economics ...... 9 J10 Nursing ...... 8 Law ...... 09 M4 Education ...... 11 J10 Optometry...... — Library ...... J6 J4 Electrical Eng...... 28 M4 Social Adm...... 41 Lord Hall ...... L4 K5 Eng. Drawing ...... 15 K5 Twilight School ...... 1 Mack Hall ...... K9 K3 Eng. Exp. Station ... 3 McMillin Observatory K8 K3 Eng. Mechanics ...... 29 McPherson Chem. Lab ... L4 L5 English ...... 26 Mendenhall Lab ...... M7 M5 Fine & Applied Arts .12 ADMINISTRATION Men’s Physical Education H6 M7 Geography ...... 9 K6 The P re sid e n t...... 1 Mershon Auditorium ...... N5 L7 Geology ...... 30 K5 Admin. Assistant ... 1 Mershoti Parking: Garage N5 L5 German ...... 26 K5 Budget Director ...... 1 Military Science ...... H2 K5 History ...... 6 K5 Bursar ...... 1 Natatorium ...... H6 J8 Home Economics .... 5 K5 Business Manager ... 1 Neil Hall ...... K10 J7 Horticulture & For. .31 K8 Dean of Men ...... 2 Ohio Stadium ...... F,G4,5 K3 Industrial Eng...... 29 K8 Dean of Women ...... 2 Ohio State Museum N6 J4 Journalism ...... 7 H4 Dir. Phys. Plant (Serv.) Ohio Union ...... N7 N6 Law ...... 16 K5 Dir., Un. Plant Studies 1 Optometry ...... J10 K5 Mathematics ...... 6 K5 Dir., Un. Relations .. 1 Orton Hall ...... L7 K4 Mechanical Eng 32 K5 Entrance Board ...... 1 Oxley Hall ...... K9 H10 Medicine ...... 33 K5 Executive Deans .... 1 Page Hall ...... N6 L4 Metallurgical Eng. ..27 K8 Housing Dir., Men... 2 Paterson Hall ...... L9 H2 Military Science ____23 K8 Housing Dir., Women 2 Pharmacy & Bacteriology J5 L4 Mineralogy ...... 27 K5 Personnel Director .. 1 Physics ...... K4 M5 Music ...... 13 K5 Purchasing Dir...... 1 Plumb Hall ...... B3 M5 Naval Science ...... 34 K5 Registrar, Un. Exam. 1 Pomerene Hall ...... K8 J10 Nursing ...... 8 K5 V ice Presidents ...... 1 Poultry Adm...... A1 H9 Obst. & Gynecology .35 Power Plant ...... H5 H9 Occupa’al Therapy .. 35 President's Residence K8 H9 Ophthalmology ...... 35 SERVICES Pump House ...... E6 J10 Optometry ...... — G2 Athletic Tickets (Arena) Receiving Hospital G9 H9 Otolaryngology ...... 35 L8 Financial Aids ...... 50 Rehearsal Hall ...... J3 J10 Pathology ...... 8 K5 Information ...... 1 Robinson Lab ...... K4 J5 Pharmacy ...... 18 H4 Lost & Found (Service) St. John Arena ...... G2 K5 Philosophy ...... 6 J4 Post Office ...... 7 Service Department H4 K5 Photography ...... 15 J4 Print Shop ...... 7 Sheep Barn ...... B3 H6 Phys. Ed., Men ...... 36 H4 Receiving (Service) Sisson H a l l ...... C6 K8 Phys. Ed., Women ... 2 L8 Student Med. Service 50 Starling-Loving Hall ....J10 K4 Phys. & Astronomy .37 H4 Traffic Dept. (Service) Stillman Hall ...... M4 J10 Phys. Chem. & Phar. 17 L8 Un. Counseling Cent. 50 Storage ...... J4 J10 Physiology ...... 17 J4 Mailing Room ...... 7 Stores and Receiving .... H4 K5 Political Science . . . . 6 K5 Veterans' Information 1

, ------

______